Add extack support for hardware offload of classifiers. In order
to achieve this, a pointer to a struct netlink_ext_ack is added to the
struct tc_cls_common_offload that is passed to the callback for setting
up the classifier. Function tc_cls_common_offload_init() is updated to
support initialization of this new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, a new extension for ip6tables, simplification work of
nf_tables that saves us 500 LoC, allow raw table registration before
defragmentation, conversion of the SNMP helper to use the ASN.1 code
generator, unique 64-bit handle for all nf_tables objects and fixes to
address fallout from previous nf-next batch. More specifically, they
are:
1) Seven patches to remove family abstraction layer (struct nft_af_info)
in nf_tables, this simplifies our codebase and it saves us 64 bytes per
net namespace.
2) Add IPv6 segment routing header matching for ip6tables, from Ahmed
Abdelsalam.
3) Allow to register iptable_raw table before defragmentation, some
people do not want to waste cycles on defragmenting traffic that is
going to be dropped, hence add a new module parameter to enable this
behaviour in iptables and ip6tables. From Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan. This patch needed a couple of follow up patches to
get things tidy from Arnd Bergmann.
4) SNMP helper uses the ASN.1 code generator, from Taehee Yoo. Several
patches for this helper to prepare this change are also part of this
patch series.
5) Add 64-bit handles to uniquely objects in nf_tables, from Harsha
Sharma.
6) Remove log message that several netfilter subsystems print at
boot/load time.
7) Restore x_tables module autoloading, that got broken in a previous
patch to allow singleton NAT hook callback registration per hook
spot, from Florian Westphal. Moreover, return EBUSY to report that
the singleton NAT hook slot is already in instead.
8) Several fixes for the new nf_tables flowtable representation,
including incorrect error check after nf_tables_flowtable_lookup(),
missing Kconfig dependencies that lead to build breakage and missing
initialization of priority and hooknum in flowtable object.
9) Missing NETFILTER_FAMILY_ARP dependency in Kconfig for the clusterip
target. This is due to recent updates in the core to shrink the hook
array size and compile it out if no specific family is enabled via
.config file. Patch from Florian Westphal.
10) Remove duplicated include header files, from Wei Yongjun.
11) Sparse warning fix for the NFPROTO_INET handling from the core
due to missing static function definition, also from Wei Yongjun.
12) Restore ICMPv6 Parameter Problem error reporting when
defragmentation fails, from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
13) Remove obsolete owner field initialization from struct
file_operations, patch from Alexey Dobriyan.
14) Use boolean datatype where needed in the Netfilter codebase, from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
15) Remove double semicolon in dynset nf_tables expression, from
Luis de Bethencourt.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for the tcf_change_indev function which
is common used by TC classifier implementations.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier delete callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcf_exts_validate function calls the act api change callback. For
preparing extack support for act api, this patch adds the extack as
parameter for this function which is common used in cls implementations.
Furthermore the tcf_exts_validate will call action init callback which
prepares the TC action subsystem for extack support.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier change callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes some code style issues pointed out by checkpatch
inside the TC cls subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A persistent connection may send tiny amount of data (e.g. health-check)
for a long period of time. BBR's windowed min RTT filter may only see
RTT samples from delayed ACKs causing BBR to grossly over-estimate
the path delay depending how much the ACK was delayed at the receiver.
This patch skips RTT samples that are likely coming from delayed ACKs. Note
that it is possible the sender never obtains a valid measure to set the
min RTT. In this case BBR will continue to set cwnd to initial window
which seems fine because the connection is thin stream.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_KASAN is set, we can use relatively large amounts of kernel
stack space:
net/caif/cfctrl.c:555:1: warning: the frame size of 1600 bytes is larger than 1280 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
This adds convenience wrappers around cfpkt_extr_head(), which is responsible
for most of the stack growth. With those wrapper functions, gcc apparently
starts reusing the stack slots for each instance, thus avoiding the
problem.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows deletion of objects via unique handle which can be
listed via '-a' option.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Sharma <harshasharmaiitr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These users of lockdep_is_held() either wanted lockdep_is_held to
take a const pointer, or would benefit from providing a const pointer.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180117151414.23686-4-willy@infradead.org
This patch adds ESN support to IPsec device offload.
Adding new xfrm device operation to synchronize device ESN.
Signed-off-by: Yossef Efraim <yossefe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The trailing semicolon is an empty statement that does no operation.
It is completely stripped out by the compiler. Removing it since it doesn't do
anything.
Fixes: 5f35227ea3 ("net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check")
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce two new attributes to be used for qdisc creation and dumping.
One for ingress block, one for egress block. Introduce a set of ops that
qdisc which supports block sharing would implement.
Passing block indexes in qdisc change is not supported yet and it is
checked and forbidded.
In future, these attributes are to be reused for specifying block
indexes for classes as well. As of this moment however, it is not
supported so a check is in place to forbid it.
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During block bind, we need to check tc offload feature. If it is
disabled yet still the block contains offloaded filters, forbid the
bind. Also forbid to register callback for a block that already
contains offloaded filters, as the play back is not supported now.
For keeping track of offloaded filters there is a new counter
introduced, alongside with couple of helpers called from cls_* code.
These helpers set and clear TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both are no longer used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple of classifiers call netif_keep_dst directly on q->dev. That is
not possible to do directly for shared blocke where multiple qdiscs are
owning the block. So introduce a infrastructure to keep track of the
block owners in list and use this list to implement block variant of
netif_keep_dst.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow qdiscs to share filter blocks among them. Each qdisc type has to
use block get/put extended modifications that enable sharing.
Shared blocks are tracked within each net namespace and identified
by u32 index. This index is passed from user during the qdisc creation.
If user passes index that is not used by any other qdisc, new block
is created. If user passes index that is already used, the existing
block will be re-used.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, there was possible only to register a single filter chain
pointer to block->chain[0]. However, when the blocks will get shareable,
we need to allow multiple filter chain pointers registration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0dfb33a0d7 ("sch_red: report backlog information") copied
child's backlog into RED's backlog. Back then RED did not maintain
its own backlog counts. This has changed after commit 2ccccf5fb4
("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too") and commit d7f4f332f0
("sch_red: update backlog as well"). Copying is no longer necessary.
Tested:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth0
qdisc red 1: root refcnt 2 limit 400000b min 30000b max 30000b ecn
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
marked 0 early 0 pdrop 0 other 0
qdisc tbf 2: parent 1: rate 1Kbit burst 15000b lat 3585.0s
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 138 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
Recently RED offload was added. We need to make sure drivers don't
depend on resetting the stats. This means backlog should be treated
like any other statistic:
total_stat = new_hw_stat - prev_hw_stat;
Adjust mlxsw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on fixing another bug, I ran into the following panic
on arm64 by simply attaching clsact qdisc, adding a filter and running
traffic on ingress to it:
[...]
[ 178.188591] Unable to handle kernel read from unreadable memory at virtual address 810fb501f000
[ 178.197314] Mem abort info:
[ 178.200121] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 178.203168] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 178.209095] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 178.212157] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 178.215288] Data abort info:
[ 178.218175] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 178.222019] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 178.224997] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgd = 0000000023cb3f33
[ 178.231531] [0000810fb501f000] *pgd=0000000000000000
[ 178.236508] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 178.311855] CPU: 73 PID: 2497 Comm: ping Tainted: G W 4.15.0-rc7+ #5
[ 178.319413] Hardware name: FOXCONN R2-1221R-A4/C2U4N_MB, BIOS G31FB18A 03/31/2017
[ 178.326887] pstate: 60400005 (nZCv daif +PAN -UAO)
[ 178.331685] pc : __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.336728] lr : __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.341161] sp : ffff00002344b750
[ 178.344465] x29: ffff00002344b750 x28: ffff810fbdfd0580
[ 178.349769] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffff000009378000
[...]
[ 178.418715] x1 : 0000000000000054 x0 : 0000000000000000
[ 178.424020] Process ping (pid: 2497, stack limit = 0x000000009f0a3ff4)
[ 178.430537] Call trace:
[ 178.432976] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.437670] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.441757] process_backlog+0x9c/0x160
[ 178.445584] net_rx_action+0x2f8/0x3f0
[...]
Reason is that sch_ingress and sch_clsact are doing mini_qdisc_pair_init()
which sets up miniq pointers to cpu_{b,q}stats from the underlying qdisc.
Problem is that this cannot work since they are actually set up right after
the qdisc ->init() callback in qdisc_create(), so first packet going into
sch_handle_ingress() tries to call mini_qdisc_bstats_cpu_update() and we
therefore panic.
In order to fix this, allocation of {b,q}stats needs to happen before we
call into ->init(). In net-next, there's already such option through commit
d59f5ffa59 ("net: sched: a dflt qdisc may be used with per cpu stats").
However, the bug needs to be fixed in net still for 4.15. Thus, include
these bits to reduce any merge churn and reuse the static_flags field to
set TCQ_F_CPUSTATS, and remove the allocation from qdisc_create() since
there is no other user left. Prashant Bhole ran into the same issue but
for net-next, thus adding him below as well as co-author. Same issue was
also reported by Sandipan Das when using bcc.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath")
Reference: https://lists.iovisor.org/pipermail/iovisor-dev/2018-January/001190.html
Reported-by: Sandipan Das <sandipan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Co-authored-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Co-authored-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like qdisc_lookup_class() never existed in the tree
in the git era. Remove the prototype from the header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some
internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding
of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per
table's entry are also provided for each table.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for performing driver hot reload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource
is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its
size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its
current occupancy.
In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those
changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload
capability will be introduced in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support.
Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access,
and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink
instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/
resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can
be discarded.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAlpPT5ATHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9tyZB/wNk7hfmWT7qMSq4nB1/l4DvlCVtQR+
7t7jLltd2ld1bqFr62S1/NExWbgm9GXS25wHgLQQn8I0jwCyuFb8K+VIe/+t9vSu
PXOihUlIXCqpJwI9FtvGb/jmIbHV1JbnGv1b/J1q34FzhThsXN3DPX5BI5+T+Hy4
9hnHuYtcveyGlU08RsePyc6WfCzBJafR1YpJYSSsIxmtT6Db0SyRSZjY4MFzv9eA
mV+wvSpvepiw7tDN9XhSdNQJR9HAh/AXkYRgU448BysqhR5tK5oq8QAjsJK2Usy7
X1RY/M32fn1QdcwfWEWw5xB9ZblKMnxRzB3vmGLkyvIuPnP/JGQoq5sW
=BrhI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.16-20180105' of ssh://gitolite.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-12-01,Re: pull-request: can-next
this is a pull request of 7 patches for net-next/master.
All patches are by me. Patch 6 is for the "can_raw" protocol and add
error checking to the bind() function. All other patches clean up the
coding style and remove unused parameters in various CAN drivers and
infrastructure.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP socket event notification subscription information need to be
copied to/from userspace. In support of usercopy hardening, this patch
defines a region in the struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy
operations are allowed. Additionally moves the usercopy fields to be
adjacent for the region to cover both.
example usage trace:
net/sctp/socket.c:
sctp_getsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, len)
sctp_setsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_from_user(&sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, ..., optlen)
sctp_getsockopt_initmsg(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->initmsg, len)
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: split from network patch, move struct members adjacent]
[kees: add SCTPv6 struct whitelist, provide usage trace]
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
In support of usercopy hardening, this patch defines a region in the
struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy operations are allowed.
Some protocols need to copy objects to/from userspace, and they can
declare the region via their proto structure with the new usersize and
useroffset fields. Initially, if no region is specified (usersize ==
0), the entire field is marked as whitelisted. This allows protocols
to be whitelisted in subsequent patches. Once all protocols have been
annotated, the full-whitelist default can be removed.
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: adjust commit log, split off per-proto patches]
[kees: add logic for by-default full-whitelist]
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Map all lookup neigh keys to INADDR_ANY for loopback/point-to-point devices
to avoid making an entry for every remote ip the device needs to talk to.
This used the be the old behavior but became broken in a263b30936
(ipv4: Make neigh lookups directly in output packet path) and later removed
in 0bb4087cbe (ipv4: Fix neigh lookup keying over loopback/point-to-point
devices) because it was broken.
Signed-off-by: Jim Westfall <jwestfall@surrealistic.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since net could be obtained from RCU lists,
and there is a race with net destruction,
the patch converts net::count to refcount_t.
This provides sanity checks for the cases of
incrementing counter of already dead net,
when maybe_get_net() has to used instead
of get_net().
Drivers: allyesconfig and allmodconfig are OK.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sendfile() calls can hang endless with using Kernel TLS if a socket error occurs.
Socket error codes must be inverted by Kernel TLS before returning because
they are stored with positive sign. If returned non-inverted they are
interpreted as number of bytes sent, causing endless looping of the
splice mechanic behind sendfile().
Signed-off-by: Robert Hering <r.hering@avm.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a new radio on the fly, hwsim allows this
to be done with an arbitrary number of channels, but
cfg80211 only supports a limited number of simultaneous
channels, leading to a warning.
Fix this by validating the number - this requires moving
the define for the maximum out to a visible header file.
Reported-by: syzbot+8dd9051ff19940290931@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: b59ec8dd43 ("mac80211_hwsim: fix number of channels in interface combinations")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability to offload PRIO qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are three commands for PRIO offloading:
* TC_PRIO_REPLACE: handles set and tune
* TC_PRIO_DESTROY: handles qdisc destroy
* TC_PRIO_STATS: updates the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
Like RED qdisc, the indication of whether PRIO is being offloaded is being
set and updated as part of the dump function. It is so because the driver
could decide to offload or not based on the qdisc parent, which could
change without notifying the qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the name of the stats struct to be generic, so it could be used for
other qdisc offload, that will be added in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of hash-threshold instead of modulo-N makes it trivial to add
support for non-equal-cost multipath.
Instead of dividing the multipath hash function's output space equally
between the nexthops, each nexthop is assigned a region size which is
proportional to its weight.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before we convert IPv6 to use hash-threshold instead of modulo-N, we
first need each nexthop to store its region boundary in the hash
function's output space.
The boundary is calculated by dividing the output space equally between
the different active nexthops. That is, nexthops that are not dead or
linkdown.
The boundaries are rebalanced whenever a nexthop is added or removed to
a multipath route and whenever a nexthop becomes active or inactive.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the infrastructure to register/unregister nft_af_info structure,
this structure stores no useful information anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that we have a single table list for each netns, we can get rid of
one pointer per family and the global afinfo list, thus, shrinking
struct netns for nftables that now becomes 64 bytes smaller.
And call __nft_release_afinfo() from __net_exit path accordingly to
release netnamespace objects on removal.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Place all existing user defined tables in struct net *, instead of
having one list per family. This saves us from one level of indentation
in netlink dump functions.
Place pointer to struct nft_af_info in struct nft_table temporarily, as
we still need this to put back reference module reference counter on
table removal.
This patch comes in preparation for the removal of struct nft_af_info.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already validate the hook through bitmask, so this check is
superfluous. When removing this, this patch is also fixing a bug in the
new flowtable codebase, since ctx->afi points to the table family
instead of the netdev family which is where the flowtable is really
hooked in.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree:
1) Free hooks via call_rcu to speed up netns release path, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Reduce memory footprint of hook arrays, skip allocation if family is
not present - useful in case decnet support is not compiled built-in.
Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Remove defensive check for malformed IPv4 - including ihl field - and
IPv6 headers in x_tables and nf_tables.
4) Add generic flow table offload infrastructure for nf_tables, this
includes the netlink control plane and support for IPv4, IPv6 and
mixed IPv4/IPv6 dataplanes. This comes with NAT support too. This
patchset adds the IPS_OFFLOAD conntrack status bit to indicate that
this flow has been offloaded.
5) Add secpath matching support for nf_tables, from Florian.
6) Save some code bytes in the fast path for the nf_tables netdev,
bridge and inet families.
7) Allow one single NAT hook per point and do not allow to register NAT
hooks in nf_tables before the conntrack hook, patches from Florian.
8) Seven patches to remove the struct nf_af_info abstraction, instead
we perform direct calls for IPv4 which is faster. IPv6 indirections
are still needed to avoid dependencies with the 'ipv6' module, but
these now reside in struct nf_ipv6_ops.
9) Seven patches to handle NFPROTO_INET from the Netfilter core,
hence we can remove specific code in nf_tables to handle this
pseudofamily.
10) No need for synchronize_net() call for nf_queue after conversion
to hook arrays. Also from Florian.
11) Call cond_resched_rcu() when dumping large sets in ipset to avoid
softlockup. Again from Florian.
12) Pass lockdep_nfnl_is_held() to rcu_dereference_protected(), patch
from Florian Westphal.
13) Fix matching of counters in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
14) Missing nfnl lock protection in the ip_set_net_exit path, also
from Jozsef.
15) Move connlimit code that we can reuse from nf_tables into
nf_conncount, from Florian Westhal.
And asorted cleanups:
16) Get rid of nft_dereference(), it only has one single caller.
17) Add nft_set_is_anonymous() helper function.
18) Remove NF_ARP_FORWARD leftover chain definition in nf_tables_arp.
19) Remove unnecessary comments in nf_conntrack_h323_asn1.c
From Varsha Rao.
20) Remove useless parameters in frag_safe_skb_hp(), from Gao Feng.
21) Constify layer 4 conntrack protocol definitions, function
parameters to register/unregister these protocol trackers, and
timeouts. Patches from Florian Westphal.
22) Remove nlattr_size indirection, from Florian Westphal.
23) Add fall-through comments as -Wimplicit-fallthrough needs this,
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
24) Use swap() macro to exchange values in ipset, patch from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported a hang involving SCTP, on which it kept flooding dmesg
with the message:
[ 246.742374] sctp: sctp_transport_update_pmtu: Reported pmtu 508 too
low, using default minimum of 512
That happened because whenever SCTP hits an ICMP Frag Needed, it tries
to adjust to the new MTU and triggers an immediate retransmission. But
it didn't consider the fact that MTUs smaller than the SCTP minimum MTU
allowed (512) would not cause the PMTU to change, and issued the
retransmission anyway (thus leading to another ICMP Frag Needed, and so
on).
As IPv4 (ip_rt_min_pmtu=556) and IPv6 (IPV6_MIN_MTU=1280) minimum MTU
are higher than that, sctp_transport_update_pmtu() is changed to
re-fetch the PMTU that got set after our request, and with that, detect
if there was an actual change or not.
The fix, thus, skips the immediate retransmission if the received ICMP
resulted in no change, in the hope that SCTP will select another path.
Note: The value being used for the minimum MTU (512,
SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT) is not right and instead it should be (576,
SCTP_MIN_PMTU), but such change belongs to another patch.
Changes from v1:
- do not disable PMTU discovery, in the light of commit
06ad391919 ("[SCTP] Don't disable PMTU discovery when mtu is small")
and as suggested by Xin Long.
- changed the way to break the rtx loop by detecting if the icmp
resulted in a change or not
Changes from v2:
none
See-also: https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/12/22/811
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a process bound to a VRF to connect to a linklocal address.
Currently, this fails because of a mismatch between the scope of the
linklocal address and the sk_bound_dev_if inherited by the VRF binding:
$ ssh -6 fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1
ssh: connect to host fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1 port 22: Invalid argument
Relax the scope check to allow the socket to be bound to the same L3
device as the scope id.
This makes ipv6 linklocal consistent with other relaxed checks enabled
by commits 1ff23beebd ("net: l3mdev: Allow send on enslaved interface")
and 7bb387c5ab ("net: Allow IP_MULTICAST_IF to set index to L3 slave").
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
This patch exports ip6_dst_mtu_forward() that is required to check for
mtu to pass up packets that need PMTUD handling to the classic
forwarding path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch defines the API to interact with flow tables, this allows to
add, delete and lookup for entries in the flow table. This also adds the
generic garbage code that removes entries that have expired, ie. no
traffic has been seen for a while.
Users of the flow table infrastructure can delete entries via
flow_offload_dead(), which sets the dying bit, this signals the garbage
collector to release an entry from user context.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a netlink control plane to create, delete and dump
flow tables. Flow tables are identified by name, this name is used from
rules to refer to an specific flow table. Flow tables use the rhashtable
class and a generic garbage collector to remove expired entries.
This also adds the infrastructure to add different flow table types, so
we can add one for each layer 3 protocol family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This macro is unnecessary, it just hides details for one single caller.
nfnl_dereference() is just enough.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows to reuse xt_connlimit infrastructure from nf_tables.
The upcoming nf_tables frontend can just pass in an nftables register
as input key, this allows limiting by any nft-supported key, including
concatenations.
For xt_connlimit, pass in the zone and the ip/ipv6 address.
With help from Yi-Hung Wei.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
They don't belong to the family definition, move them to the filter
chain type definition instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since NFPROTO_INET is handled from the core, we don't need to maintain
extra infrastructure in nf_tables to handle the double hook
registration, one for IPv4 and another for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use new native NFPROTO_INET support in netfilter core, this gets rid of
ad-hoc code in the nf_tables API codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of calling this function from the family specific variant, this
reduces the code size in the fast path for the netdev, bridge and inet
families. After this change, we must call nft_set_pktinfo() upfront from
the chain hook indirection.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
2145 208 0 2353 931 net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
2125 208 0 2333 91d net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Because we need these hooks for either nftables, arp/ebtables
or the 'call-iptables' hack we have in the bridge layer add two
new dependencies, NETFILTER_FAMILY_{ARP,BRIDGE}, and have the
users select them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Not all families share the same hook count, adjust sizes to what is
needed.
struct net before:
/* size: 6592, cachelines: 103, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 5952, cachelines: 93, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
struct net contains:
struct nf_hook_entries __rcu *hooks[NFPROTO_NUMPROTO][NF_MAX_HOOKS];
which store the hook entry point locations for the various protocol
families and the hooks.
Using array results in compact c code when doing accesses, i.e.
x = rcu_dereference(net->nf.hooks[pf][hook]);
but its also wasting a lot of memory, as most families are
not used.
So split the array into those families that are used, which
are only 5 (instead of 13). In most cases, the 'pf' argument is
constant, i.e. gcc removes switch statement.
struct net before:
/* size: 5184, cachelines: 81, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 4672, cachelines: 73, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
since commit 960632ece6 ("netfilter: convert hook list to an array")
nfqueue no longer stores a pointer to the hook that caused the packet
to be queued. Therefore no extra synchronize_net() call is needed after
dropping the packets enqueued by the old rule blob.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The param of frag_safe_skb_hp, ipvsh, isn't used now. So remove it and
update the callers' codes too.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
previous patches removed all writes to these structs so we can
now mark them as const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
similar to previous commit, but instead compute this at compile time
and turn nlattr_size into an u16.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We are going to allow dead routes to stay in the FIB tree (e.g., when
they are part of a multipath route, directly connected route with no
carrier) and revive them when their nexthop device gains carrier or when
it is put administratively up.
This is equivalent to the addition of the route to the FIB tree and we
should therefore take care of updating the sernum of all the parent
nodes of the node where the route is stored. Otherwise, we risk sockets
caching and using sub-optimal dst entries.
Export the function that performs the above, so that it could be invoked
from fib6_ifup() later on.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When routes that are a part of a multipath route are evaluated by
fib6_ifdown() in response to NETDEV_DOWN and NETDEV_UNREGISTER events
the state of their sibling routes is not considered.
This will change in subsequent patches in order to align IPv6 with
IPv4's behavior. For example, when the last sibling in a multipath route
becomes dead, the entire multipath route needs to be removed.
To prevent the tree walker from re-evaluating all the sibling routes
each time, we can simply evaluate them once - when the first sibling is
traversed.
If we determine the entire multipath route needs to be removed, then the
'should_flush' bit is set in all the siblings, which will cause the
walker to flush them when it traverses them.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, when the carrier of a netdev changes we should toggle
the 'linkdown' flag on all the nexthops using it as their nexthop
device.
This will later allow us to test for the presence of this flag during
route lookup and dump.
Up until commit 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on
device with address") host and anycast routes used the loopback netdev
as their nexthop device and thus were not marked with the 'linkdown'
flag. The patch preserves this behavior and allows one to ping the local
address even when the nexthop device does not have a carrier and the
'ignore_routes_with_linkdown' sysctl is set.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make IPv6 more in line with IPv4 we need to be able to respond
differently to different netdev events. For example, when a netdev is
unregistered all the routes using it as their nexthop device should be
flushed, whereas when the netdev's carrier changes only the 'linkdown'
flag should be toggled.
Currently, this is not possible, as the function that traverses the
routing tables is not aware of the triggering event.
Propagate the triggering event down, so that it could be used in later
patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patch marked nexthops with the 'dead' and 'linkdown' flags.
Clear these flags when the netdev comes back up.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a start of a framework for extending struct xdp_buff without
having the overhead of populating every data at runtime. Idea
is to have a new per-queue struct xdp_rxq_info that holds read
mostly data (currently that is, queue number and a pointer to
the corresponding netdev) which is set up during rxqueue config
time. When a XDP program is invoked, struct xdp_buff holds a
pointer to struct xdp_rxq_info that the BPF program can then
walk. The user facing BPF program that uses struct xdp_md for
context can use these members directly, and the verifier rewrites
context access transparently by walking the xdp_rxq_info and
net_device pointers to load the data, from Jesper.
2) Redo the reporting of offload device information to user space
such that it works in combination with network namespaces. The
latter is reported through a device/inode tuple as similarly
done in other subsystems as well (e.g. perf) in order to identify
the namespace. For this to work, ns_get_path() has been generalized
such that the namespace can be retrieved not only from a specific
task (perf case), but also from a callback where we deduce the
netns (ns_common) from a netdevice. bpftool support using the new
uapi info and extensive test cases for test_offload.py in BPF
selftests have been added as well, from Jakub.
3) Add two bpftool improvements: i) properly report the bpftool
version such that it corresponds to the version from the kernel
source tree. So pick the right linux/version.h from the source
tree instead of the installed one. ii) fix bpftool and also
bpf_jit_disasm build with bintutils >= 2.9. The reason for the
build breakage is that binutils library changed the function
signature to select the disassembler. Given this is needed in
multiple tools, add a proper feature detection to the
tools/build/features infrastructure, from Roman.
4) Implement the BPF syscall command BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY for the
stacktrace map. It is currently unimplemented, but there are
use cases where user space needs to walk all stacktrace map
entries e.g. for dumping or deleting map entries w/o having to
close and recreate the map. Add BPF selftests along with it,
from Yonghong.
5) Few follow-up cleanups for the bpftool cgroup code: i) rename
the cgroup 'list' command into 'show' as we have it for other
subcommands as well, ii) then alias the 'show' command such that
'list' is accepted which is also common practice in iproute2,
and iii) remove couple of newlines from error messages using
p_err(), from Jakub.
6) Two follow-up cleanups to sockmap code: i) remove the unused
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() function and ii) only build the
sockmap infrastructure when CONFIG_INET is enabled since it's
only aware of TCP sockets at this time, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver code qede_free_fp_array() depend on kfree() can be called
with a NULL pointer. This stems from the qede_alloc_fp_array()
function which either (kz)alloc memory for fp->txq or fp->rxq.
This also simplifies error handling code in case of memory allocation
failures, but xdp_rxq_info_unreg need to know the difference.
Introduce xdp_rxq_info_is_reg() to handle if a memory allocation fails
and detect this is the failure path by seeing that xdp_rxq_info was
not registred yet, which first happens after successful alloaction in
qede_init_fp().
Driver hook points for xdp_rxq_info:
* reg : qede_init_fp
* unreg: qede_free_fp_array
Tested on actual hardware with samples/bpf program.
V2: Driver have no proper error path for failed XDP RX-queue info reg, as
qede_init_fp() is a void function.
Cc: everest-linux-l2@cavium.com
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch only introduce the core data structures and API functions.
All XDP enabled drivers must use the API before this info can used.
There is a need for XDP to know more about the RX-queue a given XDP
frames have arrived on. For both the XDP bpf-prog and kernel side.
Instead of extending xdp_buff each time new info is needed, the patch
creates a separate read-mostly struct xdp_rxq_info, that contains this
info. We stress this data/cache-line is for read-only info. This is
NOT for dynamic per packet info, use the data_meta for such use-cases.
The performance advantage is this info can be setup at RX-ring init
time, instead of updating N-members in xdp_buff. A possible (driver
level) micro optimization is that xdp_buff->rxq assignment could be
done once per XDP/NAPI loop. The extra pointer deref only happens for
program needing access to this info (thus, no slowdown to existing
use-cases).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The definition of functions tcf_block_get() and tcf_block_get_ext()
depends of CONFIG_NET_CLS being set. When those functions gained extack
support, only one version of the declaration of those functions was
updated. Function tcf_block_get() was later fixed with commit
3c1490913f ("net: sch: api: fix tcf_block_get").
Change arguments of tcf_block_get_ext() for the case when CONFIG_NET_CLS
is not set.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a "can_" prefix to the "struct dev_rcv_lists" to better
reflect the meaning and improbe code readability.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct dev_rcv_lists/struct can_dev_rcv_lists/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] include/net/netns/can.h
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=M0gz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-01-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have things all over the place, no point listing them.
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix indentation of reserved_flags2 field in vxlanhdr_gpe.
Fixes: e1e5314de0 ("vxlan: implement GPE")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/ip6_gre.c is a case of parallel adds.
include/trace/events/tcp.h is a little bit more tricky. The removal
of in-trace-macro ifdefs in 'net' paralleled with moving
show_tcp_state_name and friends over to include/trace/events/sock.h
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows checking socket lock ownership with producing lockdep
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The build of mips bcm47xx_defconfig is failing with the error:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c: In function 'fq_codel_init':
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:487:8: error:
too many arguments to function 'tcf_block_get'
While adding the extack support, the commit missed adding it in the
headers when CONFIG_NET_CLS is not defined.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudipm.mukherjee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-12-22
1) Separate ESP handling from segmentation for GRO packets.
This unifies the IPsec GSO and non GSO codepath.
2) Add asynchronous callbacks for xfrm on layer 2. This
adds the necessary infrastructure to core networking.
3) Allow to use the layer2 IPsec GSO codepath for software
crypto, all infrastructure is there now.
4) Also allow IPsec GSO with software crypto for local sockets.
5) Don't require synchronous crypto fallback on IPsec offloading,
it is not needed anymore.
6) Check for xdo_dev_state_free and only call it if implemented.
From Shannon Nelson.
7) Check for the required add and delete functions when a driver
registers xdo_dev_ops. From Shannon Nelson.
8) Define xfrmdev_ops only with offload config.
From Shannon Nelson.
9) Update the xfrm stats documentation.
From Shannon Nelson.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-12-22
1) Check for valid id proto in validate_tmpl(), otherwise
we may trigger a warning in xfrm_state_fini().
From Cong Wang.
2) Fix a typo on XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK policy attribute.
From Michal Kubecek.
3) Verify the state is valid when encap_type < 0,
otherwise we may crash on IPsec GRO .
From Aviv Heller.
4) Fix stack-out-of-bounds read on socket policy lookup.
We access the flowi of the wrong address family in the
IPv4 mapped IPv6 case, fix this by catching address
family missmatches before we do the lookup.
5) fix xfrm_do_migrate() with AEAD to copy the geniv
field too. Otherwise the state is not fully initialized
and migration fails. From Antony Antony.
6) Fix stack-out-of-bounds with misconfigured transport
mode policies. Our policy template validation is not
strict enough. It is possible to configure policies
with transport mode template where the address family
of the template does not match the selectors address
family. Fix this by refusing such a configuration,
address family can not change on transport mode.
7) Fix a policy reference leak when reusing pcpu xdst
entry. From Florian Westphal.
8) Reinject transport-mode packets through tasklet,
otherwise it is possible to reate a recursion
loop. From Herbert Xu.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_create_dflt which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_create_dflt failed. The function qdisc_create_dflt
will also call an init callback which can fail by any per-qdisc specific
handling.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_alloc which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_alloc failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function tcf_block_get which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why tcf_block_get failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_get_rtab which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_get_rtab failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for graft callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for block callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for class change callback api. This prepares
to handle extack support inside each specific class implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for change callback for qdisc ops
structtur to prepare per-qdisc specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for init callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current XFRM code assumes that we've implemented the
xdo_dev_state_free() callback, even if it is meaningless to the driver.
This patch adds a check for it before calling, as done in other APIs,
to prevent a NULL function pointer kernel crash.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
sk_state_load is only used by AF_INET/AF_INET6, so rename it to
inet_sk_state_load and move it into inet_sock.h.
sk_state_store is removed as it is not used any more.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As sk_state is a common field for struct sock, so the state
transition tracepoint should not be a TCP specific feature.
Currently it traces all AF_INET state transition, so I rename this
tracepoint to inet_sock_set_state tracepoint with some minor changes and move it
into trace/events/sock.h.
We dont need to create a file named trace/events/inet_sock.h for this one single
tracepoint.
Two helpers are introduced to trace sk_state transition
- void inet_sk_state_store(struct sock *sk, int newstate);
- void inet_sk_set_state(struct sock *sk, int state);
As trace header should not be included in other header files,
so they are defined in sock.c.
The protocol such as SCTP maybe compiled as a ko, hence export
inet_sk_set_state().
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf used to take care of tracking what offload state a filter
is in, i.e. it would track if offload request succeeded or not.
This information would then be used to issue correct requests to
the driver, e.g. requests for statistics only on offloaded filters,
removing only filters which were offloaded, using add instead of
replace if previous filter was not added etc.
This tracking of offload state no longer functions with the new
callback infrastructure. There could be multiple entities trying
to offload the same filter.
Throw out all the tracking and corresponding commands and simply
pass to the drivers both old and new bpf program. Drivers will
have to deal with offload state tracking by themselves.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With support of async crypto operations in the GSO codepath
we have everything in place to allow GSO for local sockets.
This patch enables the GSO codepath.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch implements asynchronous crypto callbacks
and a backlog handler that can be used when IPsec
is done at layer 2 in the TX path. It also extends
the skb validate functions so that we can update
the driver transmit return codes based on async
crypto operation or to indicate that we queued the
packet in a backlog queue.
Joint work with: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We change the ESP GSO handlers to only segment the packets.
The ESP handling and encryption is defered to validate_xmit_xfrm()
where this is done for non GRO packets too. This makes the code
more robust and prepares for asynchronous crypto handling.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When CONFIG_PROC_FS is disabled, we will not use the prot_inuse
counter. This adds an #ifdef to hide the variable definition in
that case. This is not a bugfix. But we can save bytes when there
are many network namespace.
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some case, we want to know how many sockets are in use in
different _net_ namespaces. It's a key resource metric.
This patch add a member in struct netns_core. This is a counter
for socket-inuse in the _net_ namespace. The patch will add/sub
counter in the sk_alloc, sk_clone_lock and __sk_free.
This patch will not counter the socket created in kernel.
It's not very useful for userspace to know how many kernel
sockets we created.
The main reasons for doing this are that:
1. When linux calls the 'do_exit' for process to exit, the functions
'exit_task_namespaces' and 'exit_task_work' will be called sequentially.
'exit_task_namespaces' may have destroyed the _net_ namespace, but
'sock_release' called in 'exit_task_work' may use the _net_ namespace
if we counter the socket-inuse in sock_release.
2. socket and sock are in pair. More important, sock holds the _net_
namespace. We counter the socket-inuse in sock, for avoiding holding
_net_ namespace again in socket. It's a easy way to maintain the code.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the member name will make the code more readable.
This patch will be used in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OWs9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-12-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few more fixes:
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit enhances the scan results to report the per chain signal
strength based on the latest BSS update. This provides similar
information to what is already available through STA information.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit e937b8da5a.
Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through
Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some
conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit b0d52ad821.
We need to revert the TXQ scheduling API due to conflicts
with a new driver, and this depends on that API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit ca986ad9bc (nl80211: allow multiple active scheduled scan
requests) removed WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN but left the kerneldoc
description in place, leading to this docs-build warning:
./include/net/cfg80211.h:3278: warning: Excess enum value
'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' description in 'wiphy_flags'
Remove the line and gain a bit of peace.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is an old bugbear of mine:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg03894.html
By crafting special packets, it is possible to cause recursion
in our kernel when processing transport-mode packets at levels
that are only limited by packet size.
The easiest one is with DNAT, but an even worse one is where
UDP encapsulation is used in which case you just have to insert
an UDP encapsulation header in between each level of recursion.
This patch avoids this problem by reinjecting tranport-mode packets
through a tasklet.
Fixes: b05e106698 ("[IPV4/6]: Netfilter IPsec input hooks")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to skip
ssn for data or mid for idata, called for SCTP_CMD_PROCESS_FWDTSN cmd.
sctp_handle_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_handle_fwdtsn works for
fwdtsn. Note that different from sctp_handle_fwdtsn, sctp_handle_iftsn
could do stream abort pd.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
report_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
skip tsn from tsnmap, remove old events from reasm or lobby queue,
and abort pd for data or idata, called for SCTP_CMD_REPORT_FWDTSN
cmd and asoc reset.
sctp_report_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_report_fwdtsn works
for fwdtsn. Note that sctp_report_iftsn doesn't do asoc abort_pd,
as stream abort_pd will be done when handling ifwdtsn. But when
ftsn is equal with ftsn, which means asoc reset, asoc abort_pd has
to be done.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
validate ssn/chunk type for fwdtsn or mid (message id)/chunk type for
ifwdtsn, called in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn, just as validate_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in section
2.3.1 of RFC8260.
As ifwdtsn and fwdtsn chunks have different length, it also defines
ftsn_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the chunk size.
Then it replaces all sizeof(struct sctp_fwdtsn_chunk) with
sctp_ftsnchk_len.
It also adds the process for ifwdtsn in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for ifwdtsn, but just share
prsctp_chunk_event_table with fwdtsn's. It would drop fwdtsn chunk
for ifwdtsn and drop ifwdtsn chunk for fwdtsn by calling validate_ftsn
in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn.
After this patch, the ifwdtsn can be accepted.
Note that this patch also removes the sctp.intl_enable check for
idata chunks in sctp_chunk_event_lookup, as it will do this check
in validate_data later.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
generate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
create fwdtsn or ifwdtsn chunk according to abandoned chunks, called
in sctp_retransmit and sctp_outq_sack.
sctp_generate_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_generate_fwdtsn is
still used for making fwdtsn.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_ifwdtsn_skip, sctp_ifwdtsn_hdr and sctp_ifwdtsn_chunk are used to
define and parse I-FWD TSN chunk format, and sctp_make_ifwdtsn is a
function to build the chunk.
The I-FORWARD-TSN Chunk Format is defined in section 2.3.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdiscs can be offloaded to HW, but current implementation isn't uniform.
Instead, qdiscs either pass information about offload status via their
TCA_OPTIONS or omit it altogether.
Introduce a new attribute - TCA_HW_OFFLOAD that would form a uniform
uAPI for the offloading status of qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to support for ipv4 erspan, this patch adds
erspan v2 to ip6erspan tunnel.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for erspan version 2. Not all features are
supported in this patch. The SGT (security group tag), GRA (timestamp
granularity), FT (frame type) are set to fixed value. Only hardware
ID and direction are configurable. Optional subheader is also not
supported.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch refactors the existing erspan implementation in order
to support erspan version 2, which has additional metadata. So, in
stead of having one 'struct erspanhdr' holding erspan version 1,
breaks it into 'struct erspan_base_hdr' and 'struct erspan_metadata'.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, active Fast Open is paused on a specific
destination IP address if the previous connections to the
IP address have experienced recurring timeouts . But recent
experiments by Microsoft (https://goo.gl/cykmn7) and Mozilla
browsers indicate the isssue is often caused by broken middle-boxes
sitting close to the client. Therefore it is much better user
experience if Fast Open is disabled out-right globally to avoid
experiencing further timeouts on connections toward other
destinations.
This patch changes the destination-IP disablement to global
disablement if a connection experiencing recurring timeouts
or aborts due to timeout. Repeated incidents would still
exponentially increase the pause time, starting from an hour.
This is extremely conservative but an unfortunate compromise to
minimize bad experience due to broken middle-boxes.
Reported-by: Dragana Damjanovic <ddamjanovic@mozilla.com>
Reported-by: Patrick McManus <mcmanus@ducksong.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3a9b76fd0d ("tcp: allow drivers to tweak TSQ logic")
I gave a code sample to set sk->sk_pacing_shift that was not complete.
Better add a helper that can be used by drivers without worries,
and maybe amended in the future.
A wifi driver might use it from its ndo_start_xmit()
Following call would setup TCP to allow up to ~8ms of queued data per
flow.
sk_pacing_shift_update(skb->sk, 7);
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First, rename __inet_twsk_hashdance() to inet_twsk_hashdance()
Then, remove one inet_twsk_put() by setting tw_refcnt to 3 instead
of 4, but adding a fat warning that we do not have the right to access
tw anymore after inet_twsk_hashdance()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now hold RTNL lock in tc_action_net_exit(), it is good to
batch them to speedup tc action dismantle.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 stack reacts to changes to small MTU, by disabling itself under
RTNL.
But there is a window where threads not using RTNL can see a wrong
device mtu. This can lead to surprises, in igmp code where it is
assumed the mtu is suitable.
Fix this by reading device mtu once and checking IPv4 minimal MTU.
This patch adds missing IPV4_MIN_MTU define, to not abuse
ETH_MIN_MTU anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
guehdr struct is used to build or parse gue packets, which
are always in big endian. It's better to define all guehdr
members as __beXX types.
Also, in validate_gue_flags it's not good to use a __be32
variable for both Standard flags(__be16) and Private flags
(__be32), and pass it to other funcions.
This patch could fix a bunch of sparse warnings from fou.
Fixes: 5024c33ac3 ("gue: Add infrastructure for flags and options")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unordered idata process is more complicated than unordered data:
- It has to add mid into sctp_stream_out to save the next mid value,
which is separated from ordered idata's.
- To support pd for unordered idata, another mid and pd_mode need to
be added to save the message id and pd state in sctp_stream_in.
- To make unordered idata reasm easier, it adds a new event queue
to save frags for idata.
The patch mostly adds the samilar reasm functions for unordered idata
as ordered idata's, and also adjusts some other codes on assign_mid,
abort_pd and ulpevent_data for idata.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
abort_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to abort
partial delivery for data or idata, called in sctp_cmd_assoc_failed.
Since stream interleave allows to do partial delivery for each stream
at the same time, sctp_intl_abort_pd for idata would be very different
from the old function sctp_ulpq_abort_pd for data.
Note that sctp_ulpevent_make_pdapi will support per stream in this
patch by adding pdapi_stream and pdapi_seq in sctp_pdapi_event, as
described in section 6.1.7 of RFC6458.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
start_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do partial_delivery for data or idata when datalen >= asoc->rwnd
in sctp_eat_data. The codes have been done in last patches, but
they need to be extracted into start_pd, so that it could be used
for SCTP_CMD_PART_DELIVER cmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
renege_events is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
renege some old data or idata in reasm or lobby queue properly to free
some memory for the new data when there's memory stress.
It defines sctp_renege_events for idata, and leaves sctp_ulpq_renege
as it is for data.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enqueue_event is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
enqueue either data, idata or notification events into user socket rx
queue.
It replaces sctp_ulpq_tail_event used in the other places with
enqueue_event.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ulpevent_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do the most process in ulpq, including to convert data or idata chunk
to event, reasm them in reasm queue and put them in lobby queue in
right order, and deliver them up to user sk rx queue.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It adds most functions for idata here to do the similar process as
the old functions for data. But since the details are very different
between them, the old functions can not be reused for idata.
event->ssn and event->ppid settings are moved to ulpevent_data from
sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg, so that sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg could
work for both data and idata.
Note that mid is added in sctp_ulpevent for idata, __packed has to
be used for defining sctp_ulpevent, or it would exceeds the skb cb
that saves a sctp_ulpevent variable for ulp layer process.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to validate ssn/chunk type for data or mid (message id)/chunk type
for idata, called in sctp_eat_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in
section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It also adds the process for idata in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for idata, but just share
chunk_event_table with data's. It would drop data chunk for idata
and drop idata chunk for data by calling validate_data in
sctp_eat_data.
As last patch did, it also replaces sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk)
with sctp_datachk_len for rx path.
After this patch, the idata can be accepted and delivered to ulp
layer.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
assign_number is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to assign ssn for data or mid (message id) for idata, called in
sctp_packet_append_data. sctp_chunk_assign_ssn is left as it is,
and sctp_chunk_assign_mid is added for sctp_stream_interleave_1.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.2 of RFC8260.
All sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk) in tx path is replaced with
sctp_datachk_len, to make it right for idata as well. And also
adjust sctp_chunk_is_data for SCTP_CID_I_DATA.
After this patch, idata can be built and sent in tx path.
Note that if sp strm_interleave is set, it has to wait_connect in
sctp_sendmsg, as asoc intl_enable need to be known after 4 shake-
hands, to decide if it should use data or idata later. data and
idata can't be mixed to send in one asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid hundreds of checks for the different process on I-DATA chunk,
struct sctp_stream_interleave is defined as a group of functions used
to replace the codes in some place where it needs to do different job
according to if the asoc intl_enabled is set.
With these ops, it only needs to initialize asoc->stream.si with
sctp_stream_interleave_0 for normal data if asoc intl_enable is 0,
or sctp_stream_interleave_1 for idata if asoc intl_enable is set in
sctp_stream_init.
After that, the members in asoc->stream.si can be used directly in
some special places without checking asoc intl_enable.
make_datafrag is the first member for sctp_stream_interleave, it's
used to make data or idata frags, called in sctp_datamsg_from_user.
The old function sctp_make_datafrag_empty needs to be adjust some
to fit in this ops.
Note that as idata and data chunks have different length, it also
defines data_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the
chunk size.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_idatahdr and sctp_idata_chunk are used to define and parse
I-DATA chunk format, and sctp_make_idata is a function to build
the chunk.
The I-DATA Chunk Format is defined in section 2.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds intl_enable in asoc and netns, and strm_interleave in
sctp_sock to indicate if stream interleave is enabled and supported.
netns intl_enable would be set via procfs, but that is not added yet
until all stream interleave codes are completely implemented; asoc
intl_enable will be set when doing 4-shakehands.
sp strm_interleave can be set by sockopt SCTP_INTERLEAVING_SUPPORTED
which is also added in this patch. This socket option is defined in
section 4.3.1 of RFC8260.
Note that strm_interleave can only be set by sockopt when both netns
intl_enable and sp frag_interleave are set.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of rhashtable_walk_start don't care about a resize event
which is indicated by a return value of -EAGAIN. So calls to
rhashtable_walk_start are wrapped wih code to ignore -EAGAIN. Something
like this is common:
ret = rhashtable_walk_start(rhiter);
if (ret && ret != -EAGAIN)
goto out;
Since zero and -EAGAIN are the only possible return values from the
function this check is pointless. The condition never evaluates to true.
This patch changes rhashtable_walk_start to return void. This simplifies
code for the callers that ignore -EAGAIN. For the few cases where the
caller cares about the resize event, particularly where the table can be
walked in mulitple parts for netlink or seq file dump, the function
rhashtable_walk_start_check has been added that returns -EAGAIN on a
resize event.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ
scheduler. A new hardware flag, AIRTIME_ACCOUNTING, is added that
drivers can set if they support reporting airtime usage of
transmissions. When this flag is set, mac80211 will expect the actual
airtime usage to be reported in the tx_time and rx_time fields of the
respective status structs.
When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs
(through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness
between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k
in-driver airtime fairness scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs and changes the
interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling as follows:
- The wake_tx_queue callback interface no longer includes the TXQ. Instead,
the driver is expected to retrieve that from ieee80211_next_txq()
- Two new mac80211 functions are added: ieee80211_next_txq() and
ieee80211_schedule_txq(). The former returns the next TXQ that should be
scheduled, and is how the driver gets a queue to pull packets from. The
latter is called internally by mac80211 to start scheduling a queue, and
the driver is supposed to call it to re-schedule the TXQ after it is
finished pulling packets from it (unless the queue emptied).
The ath9k and ath10k drivers are changed to use the new API.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs
MIC space and not a real MIC.
In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both cfg80211_rx_mgmt and cfg80211_report_obss_beacon functions send
reports to userspace using NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM attribute w/o
any processing of their input signal values. Which means that in
order to match userspace tools expectations, input signal values
for those functions are supposed to be in dBm units.
This patch cleans up comments, variable names, and trace reports
for those functions, replacing confusing 'mBm' by 'dBm'.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally for IBSS.
Add the WEP keys to the IBSS params struct, that will allow the driver
to use the keys in the join flow, and not only after the connection.
Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability
for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this.
Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit log/documentation wording]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sch_mq qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Also exports __gnet_stats_copy_queue() to use as a helper function.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc qlen helper routines for lockless qdiscs to use.
The qdisc qlen is no longer used in the hotpath but it is reported
via stats query on the qdisc so it still needs to be tracked. This
adds the per cpu operations needed along with a helper to return
the summation of per cpu stats.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to how gso is handled use skb list for skb_bad_tx this is
required with lockless qdiscs because we may have multiple cores
attempting to push skbs into skb_bad_tx concurrently
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is preparing the qdisc layer to support egress lockless
qdiscs. If we are running the egress qdisc lockless in the case we
overrun the netdev, for whatever reason, the netdev returns a busy
error code and the skb is parked on the gso_skb pointer. With many
cores all hitting this case at once its possible to have multiple
sk_buffs here so we turn gso_skb into a queue.
This should be the edge case and if we see this frequently then
the netdev/qdisc layer needs to back off.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable dflt qdisc support for per cpu stats before this patch a dflt
qdisc was required to use the global statistics qstats and bstats.
This adds a static flags field to qdisc_ops that is propagated
into qdisc->flags in qdisc allocate call. This allows the allocation
block to completely allocate the qdisc object so we don't have
dangling allocations after qdisc init.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per cpu qstats support was added with per cpu bstat support which
is currently used by the ingress qdisc. This patch adds a set of
helpers needed to make other qdiscs that use qstats per cpu as well.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_direct_xmit() uses qdisc_qlen as a return value but all call sites
of the routine only check if it is zero or not. Simplify the logic so
that we don't need to return an actual queue length value.
This introduces a case now where sch_direct_xmit would have returned
a qlen of zero but now it returns true. However in this case all
call sites of sch_direct_xmit will implement a dequeue() and get
a null skb and abort. This trades tracking qlen in the hotpath for
an extra dequeue operation. Overall this seems to be good for
performance.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag for queueing disciplines to indicate the stack
does not need to use the qdisc lock to protect operations. This can
be used to build lockless scheduling algorithms and improving
performance.
The flag is checked in the tx path and the qdisc lock is only taken
if it is not set. For now use a conditional if statement. Later we
could be more aggressive if it proves worthwhile and use a static key
or wrap this in a likely().
Also the lockless case drops the TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS logic. The reason
for this is synchronizing a qlen counter across threads proves to
cost more than doing the enqueue/dequeue operations when tested with
pktgen.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently __qdisc_run calls qdisc_run_end() but does not call
qdisc_run_begin(). This makes it hard to track pairs of
qdisc_run_{begin,end} across function calls.
To simplify reading these code paths this patch moves begin/end calls
into qdisc_run().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2017-12-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your net-next tree.
The main changes are:
1) Detailed documentation of BPF development process from Daniel.
2) Addition of is_fullsock, snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields to bpf_sock_ops
from Lawrence.
3) Minor follow up for bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key() from William.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark tcp_sock during a SACK reneging event and invalidate rate samples
while marked. Such rate samples may overestimate bw by including packets
that were SACKed before reneging.
< ack 6001 win 10000 sack 7001:38001
< ack 7001 win 0 sack 8001:38001 // Reneg detected
> seq 7001:8001 // RTO, SACK cleared.
< ack 38001 win 10000
In above example the rate sample taken after the last ack will count
7001-38001 as delivered while the actual delivery rate likely could
be much lower i.e. 7001-8001.
This patch adds a new field tcp_sock.sack_reneg and marks it when we
declare SACK reneging and entering TCP_CA_Loss, and unmarks it after
the last rate sample was taken before moving back to TCP_CA_Open. This
patch also invalidates rate samples taken while tcp_sock.is_sack_reneg
is set.
Fixes: b9f64820fb ("tcp: track data delivery rate for a TCP connection")
Signed-off-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out
support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration.
Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No one actually uses it.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander Potapenko reported use of uninitialized memory [1]
This happens when inserting a request socket into TCP ehash,
in __sk_nulls_add_node_rcu(), since sk_reuseport is not initialized.
Bug was added by commit d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for
mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Note that d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6
ordering fix") missed the opportunity to get rid of
hlist_nulls_add_tail_rcu() :
Both UDP sockets and TCP/DCCP listeners no longer use
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu() for their hash insertion.
Since all other sockets have unique 4-tuple, the reuseport status
has no special meaning, so we can always use hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu()
for them and save few cycles/instructions.
[1]
==================================================================
BUG: KMSAN: use of uninitialized memory in inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.13.0+ #3288
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16
dump_stack+0x185/0x1d0 lib/dump_stack.c:52
kmsan_report+0x13f/0x1c0 mm/kmsan/kmsan.c:1016
__msan_warning_32+0x69/0xb0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_instr.c:766
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu ./include/net/sock.h:684
inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050 net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:413
reqsk_queue_hash_req net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:754
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_hash_add+0x1cc/0x300 net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:765
tcp_conn_request+0x31e7/0x36f0 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:6414
tcp_v4_conn_request+0x16d/0x220 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1314
tcp_rcv_state_process+0x42a/0x7210 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:5917
tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xa6a/0xcd0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1483
tcp_v4_rcv+0x3de0/0x4ab0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1763
ip_local_deliver_finish+0x6bb/0xcb0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:216
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_local_deliver+0x3fa/0x480 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:257
dst_input ./include/net/dst.h:477
ip_rcv_finish+0x6fb/0x1540 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:397
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_rcv+0x10f6/0x15c0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:488
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x36f6/0x3f60 net/core/dev.c:4298
__netif_receive_skb net/core/dev.c:4336
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x63c/0x19c0 net/core/dev.c:4497
napi_skb_finish net/core/dev.c:4858
napi_gro_receive+0x629/0xa50 net/core/dev.c:4889
e1000_receive_skb drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4018
e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x1492/0x1d30
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4474
e1000_clean+0x43aa/0x5970 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:3819
napi_poll net/core/dev.c:5500
net_rx_action+0x73c/0x1820 net/core/dev.c:5566
__do_softirq+0x4b4/0x8dd kernel/softirq.c:284
invoke_softirq kernel/softirq.c:364
irq_exit+0x203/0x240 kernel/softirq.c:405
exiting_irq+0xe/0x10 ./arch/x86/include/asm/apic.h:638
do_IRQ+0x15e/0x1a0 arch/x86/kernel/irq.c:263
common_interrupt+0x86/0x86
Fixes: d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Fixes: d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6 ordering fix")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Acked-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_upstream_port() helper still assumes a unique CPU port
in the whole switch fabric. This is becoming wrong, as every port in the
fabric has its dedicated CPU port, thus every port has an upstream port.
Add a port argument to the dsa_upstream_port() helper and fetch its CPU
port instead of the deprecated unique fabric CPU port. A CPU or unused
port has no dedicated CPU port, so return itself in this case.
At the same time, change the return value from u8 to unsigned int since
there is no need to limit the size here.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes checking on null pointer, remove unnecessary
brackets, add variable names for parameters and adjust 80 char width.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both Eric and Paolo noticed the rcu_barrier() we use in
tcf_block_put_ext() could be a performance bottleneck when
we have a lot of tc classes.
Paolo provided the following to demonstrate the issue:
tc qdisc add dev lo root htb
for I in `seq 1 1000`; do
tc class add dev lo parent 1: classid 1:$I htb rate 100kbit
tc qdisc add dev lo parent 1:$I handle $((I + 1)): htb
for J in `seq 1 10`; do
tc filter add dev lo parent $((I + 1)): u32 match ip src 1.1.1.$J
done
done
time tc qdisc del dev root
real 0m54.764s
user 0m0.023s
sys 0m0.000s
The rcu_barrier() there is to ensure we free the block after all chains
are gone, that is, to queue tcf_block_put_final() at the tail of workqueue.
We can achieve this ordering requirement by refcnt'ing tcf block instead,
that is, the tcf block is freed only when the last chain in this block is
gone. This also simplifies the code.
Paolo reported after this patch we get:
real 0m0.017s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.017s
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the qmin & qmax values doesn't overflow for the given Wlog value.
Check that qmin <= qmax.
Fixes: a783474591 ("[PKT_SCHED]: Generic RED layer")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not allow delta value to be zero since it is used as a divisor.
Fixes: 8af2a218de ("sch_red: Adaptative RED AQM")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small overlapping change conflict ('net' changed a line,
'net-next' added a line right afterwards) in flexcan.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds read access to snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields of tcp_sock. Since these
fields are only valid if the socket associated with the sock_ops program
call is a full socket, the field is_fullsock is also added to the
bpf_sock_ops struct. If the socket is not a full socket, reading these
fields returns 0.
Note that in most cases it will not be necessary to check is_fullsock to
know if there is a full socket. The context of the call, as specified by
the 'op' field, can sometimes determine whether there is a full socket.
The struct bpf_sock_ops has the following fields added:
__u32 is_fullsock; /* Some TCP fields are only valid if
* there is a full socket. If not, the
* fields read as zero.
*/
__u32 snd_cwnd;
__u32 srtt_us; /* Averaged RTT << 3 in usecs */
There is a new macro, SOCK_OPS_GET_TCP32(NAME), to make it easier to add
read access to more 32 bit tcp_sock fields.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
convert remaining users of rtnl_register to rtnl_register_module
and un-export rtnl_register.
Requested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes __rtnl_register and switches callers to either
rtnl_register or rtnl_register_module.
Also, rtnl_register() will now print an error if memory allocation
failed rather than panic the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add yet another rtnl_register function. It will be used by modules
that can be removed.
The passed module struct is used to prevent module unload while
a netlink dump is in progress or when a DOIT_UNLOCKED doit callback
is called.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this fix : ("tcp: add tcp_v4_fill_cb()/tcp_v4_restore_cb()"),
socket lookups happen while skb->cb[] has not been mangled yet by TCP.
Fixes: a04a480d43 ("net: Require exact match for TCP socket lookups if dif is l3mdev")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current listener hashtable is hashed by port only.
When a process is listening at many IP addresses with the same port (e.g.
[IP1]:443, [IP2]:443... [IPN]:443), the inet[6]_lookup_listener()
performance is degraded to a link list. It is prone to syn attack.
UDP had a similar issue and a second hashtable was added to resolve it.
This patch adds a second hashtable for the listener's sockets.
The second hashtable is hashed by port and address.
It cannot reuse the existing skc_portaddr_node which is shared
with skc_bind_node. TCP listener needs to use skc_bind_node.
Instead, this patch adds a hlist_node 'icsk_listen_portaddr_node' to
the inet_connection_sock which the listener (like TCP) also belongs to.
The new portaddr hashtable may need two lookup (First by IP:PORT.
Second by INADDR_ANY:PORT if the IP:PORT is a not found). Hence,
it implements a similar cut off as UDP such that it will only consult the
new portaddr hashtable if the current port-only hashtable has >10
sk in the link-list.
lhash2 and lhash2_mask are added to 'struct inet_hashinfo'. I take
this chance to plug a 4 bytes hole. It is done by first moving
the existing bind_bucket_cachep up and then add the new
(int lhash2_mask, *lhash2) after the existing bhash_size.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the udp[46]_portaddr_hash()
to net/ip[v6].h. The function name is renamed to
ipv[46]_portaddr_hash().
It will be used by a later patch which adds a second listener
hashtable hashed by the address and port.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a count to the 'struct inet_listen_hashbucket'.
It counts how many sk is hashed to a bucket. It will be
used to decide if the (to-be-added) portaddr listener's hashtable
should be used during inet[6]_lookup_listener().
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new helper returning the local port used to reach an arbitrary
switch port in the fabric.
Its only user at the moment is the dsa_upstream_port helper, which
returns the local port reaching the dedicated CPU port, but it will be
used in cross-chip FDB operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations.
At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning:
WARNING: line over 80 characters
#74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177:
+ const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for ERSPAN tunnel over ipv6.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move two erspan functions to header file, erspan.h, so ipv6
erspan implementation can use it.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As rfc3758#section-3.1 demands:
A3) When a TSN is "abandoned", if it is part of a fragmented message,
all other TSN's within that fragmented message MUST be abandoned
at the same time.
Besides, if it couldn't handle this, the rest frags would never get
assembled in peer side.
This patch supports it by adding abandoned flag in sctp_datamsg, when
one chunk is being abandoned, set chunk->msg->abandoned as well. Next
time when checking for abandoned, go checking chunk->msg->abandoned
first.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu"),
TC actions don't need to respect RCU grace period, because it
is either just detached from tc filter (standalone case) or
it is removed together with tc filter (bound case) in which case
RCU grace period is already respected at filter layer.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have padding to try and align the refcount on a separate cache
line. But after several simplifications the padding has increased
substantially.
So now it's easy to change the layout to get rid of the padding
entirely.
We group the write-heavy __refcnt and __use with less often used
items such as the rcu_head and the error code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The first member of an IPSEC route bundle chain sets it's dst->path to
the underlying ipv4/ipv6 route that carries the bundle.
Stated another way, if one were to follow the xfrm_dst->child chain of
the bundle, the final non-NULL pointer would be the path and point to
either an ipv4 or an ipv6 route.
This is largely used to make sure that PMTU events propagate down to
the correct ipv4 or ipv6 route.
When we don't have the top of an IPSEC bundle 'dst->path == dst'.
Move it down into xfrm_dst and key off of dst->xfrm.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The dst->from value is only used by ipv6 routes to track where
a route "came from".
Any time we clone or copy a core ipv6 route in the ipv6 routing
tables, we have the copy/clone's ->from point to the base route.
This is used to handle route expiration properly.
Only ipv6 uses this mechanism, and only ipv6 code references
it. So it is safe to move it into rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
XFRM bundle child chains look like this:
xdst1 --> xdst2 --> xdst3 --> path_dst
All of xdstN are xfrm_dst objects and xdst->u.dst.xfrm is non-NULL.
The final child pointer in the chain, here called 'path_dst', is some
other kind of route such as an ipv4 or ipv6 one.
The xfrm output path pops routes, one at a time, via the child
pointer, until we hit one which has a dst->xfrm pointer which
is NULL.
We can easily preserve the above mechanisms with child sitting
only in the xfrm_dst structure. All children in the chain
before we break out of the xfrm_output() loop have dst->xfrm
non-NULL and are therefore xfrm_dst objects.
Since we break out of the loop when we find dst->xfrm NULL, we
will not try to dereference 'dst' as if it were an xfrm_dst.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will make a future change moving the dst->child pointer less
invasive.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Only IPSEC routes have a non-NULL dst->child pointer. And IPSEC
routes are identified by a non-NULL dst->xfrm pointer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now each stream sched ops is defined in different .c file and
added into the global ops in another .c file, it uses extern
to make this work.
However extern is not good coding style to get them in and
even make C=2 reports errors for this.
This patch adds sctp_sched_ops_xxx_init for each stream sched
ops in their .c file, then get them into the global ops by
calling them when initializing sctp module.
Fixes: 637784ade2 ("sctp: introduce priority based stream scheduler")
Fixes: ac1ed8b82c ("sctp: introduce round robin stream scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp_csum_xxx doesn't really match the param types of these common
csum apis. As sctp_csum_xxx is defined in sctp/checksum.h, many sparse
errors occur when make C=2 not only with M=net/sctp but also with other
modules that include this header file.
This patch is to force them fit in csum apis with the right types.
Fixes: e6d8b64b34 ("net: sctp: fix and consolidate SCTP checksumming code")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ODX1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-11-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Four fixes:
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP
for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this.
Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even
though it looks like most of them should be OK with that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tuntap and similar devices can inject GSO packets. Accept type
VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP, even though not generating UFO natively.
Processes are expected to use feature negotiation such as TUNSETOFFLOAD
to detect supported offload types and refrain from injecting other
packets. This process breaks down with live migration: guest kernels
do not renegotiate flags, so destination hosts need to expose all
features that the source host does.
Partially revert the UFO removal from 182e0b6b5846~1..d9d30adf5677.
This patch introduces nearly(*) no new code to simplify verification.
It brings back verbatim tuntap UFO negotiation, VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP
insertion and software UFO segmentation.
It does not reinstate protocol stack support, hardware offload
(NETIF_F_UFO), SKB_GSO_UDP tunneling in SKB_GSO_SOFTWARE or reception
of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP packets in tuntap.
To support SKB_GSO_UDP reappearing in the stack, also reinstate
logic in act_csum and openvswitch. Achieve equivalence with v4.13 HEAD
by squashing in commit 939912216f ("net: skb_needs_check() removes
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY check for tx.") and reverting commit 8d63bee643
("net: avoid skb_warn_bad_offload false positives on UFO").
(*) To avoid having to bring back skb_shinfo(skb)->ip6_frag_id,
ipv6_proxy_select_ident is changed to return a __be32 and this is
assigned directly to the frag_hdr. Also, SKB_GSO_UDP is inserted
at the end of the enum to minimize code churn.
Tested
Booted a v4.13 guest kernel with QEMU. On a host kernel before this
patch `ethtool -k eth0` shows UFO disabled. After the patch, it is
enabled, same as on a v4.13 host kernel.
A UFO packet sent from the guest appears on the tap device:
host:
nc -l -p -u 8000 &
tcpdump -n -i tap0
guest:
dd if=/dev/zero of=payload.txt bs=1 count=2000
nc -u 192.16.1.1 8000 < payload.txt
Direct tap to tap transmission of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP succeeds,
packets arriving fragmented:
./with_tap_pair.sh ./tap_send_ufo tap0 tap1
(from https://github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/tree/master/tests)
Changes
v1 -> v2
- simplified set_offload change (review comment)
- documented test procedure
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<CAF=yD-LuUeDuL9YWPJD9ykOZ0QCjNeznPDr6whqZ9NGMNF12Mw@mail.gmail.com>
Fixes: fb652fdfe8 ("macvlan/macvtap: Remove NETIF_F_UFO advertisement.")
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the TLP scheduling logic so that when scheduling a TLP probe, we
ensure that the estimated time at which an RTO would fire accounts for
the fact that ACKs indicating forward progress should push back RTO
times.
After the following fix:
df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
we had an unintentional behavior change in the following kind of
scenario: suppose the RTT variance has been very low recently. Then
suppose we send out a flight of N packets and our RTT is 100ms:
t=0: send a flight of N packets
t=100ms: receive an ACK for N-1 packets
The response before df92c8394e that was:
-> schedule a TLP for now + RTO_interval
The response after df92c8394e is:
-> schedule a TLP for t=0 + RTO_interval
Since RTO_interval = srtt + RTT_variance, this means that we have
scheduled a TLP timer at a point in the future that only accounts for
RTT_variance. If the RTT_variance term is small, this means that the
timer fires soon.
Before df92c8394e this would not happen, because in that code, when
we receive an ACK for a prefix of flight, we did:
1) Near the top of tcp_ack(), switch from TLP timer to RTO
at write_queue_head->paket_tx_time + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_LOSS_PROBE)
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
2) In tcp_clean_rtx_queue(), update the RTO to now + RTO_interval:
if (flag & FLAG_ACKED) {
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
3) In tcp_ack() after tcp_fastretrans_alert() switch from RTO
to TLP at now + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_RETRANS)
tcp_schedule_loss_probe(sk);
In df92c8394e we removed that 3-phase dance, and instead directly
set the TLP timer once: we set the TLP timer in cases like this to
write_queue_head->packet_tx_time + RTO_interval. So if the RTT
variance is small, then this means that this is setting the TLP timer
to fire quite soon. This means if the ACK for the tail of the flight
takes longer than an RTT to arrive (often due to delayed ACKs), then
the TLP timer fires too quickly.
Fixes: df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Revert regression inducing change to the IPSEC template resolver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Peeloffs can cause the wrong sk to be waken up in SCTP, fix from Xin
Long.
3) Min packet MTU size is wrong in cpsw driver, from Grygorii Strashko.
4) Fix build failure in netfilter ctnetlink, from Arnd Bergmann.
5) ISDN hisax driver checks pnp_irq() for errors incorrectly, from
Arvind Yadav.
6) Fix fealnx driver build failure on MIPS, from Huacai Chen.
7) Fix into leak in SCTP, the scope_id of socket addresses is not
always filled in. From Eric W. Biederman.
8) MTU inheritance between physical function and representor fix in nfp
driver, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix memory leak in rsi driver, from Colin Ian King.
10) Fix expiration and generation ID handling of cached ipv4 redirect
routes, from Xin Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (40 commits)
net: usb: hso.c: remove unneeded DRIVER_LICENSE #define
ibmvnic: fix dma_mapping_error call
ipvlan: NULL pointer dereference panic in ipvlan_port_destroy
route: also update fnhe_genid when updating a route cache
route: update fnhe_expires for redirect when the fnhe exists
sctp: set frag_point in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg correctly
rsi: fix memory leak on buf and usb_reg_buf
net/netlabel: Add list_next_rcu() in rcu_dereference().
nfp: remove false positive offloads in flower vxlan
nfp: register flower reprs for egress dev offload
nfp: inherit the max_mtu from the PF netdev
nfp: fix vlan receive MAC statistics typo
nfp: fix flower offload metadata flag usage
virto_net: remove empty file 'virtio_net.'
net/sctp: Always set scope_id in sctp_inet6_skb_msgname
fealnx: Fix building error on MIPS
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_teles3
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_sedlbauer_isapnp
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_niccy
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_ix1micro
...
Now in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg user_frag or frag_point can be set with
val >= 8 and val <= SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN. But both checks are incorrect.
val >= 8 means frag_point can even be less than SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT.
Then in sctp_datamsg_from_user(), when it's value is greater than cookie
echo len and trying to bundle with cookie echo chunk, the first_len will
overflow.
The worse case is when it's value is equal as cookie echo len, first_len
becomes 0, it will go into a dead loop for fragment later on. In Hangbin
syzkaller testing env, oom was even triggered due to consecutive memory
allocation in that loop.
Besides, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN is the max size of the whole chunk, it should
deduct the data header for frag_point or user_frag check.
This patch does a proper check with SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT subtracting
the sctphdr and datahdr, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN subtracting datahdr when
setting frag_point via sockopt. It also improves sctp_setsockopt_maxseg
codes.
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc bits
- ocfs2 updates
- almost all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (131 commits)
memory hotplug: fix comments when adding section
mm: make alloc_node_mem_map a void call if we don't have CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP
mm: simplify nodemask printing
mm,oom_reaper: remove pointless kthread_run() error check
mm/page_ext.c: check if page_ext is not prepared
writeback: remove unused function parameter
mm: do not rely on preempt_count in print_vma_addr
mm, sparse: do not swamp log with huge vmemmap allocation failures
mm/hmm: remove redundant variable align_end
mm/list_lru.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/shmem.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/page_alloc.c: broken deferred calculation
mm: don't warn about allocations which stall for too long
fs: fuse: account fuse_inode slab memory as reclaimable
mm, page_alloc: fix potential false positive in __zone_watermark_ok
mm: mlock: remove lru_add_drain_all()
mm, sysctl: make NUMA stats configurable
shmem: convert shmem_init_inodecache() to void
Unify migrate_pages and move_pages access checks
mm, pagevec: rename pagevec drained field
...
Patch series "kmemcheck: kill kmemcheck", v2.
As discussed at LSF/MM, kill kmemcheck.
KASan is a replacement that is able to work without the limitation of
kmemcheck (single CPU, slow). KASan is already upstream.
We are also not aware of any users of kmemcheck (or users who don't
consider KASan as a suitable replacement).
The only objection was that since KASAN wasn't supported by all GCC
versions provided by distros at that time we should hold off for 2
years, and try again.
Now that 2 years have passed, and all distros provide gcc that supports
KASAN, kill kmemcheck again for the very same reasons.
This patch (of 4):
Remove kmemcheck annotations, and calls to kmemcheck from the kernel.
[alexander.levin@verizon.com: correctly remove kmemcheck call from dma_map_sg_attrs]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171012192151.26531-1-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171007030159.22241-2-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Cc: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegardno@ifi.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add sparse-checked slab_flags_t for struct kmem_cache::flags (SLAB_POISON,
etc).
SLAB is bloated temporarily by switching to "unsigned long", but only
temporarily.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171021100225.GA22428@avx2
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
According to the description, first argument of genlmsg_nlhdr() points to
what genlmsg_put() returns, i.e. beginning of user header. Therefore we
should only subtract size of genetlink header and netlink message header,
not user header.
This also means we don't need to pass the pointer to genetlink family and
the same is true for genl_dump_check_consistent() which is the only caller
of genlmsg_nlhdr(). (Note that at the moment, these functions are only
used for families which do not have user header so that they are not
affected.)
Fixes: 670dc2833d ("netlink: advertise incomplete dumps")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- Treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- Minor code cleanups
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=c8vb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux
Pull module updates from Jessica Yu:
"Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- minor code cleanups"
* tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux:
module: Do not paper over type mismatches in module_param_call()
treewide: Fix function prototypes for module_param_call()
module: Prepare to convert all module_param_call() prototypes
kernel/module: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in add_module_usage()
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
Dumazet.
2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
Lunn.
4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.
8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
From Jakub Kicinski.
10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.
13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.
15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
Nogah Frankel.
16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.
17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.
18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.
19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
tcp: highest_sack fix
geneve: fix fill_info when link down
bpf: fix lockdep splat
net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
...
Make default TCP default congestion control to a per namespace
value. This changes default congestion control to a pointer to congestion ops
(rather than implicit as first element of available lsit).
The congestion control setting of new namespaces is inherited
from the current setting of the root namespace.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move inclusion of a private kernel header <net/tcp.h>
from uapi/linux/tls.h to its only user - net/tls.h,
to fix the following linux/tls.h userspace compilation error:
/usr/include/linux/tls.h:41:21: fatal error: net/tcp.h: No such file or directory
As to this point uapi/linux/tls.h was totaly unusuable for userspace,
cleanup this header file further by moving other redundant includes
to net/tls.h.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.13+
Signed-off-by: Dmitry V. Levin <ldv@altlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move tls_make_aad as it is going to be reused
by the device offload code and rx path.
Remove unused recv parameter.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously the TLS ulp context would leak if we attached a TLS ulp
to a socket but did not use the TLS_TX setsockopt,
or did use it but it failed.
This patch solves the issue by overriding prot[TLS_BASE_TX].close
and fixing tls_sk_proto_close to work properly
when its called with ctx->tx_conf == TLS_BASE_TX.
This patch also removes ctx->free_resources as we can use ctx->tx_conf
to obtain the relevant information.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ('tls: kernel TLS support')
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx configuration is now stored in ctx->tx_conf.
And sk->sk_prot is updated trough a function
This will simplify things when we add rx
and support for different possible
tx and rx cross configurations.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I had many reports that TSQ logic breaks wifi aggregation.
Current logic is to allow up to 1 ms of bytes to be queued into qdisc
and drivers queues.
But Wifi aggregation needs a bigger budget to allow bigger rates to
be discovered by various TCP Congestion Controls algorithms.
This patch adds an extra socket field, allowing wifi drivers to select
another log scale to derive TCP Small Queue credit from current pacing
rate.
Initial value is 10, meaning that this patch does not change current
behavior.
We expect wifi drivers to set this field to smaller values (tests have
been done with values from 6 to 9)
They would have to use following template :
if (skb->sk && skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift != MY_PACING_SHIFT)
skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift = MY_PACING_SHIFT;
Ref: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1670041
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Cc: Kir Kolyshkin <kir@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull core locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle are:
- Another attempt at enabling cross-release lockdep dependency
tracking (automatically part of CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING=y), this time
with better performance and fewer false positives. (Byungchul Park)
- Introduce lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled() and convert
open-coded equivalents to lockdep variants. (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Add down_read_killable() and use it in the VFS's iterate_dir()
method. (Kirill Tkhai)
- Convert remaining uses of ACCESS_ONCE() to
READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE(). Most of the conversion was Coccinelle
driven. (Mark Rutland, Paul E. McKenney)
- Get rid of lockless_dereference(), by strengthening Alpha atomics,
strengthening READ_ONCE() with smp_read_barrier_depends() and thus
being able to convert users of lockless_dereference() to
READ_ONCE(). (Will Deacon)
- Various micro-optimizations:
- better PV qspinlocks (Waiman Long),
- better x86 barriers (Michael S. Tsirkin)
- better x86 refcounts (Kees Cook)
- ... plus other fixes and enhancements. (Borislav Petkov, Juergen
Gross, Miguel Bernal Marin)"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (70 commits)
locking/x86: Use LOCK ADD for smp_mb() instead of MFENCE
rcu: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
netpoll: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/posix-cpu-timers: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
sched/clock, sched/cputime: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq_work: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/timings: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
perf/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
x86: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
smp/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/hrtimer: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/nohz: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
workqueue: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/softirqs: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
locking/lockdep: Add IRQs disabled/enabled assertion APIs: lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled()
locking/pvqspinlock: Implement hybrid PV queued/unfair locks
locking/rwlocks: Fix comments
x86/paravirt: Set up the virt_spin_lock_key after static keys get initialized
block, locking/lockdep: Assign a lock_class per gendisk used for wait_for_completion()
workqueue: Remove now redundant lock acquisitions wrt. workqueue flushes
...
Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the
4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it
is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and
the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a
possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port
number so they verify that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_frag_id was only used by UFO, which has been removed.
ipv6_proxy_select_ident() only existed to set ip6_frag_id and has no
in-tree callers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FACK loss detection has been disabled by default and the
successor RACK subsumed FACK and can handle reordering better.
This patch removes FACK to simplify TCP loss recovery.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the TIPC RPS dissector is based only on the incoming packets'
source node address, hence steering all traffic from a node to the same
core. We have seen that this makes the links vulnerable to starvation
and unnecessary resets when we turn down the link tolerance to very low
values.
To reduce the risk of this happening, we exempt probe and probe replies
packets from the convergence to one core per source node. Instead, we do
the opposite, - we try to diverge those packets across as many cores as
possible, by randomizing the flow selector key.
To make such packets identifiable to the dissector, we add a new
'is_keepalive' bit to word 0 of the LINK_PROTOCOL header. This bit is
set both for PROBE and PROBE_REPLY messages, and only for those.
It should be noted that these packets are not part of any flow anyway,
and only constitute a minuscule fraction of all packets sent across a
link. Hence, there is no risk that this will affect overall performance.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a spinlock in the VLAN action causes performance issues when the VLAN
action is used on multiple cores. Rewrote the VLAN action to use RCU read
locking for reads and updates instead.
All functions now use an RCU dereferenced pointer to access the VLAN action
context. Modified helper functions used by other modules, to use the RCU as
opposed to directly accessing the structure.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that when a new netns is created, it inherits its
sysctl_tcp_rmem and sysctl_tcp_wmem from initial netns.
This change is needed so that we can refine TCP rcvbuf autotuning,
to take RTT into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we want to gradually implement per netns sysctl_rmem and sysctl_wmem
on per protocol basis, add two new fields in struct proto,
and two new helpers : sk_get_wmem0() and sk_get_rmem0()
First user will be TCP. Then UDP and SCTP can be easily converted,
while DECNET probably wont get this support.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the host joins or leaves a multicast group, use switchdev to add
an object to the hardware to forward traffic for the group to the
host.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of holding netns refcnt in tc actions, we can minimize
the holding time by saving it in struct tcf_exts instead. This
means we can just hold netns refcnt right before call_rcu() and
release it after tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
However, because on netns cleanup path we call tcf_proto_destroy()
too, obviously we can not hold netns for a zero refcnt, in this
case we have to do cleanup synchronously. It is fine for RCU too,
the caller cleanup_net() already waits for a grace period.
For other cases, refcnt is non-zero and we can safely grab it as
normal and release it after we are done.
This patch provides two new API for each filter to use:
tcf_exts_get_net() and tcf_exts_put_net(). And all filters now can
use the following pattern:
void __destroy_filter() {
tcf_exts_destroy();
tcf_exts_put_net(); // <== release netns refcnt
kfree();
}
void some_work() {
rtnl_lock();
__destroy_filter();
rtnl_unlock();
}
void some_rcu_callback() {
tcf_queue_work(some_work);
}
if (tcf_exts_get_net()) // <== hold netns refcnt
call_rcu(some_rcu_callback);
else
__destroy_filter();
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ceffcc5e25.
If we hold that refcnt, the netns can never be destroyed until
all actions are destroyed by user, this breaks our netns design
which we expect all actions are destroyed when we destroy the
whole netns.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.
At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
v16->17
- Fixed disputed check code: keep them in nsh_push and nsh_pop
but also add them in __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v15->v16
- Add csum recalculation for nsh_push, nsh_pop and set_nsh
pointed out by Pravin
- Move nsh key into the union with ipv4 and ipv6 and add
check for nsh key in match_validate pointed out by Pravin
- Add nsh check in validate_set and __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v14->v15
- Check size in nsh_hdr_from_nlattr
- Fixed four small issues pointed out By Jiri and Eric
v13->v14
- Rename skb_push_nsh to nsh_push per Dave's comment
- Rename skb_pop_nsh to nsh_pop per Dave's comment
v12->v13
- Fix NSH header length check in set_nsh
v11->v12
- Fix missing changes old comments pointed out
- Fix new comments for v11
v10->v11
- Fix the left three disputable comments for v9
but not fixed in v10.
v9->v10
- Change struct ovs_key_nsh to
struct ovs_nsh_key_base base;
__be32 context[NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE];
- Fix new comments for v9
v8->v9
- Fix build error reported by daily intel build
because nsh module isn't selected by openvswitch
v7->v8
- Rework nested value and mask for OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
- Change pop_nsh to adapt to nsh kernel module
- Fix many issues per comments from Jiri Benc
v6->v7
- Remove NSH GSO patches in v6 because Jiri Benc
reworked it as another patch series and they have
been merged.
- Change it to adapt to nsh kernel module added by NSH
GSO patch series
v5->v6
- Fix the rest comments for v4.
- Add NSH GSO support for VxLAN-gpe + NSH and
Eth + NSH.
v4->v5
- Fix many comments by Jiri Benc and Eric Garver
for v4.
v3->v4
- Add new NSH match field ttl
- Update NSH header to the latest format
which will be final format and won't change
per its author's confirmation.
- Fix comments for v3.
v2->v3
- Change OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH to nested key to handle
length-fixed attributes and length-variable
attriubte more flexibly.
- Remove struct ovs_action_push_nsh completely
- Add code to handle nested attribute for SET_MASKED
- Change PUSH_NSH to use the nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
to transfer NSH header data.
- Fix comments and coding style issues by Jiri and Eric
v1->v2
- Change encap_nsh and decap_nsh to push_nsh and pop_nsh
- Dynamically allocate struct ovs_action_push_nsh for
length-variable metadata.
OVS master and 2.8 branch has merged NSH userspace
patch series, this patch is to enable NSH support
in kernel data path in order that OVS can support
NSH in compat mode by porting this.
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Speed up table replacement on busy systems with large tables
(and many cores) in x_tables. Now xt_replace_table() synchronizes by
itself by waiting until all cpus had an even seqcount and we use no
use seqlock when fetching old counters, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add nf_l4proto_log_invalid() and nf_ct_l4proto_log_invalid() to speed
up packet processing in the fast path when logging is not enabled, from
Florian Westphal.
3) Precompute masked address from configuration plane in xt_connlimit,
from Florian.
4) Don't use explicit size for set selection if performance set policy
is selected.
5) Allow to get elements from an existing set in nf_tables.
6) Fix incorrect check in nft_hash_deactivate(), from Florian.
7) Cache netlink attribute size result in l4proto->nla_size, from
Florian.
8) Handle NFPROTO_INET in nf_ct_netns_get() from conntrack core.
9) Use power efficient workqueue in conntrack garbage collector, from
Vincent Guittot.
10) Remove unnecessary parameter, in conntrack l4proto functions, also
from Florian.
11) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l3proto definitions, from Florian.
12) Remove all typedefs in nf_conntrack_h323 via coccinelle semantic
patch, from Harsha Sharma.
13) Don't store address in the rbtree nodes in xt_connlimit, they are
never used, from Florian.
14) Fix out of bound access in the conntrack h323 helper, patch from
Eric Sesterhenn.
15) Print symbols for the address returned with %pS in IPVS, from
Helge Deller.
16) Proc output should only display its own netns in IPVS, from
KUWAZAWA Takuya.
17) Small clean up in size_entry_mwt(), from Colin Ian King.
18) Use test_and_clear_bit from nf_nat_proto_clean() instead of separated
non-atomic test and then clear bit, from Florian Westphal.
19) Consolidate prefix length maps in ipset, from Aaron Conole.
20) Fix sparse warnings in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
21) Simplify list_set_memsize(), from simran singhal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new get operation to look up for specific elements in
a set via netlink interface. You can also use it to check if an interval
already exists.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently call ->nlattr_tuple_size() once at register time and
cache result in l4proto->nla_size.
nla_size is the only member that is written to, avoiding this would
allow to make l4proto trackers const.
We can use ->nlattr_tuple_size() at run time, and cache result in
the individual trackers instead.
This is an intermediate step, next patch removes nlattr_size()
callback and computes size at compile time, then removes nla_size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently TCP RACK loss detection does not work well if packets are
being reordered beyond its static reordering window (min_rtt/4).Under
such reordering it may falsely trigger loss recoveries and reduce TCP
throughput significantly.
This patch improves that by increasing and reducing the reordering
window based on DSACK, which is now supported in major TCP implementations.
It makes RACK's reo_wnd adaptive based on DSACK and no. of recoveries.
- If DSACK is received, increment reo_wnd by min_rtt/4 (upper bounded
by srtt), since there is possibility that spurious retransmission was
due to reordering delay longer than reo_wnd.
- Persist the current reo_wnd value for TCP_RACK_RECOVERY_THRESH (16)
no. of successful recoveries (accounts for full DSACK-based loss
recovery undo). After that, reset it to default (min_rtt/4).
- At max, reo_wnd is incremented only once per rtt. So that the new
DSACK on which we are reacting, is due to the spurious retx (approx)
after the reo_wnd has been updated last time.
- reo_wnd is tracked in terms of steps (of min_rtt/4), rather than
absolute value to account for change in rtt.
In our internal testing, we observed significant increase in throughput,
in scenarios where reordering exceeds min_rtt/4 (previous static value).
Signed-off-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.
u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define the DSA switch index as an unsigned int, because it will never be
less than 0.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IN6_ADDR_HSIZE is private to addrconf.c, move it here to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Hopefully this is the last batch of networking fixes for 4.14
Fingers crossed...
1) Fix stmmac to use the proper sized OF property read, from Bhadram
Varka.
2) Fix use after free in net scheduler tc action code, from Cong
Wang.
3) Fix SKB control block mangling in tcp_make_synack().
4) Use proper locking in fib_dump_info(), from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix IPG encodings in systemport driver, from Florian Fainelli.
6) Fix division by zero in NV TCP congestion control module, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
7) Fix use after free in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tejaswi Tanikella"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: systemport: Correct IPG length settings
tcp: do not mangle skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()
fib: fib_dump_info can no longer use __in_dev_get_rtnl
stmmac: use of_property_read_u32 instead of read_u8
net_sched: hold netns refcnt for each action
net_sched: acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
net: vrf: correct FRA_L3MDEV encode type
tcp_nv: fix division by zero in tcpnv_acked()
netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: Fix use-after-free in send_reset
netfilter: nft_set_hash: disable fast_ops for 2-len keys
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices performing IPv4 forwarding need to update their multipath hash
policy whenever it is changed.
Inform these devices by generating a netevent.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 8200 (IPv6) defines Hop-by-Hop options and Destination options
extension headers. Both of these carry a list of TLVs which is
only limited by the maximum length of the extension header (2048
bytes). By the spec a host must process all the TLVs in these
options, however these could be used as a fairly obvious
denial of service attack. I think this could in fact be
a significant DOS vector on the Internet, one mitigating
factor might be that many FWs drop all packets with EH (and
obviously this is only IPv6) so an Internet wide attack might not
be so effective (yet!).
By my calculation, the worse case packet with TLVs in a standard
1500 byte MTU packet that would be processed by the stack contains
1282 invidual TLVs (including pad TLVS) or 724 two byte TLVs. I
wrote a quick test program that floods a whole bunch of these
packets to a host and sure enough there is substantial time spent
in ip6_parse_tlv. These packets contain nothing but unknown TLVS
(that are ignored), TLV padding, and bogus UDP header with zero
payload length.
25.38% [kernel] [k] __fib6_clean_all
21.63% [kernel] [k] ip6_parse_tlv
4.21% [kernel] [k] __local_bh_enable_ip
2.18% [kernel] [k] ip6_pol_route.isra.39
1.98% [kernel] [k] fib6_walk_continue
1.88% [kernel] [k] _raw_write_lock_bh
1.65% [kernel] [k] dst_release
This patch adds configurable limits to Destination and Hop-by-Hop
options. There are three limits that may be set:
- Limit the number of options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Limit the byte length of a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Disallow unrecognized options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination
options extension header.
The limits are set in corresponding sysctls:
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_len
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_len
If a max_*_opts_cnt is less than zero then unknown TLVs are disallowed.
The number of known TLVs that are allowed is the absolute value of
this number.
If a limit is exceeded when processing an extension header the packet is
dropped.
Default values are set to 8 for options counts, and set to INT_MAX
for maximum length. Note the choice to limit options to 8 is an
arbitrary guess (roughly based on the fact that the stack supports
three HBH options and just one destination option).
These limits have being proposed in draft-ietf-6man-rfc6434-bis.
Tested (by Martin Lau)
I tested out 1 thread (i.e. one raw_udp process).
I changed the net.ipv6.max_dst_(opts|hbh)_number between 8 to 2048.
With sysctls setting to 2048, the softirq% is packed to 100%.
With 8, the softirq% is almost unnoticable from mpstat.
v2;
- Code and documention cleanup.
- Change references of RFC2460 to be RFC8200.
- Add reference to RFC6434-bis where the limits will be in standard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Since tc_can_offload is always called from block callback or egdev
callback, no need to check if ndo_setup_tc exists.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-11-01
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.15 kernel.
- New NFA344A device entry for btusb drvier
- Fix race conditions in hci_ldisc
- Fix for isochronous interface assignments in btusb driver
- A few other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on SNMP values provided by Roman, Yuchung made the observation
that some crashes in tcp_sacktag_walk() might be caused by MTU probing.
Looking at tcp_mtu_probe(), I found that when a new skb was placed
in front of the write queue, we were not updating tcp highest sack.
If one skb is freed because all its content was copied to the new skb
(for MTU probing), then tp->highest_sack could point to a now freed skb.
Bad things would then happen, including infinite loops.
This patch renames tcp_highest_sack_combine() and uses it
from tcp_mtu_probe() to fix the bug.
Note that I also removed one test against tp->sacked_out,
since we want to replace tp->highest_sack regardless of whatever
condition, since keeping a stale pointer to freed skb is a recipe
for disaster.
Fixes: a47e5a988a ("[TCP]: Convert highest_sack to sk_buff to allow direct access")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the error messages displayed in kernel log to include
hwaddress of the source machine that caused ipv6 duplicate address
detection failures.
Examples:
a) When we receive a NA packet from another machine advertising our
address:
ICMPv6: NA: 34🆎cd:56:11:e8 advertised our address 2001:db8:: on eth0!
b) When we detect DAD failure during address assignment to an interface:
IPv6: eth0: IPv6 duplicate address 2001:db8:: used by 34🆎cd:56:11:e8
detected!
v2:
Changed %pI6 to %pI6c in ndisc_recv_na()
Chaged the v6 address in the commit message to 2001:db8::
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-10-30
1) Change some variables that can't be negative
from int to unsigned int. From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Remove a redundant header initialization in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
3) Some BUG to BUG_ON conversions.
From Gustavo A. R. Silva.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function prototypes for the set/get functions defined by
module_param_call() have a slightly wrong argument types. This fixes
those in an effort to clean up the calls when running under type-enforced
compiler instrumentation for CFI. This is the result of running the
following semantic patch:
@match_module_param_call_function@
declarer name module_param_call;
identifier _name, _set_func, _get_func;
expression _arg, _mode;
@@
module_param_call(_name, _set_func, _get_func, _arg, _mode);
@fix_set_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._set_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _set_func(
-_val_type _val
+const char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
@fix_get_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._get_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _get_func(
-_val_type _val
+char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
Two additional by-hand changes are included for places where the above
Coccinelle script didn't notice them:
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
fs/lockd/svc.c
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of using BT_ERR and BT_INFO, convert to bt_dev_err and
bt_dev_info when possible. This allows for controller specific
reporting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the connection timeout for LE connections that are
triggered by the advertising report to 4 seconds.
It has been observed that devices equipped with wifi+bt combo SoC fail
to create a connection with BLE devices due to their coexistence issues.
Increasing this timeout gives them enough time to complete the
connection with success.
Signed-off-by: Konrad Zapałowicz <konrad.zapalowicz@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian when coding stream
reconf patches.
Since commit c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for
reconf_enable") enabled stream reconf feature for users, the
Fixes tag below would use it.
Fixes: c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for reconf_enable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-27
This patchset is a proposal of how the Traffic Control subsystem can
be used to offload the configuration of the Credit Based Shaper
(defined in the IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2) into supported
network devices.
As part of this work, we've assessed previous public discussions
related to TSN enabling: patches from Henrik Austad (Cisco), the
presentation from Eric Mann at Linux Plumbers 2012, patches from
Gangfeng Huang (National Instruments) and the current state of the
OpenAVNU project (https://github.com/AVnu/OpenAvnu/).
Overview
========
Time-sensitive Networking (TSN) is a set of standards that aim to
address resources availability for providing bandwidth reservation and
bounded latency on Ethernet based LANs. The proposal described here
aims to cover mainly what is needed to enable the following standards:
802.1Qat and 802.1Qav.
The initial target of this work is the Intel i210 NIC, but other
controllers' datasheet were also taken into account, like the Renesas
RZ/A1H RZ/A1M group and the Synopsis DesignWare Ethernet QoS
controller.
Proposal
========
Feature-wise, what is covered here is the configuration interfaces for
HW implementations of the Credit-Based shaper (CBS, 802.1Qav). CBS is
a per-queue shaper. Given that this feature is related to traffic
shaping, and that the traffic control subsystem already provides a
queueing discipline that offloads config into the device driver (i.e.
mqprio), designing a new qdisc for the specific purpose of offloading
the config for the CBS shaper seemed like a good fit.
For steering traffic into the correct queues, we use the socket option
SO_PRIORITY and then a mechanism to map priority to traffic classes /
Tx queues. The qdisc mqprio is currently used in our tests.
As for the CBS config interface, this patchset is proposing a new
qdisc called 'cbs'. Its 'tc' cmd line is:
$ tc qdisc add dev IFACE parent ID cbs locredit N hicredit M sendslope S \
idleslope I
Note that the parameters for this qdisc are the ones defined by the
802.1Q-2014 spec, so no hardware specific functionality is exposed here.
Per-stream shaping, as defined by IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 34.6.1, is
not yet covered by this proposal.
v2: Merged patch 6 of the original series into patch 4 based on feedback
from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
two extra #include are not necessary in tcp.h
Remove them.
Fixes: 40304b2a15 ("bpf: BPF support for sock_ops")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove an obsolete comment about TCP pacing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA exposes an enumerated type for the ports, we can use them
directly instead of checking bitmaps, which is more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames dsa_is_normal_port to dsa_is_user_port because "user"
is the correct term in the DSA terminology, not "normal".
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to know if a port is of type user, dsa_is_normal_port checks
that the given port is not of type DSA nor CPU. This is not enough
because a port can be unused.
Without the previous fix, this caused the unused mv88e6xxx ports to be
configured in normal mode.
The ds->enabled_port_mask reports the user ports, so check this instead.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the comment above the chunk states, the b53 driver attempts to
disable the unused ports. But using ds->enabled_port_mask is misleading,
because this mask reports in fact the user ports.
To avoid confusion and fix this, this patch introduces an explicit
dsa_is_unused_port helper which ensures the corresponding bit is not
masked in any of the switch port masks.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that sysctl_tcp_thin_dupack was not used, I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6b1o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-25
Here are:
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 0da4af00b2 ("ipv6: only update __use and lastusetime
once per jiffy at most"), updating the dst lastuse field is an
unlikely action: it happens at most once per jiffy, out of
potentially millions of calls per second.
Mark explicitly the code as such, and let the compiler generate
better code.
Note: gcc 7.2 and several older versions do actually generate
different - better - code when the unlikely() hint is in place,
avoid jump in the fast path and keeping better code locality.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC protocol [1] relies on the use of a new TCP experimental
option [2, 3]. With this option, SMC capabilities are exchanged
between peers during the TCP three way handshake. This patch adds
support for this experimental option to TCP.
References:
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
[2] Shared Use of TCP Experimental Options RFC 6994:
https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6994.txt
[3] IANA ExID SMCR:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters/tcp-parameters.xhtml#tcp-exids
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my first attempt to fix the lockdep splat, I forgot we could
enter inet_csk_route_req() with a freshly allocated request socket,
for which refcount has not yet been elevated, due to complex
SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU rules.
We either are in rcu_read_lock() section _or_ we own a refcount on the
request.
Correct RCU verb to use here is rcu_dereference_check(), although it is
not possible to prove we actually own a reference on a shared
refcount :/
In v2, I added ireq_opt_deref() helper and use in three places, to fix other
possible splats.
[ 49.844590] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xea/0xf3
[ 49.846487] inet_csk_route_req+0x53/0x14d
[ 49.848334] tcp_v4_route_req+0xe/0x10
[ 49.850174] tcp_conn_request+0x31c/0x6a0
[ 49.851992] ? __lock_acquire+0x614/0x822
[ 49.854015] tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.855957] ? tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.858052] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x98/0xdcc
[ 49.859990] ? sk_filter_trim_cap+0x2f6/0x307
[ 49.862085] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.864055] ? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.866173] tcp_v4_rcv+0x5ab/0xaf9
[ 49.868029] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x1af/0x2e7
[ 49.870064] ip_local_deliver+0x1b2/0x1c5
[ 49.871775] ? inet_del_offload+0x45/0x45
[ 49.873916] ip_rcv_finish+0x3f7/0x471
[ 49.875476] ip_rcv+0x3f1/0x42f
[ 49.876991] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x2e7/0x2e7
[ 49.878791] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6d3/0x950
[ 49.880701] ? process_backlog+0x7e/0x216
[ 49.882589] __netif_receive_skb+0x1d/0x5e
[ 49.884122] process_backlog+0x10c/0x216
[ 49.885812] net_rx_action+0x147/0x3df
Fixes: a6ca7abe53 ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()")
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts netlink and netfilter code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-7-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sock lock may be taken in the message timer function which is a
problem since timers run in BH. Instead of timers use delayed_work.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: bbb03029a8 ("strparser: Generalize strparser")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
Add a wrapper for the previous patch that extracs the information
from nf_conn and passes it to nf_l4proto_log_invalid().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
As a first step, add and use a new log function for this, similar to
nf_ct_helper_log().
Add __cold annotation -- invalid packets should be infrequent so
gcc can consider all call paths that lead to such a function as
unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark hlist node in sk rcu iterator as protected by the rcu.
hlist_next_rcu accomplishes this and silences the warnings
sparse throws.
Found with make C=1 net/ipv4/udp.o on linux-next tag
next-20171009.
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring IPv6 in par with IPv4 :
- Use net_hash_mix() to spread addresses a bit more.
- Use 256 slots hash table instead of 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are no longer in use by drivers, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New socket option TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY to allow different keys per
listener. The listener by default uses the global key until the
socket option is set. The key is a 16 bytes long binary data. This
option has no effect on regular non-listener TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to in_validator_info and in6_validator_info. Update the one
user of each, ipvlan, to return an error message for failures.
Only manual configuration of an address is plumbed in the IPv6 code path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB BPF programs are run from the socket/tcp context but early in
the stack before much of the TCP metadata is needed in tcp_skb_cb. So
we can use some unused fields to place BPF metadata needed for SK_SKB
programs when implementing the redirect function.
This allows us to drop the preempt disable logic. It does however
require an API change so sk_redirect_map() has been updated to
additionally provide ctx_ptr to skb. Note, we do however continue to
disable/enable preemption around actual BPF program running to account
for map updates.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=YkMB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20171018' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Add bits for kernel services
Here are some patches that add a few things for kernel services to use:
(1) Allow service upgrade to be requested and allow the resultant actual
service ID to be obtained.
(2) Allow the RTT time of a call to be obtained.
(3) Allow a kernel service to find out if a call is still alive on a
server between transmitting a request and getting the reply.
(4) Allow data transmission to ignore signals if transmission progress is
being made in reasonable time. This is also usable by userspace by
passing MSG_WAITALL to sendmsg()[*].
[*] I'm not sure this is the right interface for this or whether a sockopt
should be used instead.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: linux-wpan@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com> # for ieee802154
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure is part of DSA core data and must only be updated
by the later. It is OK and sometimes necessary for the DSA drivers to
access this data, but this has to be read only.
For that purpose, add a dsa_to_port() helper which returns a const
pointer to a dsa_port structure which must be used by DSA drivers from
now on instead of digging into ds->ports[] themselves.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a couple of functions to allow cleaner handling of signals in a
kernel service. They are:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_get_rtt()
This allows the kernel service to find out the RTT time for a call, so
as to better judge how large a timeout to employ.
Note, though, that whilst this returns a value in nanoseconds, the
timeouts can only actually be in jiffies.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_check_life()
This returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received from the
peer (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by
sending PING ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server).
The caller should compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call
is still alive.
These can be used to provide an extending timeout rather than returning
immediately in the case that a signal occurs that would otherwise abort an
RPC operation. The timeout would be extended if the server is still
responsive and the call is still apparently alive on the server.
For most operations this isn't that necessary - but for FS.StoreData it is:
OpenAFS writes the data to storage as it comes in without making a backup,
so if we immediately abort it when partially complete on a CTRL+C, say, we
have no idea of the state of the file after the abort.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide support for a kernel service to make use of the service upgrade
facility. This involves:
(1) Pass an upgrade request flag to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call().
(2) Make rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() return the call's current service ID so
that the caller can detect service upgrade and see what the service
was upgraded to.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The fq structure would fail to properly enforce the memory limit in the case
where the packet being enqueued was bigger than the packet being removed to
bring the memory usage down. So keep dropping packets until the memory usage is
back below the limit. Also, fix the statistics for memory limit violations.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to not dirty the cacheline too often, we try to only update
dst->__use and dst->lastusetime at most once per jiffy.
As dst->lastusetime is only used by ipv6 garbage collector, it should
be good enough time resolution.
And __use is only used in ipv6_route_seq_show() to show how many times a
dst has been used. And as __use is not atomic_t right now, it does not
show the precise number of usage times anyway. So we think it should be
OK to only update it at most once per jiffy.
According to my latest syn flood test on a machine with intel Xeon 6th
gen processor and 2 10G mlx nics bonded together, each with 8 rx queues
on 2 NUMA nodes:
With this patch, the packet process rate increases from ~3.49Mpps to
~3.75Mpps with a 7% increase rate.
Note: dst_use() is being renamed to dst_hold_and_use() to better specify
the purpose of the function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@googl.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever the block->q is set, it can be used instead of tp->q as it
contains the same value. When it is not set, which can't happen now but
it might happen with the follow-up shared blocks introduction, the class
is not set in the result. That would lead to a class lookup instead
of direct class pointer use for classful qdiscs. However, it is not
planned to support classful qdisqs sharing filter blocks, so that may
never happen.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers allows to get a q and netdev pointers
for given block easily.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the parameter updating via RCU and not protected by a
spinlock anymore. This reduce the time that the spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make style of module alias name consistent with other subsystems in kernel,
for example net devices.
Fixes: 084e2f6566 ("Support to encoding decoding skb mark on IFE action")
Fixes: 200e10f469 ("Support to encoding decoding skb prio on IFE action")
Fixes: 408fbc22ef ("net sched ife action: Introduce skb tcindex metadata encap decap")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.
This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove three inline helpers that are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper and the struct field ares no longer used by any code,
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user of cls_flower->egress_dev is mlx5. So do the conversion
there alongside with the code originating the call in cls_flower
function fl_hw_replace_filter to the newly introduced egress device
callback infrastucture.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule and specified device
acts as tc action egress device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return dev directly, NULL if not possible. That is enough.
Makes no sense to pass struct net * to get_dev op, as there is only one
net possible, the one the action was created in. So just store it in
mirred priv and use directly.
Rename the mirred op callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yury reported crash with this signature :
[ 554.034021] [<ffff80003ccd5a58>] 0xffff80003ccd5a58
[ 554.034156] [<ffff00000888fd34>] skb_release_all+0x14/0x30
[ 554.034288] [<ffff00000888fd64>] __kfree_skb+0x14/0x28
[ 554.034409] [<ffff0000088ece6c>] tcp_sendmsg_locked+0x4dc/0xcc8
[ 554.034541] [<ffff0000088ed68c>] tcp_sendmsg+0x34/0x58
[ 554.034659] [<ffff000008919fd4>] inet_sendmsg+0x2c/0xf8
[ 554.034783] [<ffff0000088842e8>] sock_sendmsg+0x18/0x30
[ 554.034928] [<ffff0000088861fc>] SyS_sendto+0x84/0xf8
Problem is that skb->destructor contains garbage, and this is
because I accidentally removed tcp_skb_tsorted_anchor_cleanup()
from tcp_unlink_write_queue()
This would trigger with a write(fd, <invalid_memory>, len) attempt,
and we will add to packetdrill this capability to avoid future
regressions.
Fixes: 75c119afe1 ("tcp: implement rb-tree based retransmit queue")
Reported-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW8q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Work continues in various areas:
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add to the FQ API a way to filter a given tin, in order to
remove frames that fulfil certain criteria according to a
filter function.
This will be used by mac80211 to remove frames belonging to
an AP VLAN interface that's being removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_*() functions require allocation of per-cpu
metadata_dst. The allocation happens upon verification of the
first program using those helpers. In preparation for removing
the verifier lock, use cmpxchg() to make sure we only allocate
the metadata_dsts once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER switchdev notification type, used
to indicate whether the bridge is or isn't mrouter. Notify when the bridge
changes its state, similarly to the already existing bridged port mrouter
notifications.
The notification uses the switchdev_attr.u.mrouter boolean flag to indicate
the current bridge mrouter status. Thus, it only indicates whether the
bridge is currently used as an mrouter or not, and does not indicate the
exact mrouter state of the bridge (learning, permanent, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phonet_protocol structs don't need to be written by anyone and
so can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, most of the rt6_stats are not hooked up correctly. As the
last part of this patch series, hook up all existing rt6_stats and add
one new stat fib_rt_uncache to indicate the number of routes in the
uncached list.
For details of the stats, please refer to the comments added in
include/net/ip6_fib.h.
Note: fib_rt_alloc and fib_rt_uncache are not guaranteed to be modified
under a lock. So atomic_t is used for them.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all the preparation work before, we are now ready to replace rwlock
with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table.
That means now all fib6_node in fib6_table are protected by rcu. And
when freeing fib6_node, call_rcu() is used to wait for the rcu grace
period before releasing the memory.
When accessing fib6_node, corresponding rcu APIs need to be used.
And all previous sessions protected by the write lock will now be
protected by the spin lock per table.
All previous sessions protected by read lock will now be protected by
rcu_read_lock().
A couple of things to note here:
1. As part of the work of replacing rwlock with rcu, the linked list of
fn->leaf now has to be rcu protected as well. So both fn->leaf and
rt->dst.rt6_next are now __rcu tagged and corresponding rcu APIs are
used when manipulating them.
2. For fn->rr_ptr, first of all, it also needs to be rcu protected now
and is tagged with __rcu and rcu APIs are used in corresponding places.
Secondly, fn->rr_ptr is changed in rt6_select() which is a reader
thread. This makes the issue a bit complicated. We think a valid
solution for it is to let rt6_select() grab the tb6_lock if it decides
to change it. As it is not in the normal operation and only happens when
there is no valid neighbor cache for the route, we think the performance
impact should be low.
3. fib6_walk_continue() has to be called with tb6_lock held even in the
route dumping related functions, e.g. inet6_dump_fib(),
fib6_tables_dump() and ipv6_route_seq_ops. It is because
fib6_walk_continue() makes modifications to the walker structure, and so
are fib6_repair_tree() and fib6_del_route(). In order to do proper
syncing between them, we need to let fib6_walk_continue() hold the lock.
We may be able to do further improvement on the way we do the tree walk
to get rid of the need for holding the spin lock. But not for now.
4. When fib6_del_route() removes a route from the tree, we no longer
mark rt->dst.rt6_next to NULL to make simultaneous reader be able to
further traverse the list with rcu. However, rt->dst.rt6_next is only
valid within this same rcu period. No one should access it later.
5. All the operation of atomic_inc(rt->rt6i_ref) is changed to be
performed before we publish this route (either by linking it to fn->leaf
or insert it in the list pointed by fn->leaf) just to be safe because as
soon as we publish the route, some read thread will be able to access it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_add() logic currently calls fib6_add_1() to figure out what node
should be used for the newly added route and then call
fib6_add_rt2node() to insert the route to the node.
And during the call of fib6_add_1(), fn_sernum is updated for all nodes
that share the same prefix as the new route.
This does not have issue in the current code because reader thread will
not be able to access the tree while writer thread is inserting new
route to it. However, it is not the case once we transition to use RCU.
Reader thread could potentially see the new fn_sernum before the new
route is inserted. As a result, reader thread's route lookup will return
a stale route with the new fn_sernum.
In order to solve this issue, we remove all the update of fn_sernum in
fib6_add_1(), and instead, introduce a new function that updates fn_sernum
for all related nodes and call this functions once the route is
successfully inserted to the tree.
Also, smp_wmb() is used after a route is successfully inserted into the
fib tree and right before the updated of fn->sernum. And smp_rmb() is
used right after fn->sernum is accessed in rt6_get_cookie_safe(). This
is to guarantee that when the reader thread sees the new fn->sernum, the
new route is already inserted in the tree in memory.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes use of the exception hash table implementation to
store dst caches created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect into the hash
table under the rt_info and no longer inserts these routes into fib6
tree.
This makes the fib6 tree only contain static configured routes and could
now be protected by rcu instead of a rw lock.
With this change, in the route lookup related functions, after finding
the rt6_info with the longest prefix, we also need to search for the
exception table before doing backtracking.
In the route delete function, if the route being deleted is not a dst
cache, deletion of this route also need to flush the whole hash table
under it. If it is a dst cache, then only delete the cached dst in the
hash table.
Note: for fib6_walk_continue() function, w->root now is always pointing
to a root node considering that fib6_prune_clones() is removed from the
code. So we add a WARN_ON() msg to make sure w->root always points to a
root node and also removed the update of w->root in fib6_repair_tree().
This is a prerequisite for later patch because we don't need to make
w->root as rcu protected when replacing rwlock with RCU.
Also, we remove all prune related variables as it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_locate() is used to find the fib6_node according to the passed in
prefix address key. It currently tries to find the fib6_node with the
exact match of the passed in key. However, when we move cached routes
into the exception table, fib6_locate() will fail to find the fib6_node
for it as the cached routes will be stored in the exception table under
the fib6_node with the longest prefix match of the cache's dst addr key.
This commit adds a new parameter to let the caller specify if it needs
exact match or longest prefix match.
Right now, all callers still does exact match when calling
fib6_locate(). It will be changed in later commit where exception table
is hooked up to store cached routes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all dst cache entries are stored in the exception table under the
main route, we have to go through them during fib6_age() when doing
garbage collecting.
Introduce a new function rt6_age_exception() which goes through all dst
entries in the exception table and remove those entries that are expired.
This function is called in fib6_age() so that all dst caches are also
garbage collected.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a hash table into struct rt6_info in order to store dst caches
created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect in ipv6 routing code.
APIs to add dst cache, delete dst cache, find dst cache and update
dst cache in the hash table are implemented and will be used in later
commits.
This is a preparation work to move all cache routes into the exception
table instead of getting inserted into the fib6 tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function takes a route as input and tries to update the sernum in
the fib6_node this route is associated with. It will be used in later
commit when adding a cached route into the exception table under that
route.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a linear list to store all skbs in write queue has been okay
for quite a while : O(N) is not too bad when N < 500.
Things get messy when N is the order of 100,000 : Modern TCP stacks
want 10Gbit+ of throughput even with 200 ms RTT flows.
40 ns per cache line miss means a full scan can use 4 ms,
blowing away CPU caches.
SACK processing often can use various hints to avoid parsing
whole retransmit queue. But with high packet losses and/or high
reordering, hints no longer work.
Sender has to process thousands of unfriendly SACK, accumulating
a huge socket backlog, burning a cpu and massively dropping packets.
Using an rb-tree for retransmit queue has been avoided for years
because it added complexity and overhead, but now is the time
to be more resistant and say no to quadratic behavior.
1) RTX queue is no longer part of the write queue : already sent skbs
are stored in one rb-tree.
2) Since reaching the head of write queue no longer needs
sk->sk_send_head, we added an union of sk_send_head and tcp_rtx_queue
Tested:
On receiver :
netem on ingress : delay 150ms 200us loss 1
GRO disabled to force stress and SACK storms.
for f in `seq 1 10`
do
./netperf -H lpaa6 -l30 -- -K bbr -o THROUGHPUT|tail -1
done | awk '{print $0} {sum += $0} END {printf "%7u\n",sum}'
Before patch :
323.87
351.48
339.59
338.62
306.72
204.07
304.93
291.88
202.47
176.88
2840
After patch:
1700.83
2207.98
2070.17
1544.26
2114.76
2124.89
1693.14
1080.91
2216.82
1299.94
18053
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the upcoming rtx rbtree will add some extra code,
it is time to not inline this fat function anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit cc71b7b071 ("net/ipv6: remove unused err variable on
icmpv6_push_pending_frames") exposed icmpv6_push_pending_frames
return value not being used.
Remove now unnecessary int err declarations and uses.
Miscellanea:
o Remove unnecessary goto and out: labels
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merging this brings in the timer_setup() change, which allows
me to apply Kees's mac80211 changes for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new queue (list) that tracks the sent but not yet
acked or SACKed skbs for a TCP connection. The list is chronologically
ordered by skb->skb_mstamp (the head is the oldest sent skb).
This list will be used to optimize TCP Rack recovery, which checks
an skb's timestamp to judge if it has been lost and needs to be
retransmitted. Since TCP write queue is ordered by sequence instead
of sent time, RACK has to scan over the write queue to catch all
eligible packets to detect lost retransmission, and iterates through
SACKed skbs repeatedly.
Special cares for rare events:
1. TCP repair fakes skb transmission so the send queue needs adjusted
2. SACK reneging would require re-inserting SACKed skbs into the
send queue. For now I believe it's not worth the complexity to
make RACK work perfectly on SACK reneging, so we do nothing here.
3. Fast Open: currently for non-TFO, send-queue correctly queues
the pure SYN packet. For TFO which queues a pure SYN and
then a data packet, send-queue only queues the data packet but
not the pure SYN due to the structure of TFO code. This is okay
because the SYN receiver would never respond with a SACK on a
missing SYN (i.e. SYN is never fast-retransmitted by SACK/RACK).
In order to not grow sk_buff, we use an union for the new list and
_skb_refdst/destructor fields. This is a bit complicated because
we need to make sure _skb_refdst and destructor are properly zeroed
before skb is cloned/copied at transmit, and before being freed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in the TCP code, the initialization sequence for cached
metrics, congestion control, BPF, etc, after successful connection
is very inconsistent. This introduces inconsistent bevhavior and is
prone to bugs. The current call sequence is as follows:
(1) for active case (tcp_finish_connect() case):
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
(2) for passive case (tcp_rcv_state_process() TCP_SYN_RECV case):
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
(3) for TFO passive case (tcp_fastopen_create_child()):
inet_csk(child)->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(child);
tcp_init_congestion_control(child);
tcp_mtup_init(child);
tcp_init_metrics(child);
tcp_call_bpf(child, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_buffer_space(child);
This commit uniforms the above functions to have the following sequence:
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE/PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
This sequence is the same as the (1) active case. We pick this sequence
because this order correctly allows BPF to override the settings
including congestion control module and initial cwnd, etc from
the route, and then allows the CC module to see those settings.
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two state fields: socket->state and sock->sk_state. The
socket->state field uses SS_UNCONNECTED, SS_CONNECTED, etc while the
sock->sk_state typically uses values that match TCP state constants
(TCP_CLOSE, TCP_ESTABLISHED). AF_VSOCK does not follow this convention
and instead uses SS_* constants for both fields.
The sk_state field will be exposed to userspace through the vsock_diag
interface for ss(8), netstat(8), and other programs.
This patch switches sk_state to TCP state constants so that the meaning
of this field is consistent with other address families. Not just
AF_INET and AF_INET6 use the TCP constants, AF_UNIX and others do too.
The following mapping was used to convert the code:
SS_FREE -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_UNCONNECTED -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_CONNECTING -> TCP_SYN_SENT
SS_CONNECTED -> TCP_ESTABLISHED
SS_DISCONNECTING -> TCP_CLOSING
VSOCK_SS_LISTEN -> TCP_LISTEN
In __vsock_create() the sk_state initialization was dropped because
sock_init_data() already initializes sk_state to TCP_CLOSE.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vsock_diag.ko module will need to check socket table membership.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket table symbols need to be exported from vsock.ko so that the
vsock_diag.ko module will be able to traverse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack to do_set_master and down to ndo_add_slave
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no users in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.2 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_RR).
Works by maintaining a list of enqueued streams and tracking the last
one used to send data. When the datamsg is done, it switches to the next
stream.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.4 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_PRIO).
It works by having a struct sctp_stream_priority for each priority
configured. This struct is then enlisted on a queue ordered per priority
if, and only if, there is a stream with data queued, so that dequeueing
is very straightforward: either finish current datamsg or simply dequeue
from the highest priority queued, which is the next stream pointed, and
that's it.
If there are multiple streams assigned with the same priority and with
data queued, it will do round robin amongst them while respecting
datamsgs boundaries (when not using idata chunks), to be reasonably
fair.
We intentionally don't maintain a list of priorities nor a list of all
streams with the same priority to save memory. The first would mean at
least 2 other pointers per priority (which, for 1000 priorities, that
can mean 16kB) and the second would also mean 2 other pointers but per
stream. As SCTP supports up to 65535 streams on a given asoc, that's
1MB. This impacts when giving a priority to some stream, as we have to
find out if the new priority is already being used and if we can free
the old one, and also when tearing down.
The new fields in struct sctp_stream_out_ext and sctp_stream are added
under a union because that memory is to be shared with other schedulers.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the hooks necessary to do stream scheduling, as
per RFC Draft ndata. It also introduces the first scheduler, which is
what we do today but now factored out: first come first served (FCFS).
With stream scheduling now we have to track which chunk was enqueued on
which stream and be able to select another other than the in front of
the main outqueue. So we introduce a list on sctp_stream_out_ext
structure for this purpose.
We reuse sctp_chunk->transmitted_list space for the list above, as the
chunk cannot belong to the two lists at the same time. By using the
union in there, we can have distinct names for these moments.
sctp_sched_ops are the operations expected to be implemented by each
scheduler. The dequeueing is a bit particular to this implementation but
it is to match how we dequeue packets today. We first dequeue and then
check if it fits the packet and if not, we requeue it at head. Thus why
we don't have a peek operation but have dequeue_done instead, which is
called once the chunk can be safely considered as transmitted.
The check removed from sctp_outq_flush is now performed by
sctp_stream_outq_migrate, which is only called during assoc setup.
(sctp_sendmsg() also checks for it)
The only operation that is foreseen but not yet added here is a way to
signalize that a new packet is starting or that the packet is done, for
round robin scheduler per packet, but is intentionally left to the
patch that actually implements it.
Support for I-DATA chunks, also described in this RFC, with user message
interleaving is straightforward as it just requires the schedulers to
probe for the feature and ignore datamsg boundaries when dequeueing.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to fetch the stream number from a given chunk.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the stream schedulers, sctp_stream_out will become too big to be
allocated by kmalloc and as we need to allocate with BH disabled, we
cannot use __vmalloc in sctp_stream_init().
This patch moves out the stats from sctp_stream_out to
sctp_stream_out_ext, which will be allocated only when the application
tries to sendmsg something on it.
Just the introduction of sctp_stream_out_ext would already fix the issue
described above by splitting the allocation in two. Moving the stats
to it also reduces the pressure on the allocator as we will ask for less
memory atomically when creating the socket and we will use GFP_KERNEL
later.
Then, for stream schedulers, we will just use sctp_stream_out_ext.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the skb parameter of skb_metadata_dst() and skb_tunnel_info()
const as they are not modified. This is in preparation for using
them in call-sites where skb is const.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized
(i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event
should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event.
This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the
802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to
inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed
so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc.
However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the
802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed
with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs
to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required
(e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get
any EAPOLs from the AP).
This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that
the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not
required.
Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the
connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the
roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right
after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already
authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is unused, and furthermore it is buggy since it suffers
from the same issue that requires IP6_ECN_set_ce() to take a pointer
to the skb so that it may (in case of CHECKSUM_COMPLETE) update skb->csum
Instead of fixing it, let's just outright remove it.
Tested: builds, and 'git grep IP6_ECN_clear' comes up empty
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different time period in
second to disable Fastopen on active TCP sockets.
Tested:
Simulate following similar situation that the server's data gets dropped
after 3WHS.
C ---- syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C ---- ack --------> S
S (accept & write)
C? X <- data ------ S
[retry and timeout]
And then print netstat of TCPFastOpenBlackhole, the counter increased as
expected when the firewall blackhole issue is detected and active TFO is
disabled.
# cat /proc/net/netstat | awk '{print $91}'
TCPFastOpenBlackhole
1
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different tcp_fastopen_key
independently of the host.
David Miller pointed out there is a leak without releasing the context
of tcp_fastopen_key during netns teardown. So add the release action in
exit_batch path.
Tested:
1. Container namespace:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
2817fff2-f803cf97-eadfd1f3-78c0992b
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: 1e5dd82a8c492ca9
2. Host:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
107d7c5f-68eb2ac7-02fb06e6-ed341702
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: e213c02bf0afbc8a
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'publish' logic is not necessary after commit dfea2aa654 ("tcp:
Do not call tcp_fastopen_reset_cipher from interrupt context"), because
in tcp_fastopen_cookie_gen，it wouldn't call tcp_fastopen_init_key_once.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require enable TCP Fast Open
feature independently of the host.
This patch series continues making more of the TCP Fast Open related
sysctl knobs be per net-namespace.
Reported-by: Luca BRUNO <lucab@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep
the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding
CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the
dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path.
Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order
to ensure they are available in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port,
thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure.
>From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging
operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports.
Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that
we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP early demux can leverate the rx dst cache even for
multicast unconnected sockets.
In such scenario the ipv4 source address is validated only on
the first packet in the given flow. After that, when we fetch
the dst entry from the socket rx cache, we stop enforcing
the rp_filter and we even start accepting any kind of martian
addresses.
Disabling the dst cache for unconnected multicast socket will
cause large performace regression, nearly reducing by half the
max ingress tput.
Instead we factor out a route helper to completely validate an
skb source address for multicast packets and we call it from
the UDP early demux for mcast packets landing on unconnected
sockets, after successful fetching the related cached dst entry.
This still gives a measurable, but limited performance
regression:
rp_filter = 0 rp_filter = 1
edmux disabled: 1182 Kpps 1127 Kpps
edmux before: 2238 Kpps 2238 Kpps
edmux after: 2037 Kpps 2019 Kpps
The above figures are on top of current net tree.
Applying the net-next commit 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full
fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.") the delta with
rp_filter == 0 will decrease even more.
Fixes: 421b3885bf ("udp: ipv4: Add udp early demux")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently no error is emitted, but this infrastructure will
used by the next patch to allow source address validation
for mcast sockets.
Since early demux can do a route lookup and an ipv4 route
lookup can return an error code this is consistent with the
current ipv4 route infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_weight in fib_info is set but not used. Remove it and the
helpers for setting it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the ipmr module register as a FIB notifier. To do that, implement both
the ipmr_seq_read and ipmr_dump ops.
The ipmr_seq_read op returns a sequence counter that is incremented on
every notification related operation done by the ipmr. To implement that,
add a sequence counter in the netns_ipv4 struct and increment it whenever a
new MFC route or VIF are added or deleted. The sequence operations are
protected by the RTNL lock.
The ipmr_dump iterates the list of MFC routes and the list of VIF entries
and sends notifications about them. The entries dump is done under RCU
where the VIF dump uses the mrt_lock too, as the vif->dev field can change
under RCU.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for an interface to forward packets according to the kernel
multicast routing table, it must be configured with a VIF index according
to the mroute user API. The VIF index is then used to refer to that
interface in the mroute user API, for example, to set the iif and oifs of
an MFC entry.
In order to allow drivers to be aware and offload multicast routes, they
have to be aware of the VIF add and delete notifications.
Due to the fact that a specific VIF can be deleted and re-added pointing to
another netdevice, and the MFC routes that point to it will forward the
matching packets to the new netdevice, a driver willing to offload MFC
cache entries must be aware of the VIF add and delete events in addition to
MFC routes notifications.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a helper called is_tcf_gact_pass which could be used to
tell if the action is gact pass or not.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key length can't be negative.
Leave comparisons against nla_len() signed just in case truncated attribute
can sneak in there.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/7 up/down: 0/-7 (-7)
function old new delta
pneigh_delete 273 272 -1
mlx5e_rep_netevent_event 1415 1414 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv6 1194 1193 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv4 1071 1070 -1
cxgb4_l2t_get 1104 1103 -1
__pneigh_lookup 69 68 -1
__neigh_create 2452 2451 -1
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_KASAN is enabled, the "--param asan-stack=1" causes rather large
stack frames in some functions. This goes unnoticed normally because
CONFIG_FRAME_WARN is disabled with CONFIG_KASAN by default as of commit
3f181b4d86 ("lib/Kconfig.debug: disable -Wframe-larger-than warnings with
KASAN=y").
The kernelci.org build bot however has the warning enabled and that led
me to investigate it a little further, as every build produces these warnings:
net/wireless/nl80211.c:4389:1: warning: the frame size of 2240 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:1895:1: warning: the frame size of 3776 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:1410:1: warning: the frame size of 2208 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:1282:1: warning: the frame size of 2544 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
Most of this problem is now solved in gcc-8, which can consolidate
the stack slots for the inline function arguments. On older compilers
we can add a workaround by declaring a local variable in each function
to pass the inline function argument.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=81715
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replay detection bitmaps can't have negative length.
Comparisons with nla_len() are left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Propagate unsignedness for code size savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/5 up/down: 0/-38 (-38)
function old new delta
xfrm_state_construct 1802 1800 -2
xfrm_update_ae_params 295 289 -6
xfrm_state_migrate 1345 1339 -6
xfrm_replay_notify_esn 349 337 -12
xfrm_replay_notify_bmp 345 333 -12
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In linux-4.13, Wei worked hard to convert dst to a traditional
refcounted model, removing GC.
We now want to make sure a dst refcount can not transition from 0 back
to 1.
The problem here is that input path attached a not refcounted dst to an
skb. Then later, because packet is forwarded and hits skb_dst_force()
before exiting RCU section, we might try to take a refcount on one dst
that is about to be freed, if another cpu saw 1 -> 0 transition in
dst_release() and queued the dst for freeing after one RCU grace period.
Lets unify skb_dst_force() and skb_dst_force_safe(), since we should
always perform the complete check against dst refcount, and not assume
it is not zero.
Bugzilla : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=197005
[ 989.919496] skb_dst_force+0x32/0x34
[ 989.919498] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1ad/0x482
[ 989.919501] ? eth_header+0x28/0xc6
[ 989.919502] dev_queue_xmit+0xb/0xd
[ 989.919504] neigh_connected_output+0x9b/0xb4
[ 989.919507] ip_finish_output2+0x234/0x294
[ 989.919509] ? ipt_do_table+0x369/0x388
[ 989.919510] ip_finish_output+0x12c/0x13f
[ 989.919512] ip_output+0x53/0x87
[ 989.919513] ip_forward_finish+0x53/0x5a
[ 989.919515] ip_forward+0x2cb/0x3e6
[ 989.919516] ? pskb_trim_rcsum.part.9+0x4b/0x4b
[ 989.919518] ip_rcv_finish+0x2e2/0x321
[ 989.919519] ip_rcv+0x26f/0x2eb
[ 989.919522] ? vlan_do_receive+0x4f/0x289
[ 989.919523] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x467/0x50b
[ 989.919526] ? tcp_gro_receive+0x239/0x239
[ 989.919529] ? inet_gro_receive+0x226/0x238
[ 989.919530] __netif_receive_skb+0x4d/0x5f
[ 989.919532] netif_receive_skb_internal+0x5c/0xaf
[ 989.919533] napi_gro_receive+0x45/0x81
[ 989.919536] ixgbe_poll+0xc8a/0xf09
[ 989.919539] ? kmem_cache_free_bulk+0x1b6/0x1f7
[ 989.919540] net_rx_action+0xf4/0x266
[ 989.919543] __do_softirq+0xa8/0x19d
[ 989.919545] irq_exit+0x5d/0x6b
[ 989.919546] do_IRQ+0x9c/0xb5
[ 989.919548] common_interrupt+0x93/0x93
[ 989.919548] </IRQ>
Similarly dst_clone() can use dst_hold() helper to have additional
debugging, as a follow up to commit 44ebe79149 ("net: add debug
atomic_inc_not_zero() in dst_hold()")
In net-next we will convert dst atomic_t to refcount_t for peace of
mind.
Fixes: a4c2fd7f78 ("net: remove DST_NOCACHE flag")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reported-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Bisected-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'fib_validate_source':
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:411:16: error: 'struct netns_ipv4' has no member named 'fib_has_custom_local_routes'
> if (net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_local_routes)
> ^
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'inet_rtm_newroute':
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:773:12: error: 'struct netns_ipv4' has no member named 'fib_has_custom_local_routes'
> net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_local_routes = true;
> ^
Fixes: 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local behaviour
in fib_validate_source()") a full fib lookup is needed even if
the rp_filter is disabled, if accept_local is false - which is
the default.
What we really need in the above scenario is just checking
that the source IP address is not local, and in most case we
can do that is a cheaper way looking up the ifaddr hash table.
This commit adds a helper for such lookup, and uses it to
validate the src address when rp_filter is disabled and no
'local' routes are created by the user space in the relevant
namespace.
A new ipv4 netns flag is added to account for such routes.
We need that to preserve the same behavior we had before this
patch.
It also drops the checks to bail early from __fib_validate_source,
added by the commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local
behaviour in fib_validate_source()") they do not give any
measurable performance improvement: if we do the lookup with are
on a slower path.
This improves UDP performances for unconnected sockets
when rp_filter is disabled by 5% and also gives small but
measurable performance improvement for TCP flood scenarios.
v1 -> v2:
- use the ifaddr lookup helper in __ip_dev_find(), as suggested
by Eric
- fall-back to full lookup if custom local routes are present
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function hasn't been used since the removal of iwmc3200wifi
in 2012. It also appears to have a bug when qos=True, since then
it'll copy uninitialized stack memory to the SKB.
Just remove the function entirely.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it,
rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Current ieee80211_ie_split() implementation doesn't
account for elements that are sub-elements of the
EXTENSION IE. To extend support to these IEs as well,
treat the WLAN_EID_EXTENSION ids in the %ids array
as indicating that the next id in the array is a
sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having a global list of labels do not scale to thousands of
netns in the cloud era. This causes quadratic behavior on
netns creation and deletion.
This is time having a per netns list of ~10 labels.
Tested:
$ time perf record (for f in `seq 1 3000` ; do ip netns add tast$f; done)
[ perf record: Woken up 1 times to write data ]
[ perf record: Captured and wrote 3.637 MB perf.data (~158898 samples) ]
real 0m20.837s # instead of 0m24.227s
user 0m0.328s
sys 0m20.338s # instead of 0m23.753s
16.17% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_broadcast_filtered
12.30% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_has_listeners
6.76% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave
5.78% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memset_erms
5.77% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kobject_uevent_env
5.18% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] refcount_sub_and_test
4.96% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_read_lock
3.82% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] refcount_inc_not_zero
3.33% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
2.11% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unmap_page_range
1.77% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __wake_up
1.69% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] strlen
1.17% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __wake_up_common
1.09% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] insert_header
1.04% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] page_remove_rmap
1.01% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] consume_skb
0.98% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_trim
0.51% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kernfs_link_sibling
0.51% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] filemap_map_pages
0.46% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memcpy_erms
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller no longer needs to wait for a grace period. So this
patch gets rid of it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a copy of the master ethtool ops, storing the
original pointer in DSA and the new one in the master netdev itself is
enough.
In the meantime, set orig_ethtool_ops to NULL when restoring the master
ethtool ops and check the presence of the master original ethtool ops as
well as its needed functions before calling them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->rbnode shares space with skb->next, skb->prev and skb->tstamp
Current uses (TCP receive ofo queue and netem) need to save/restore
tstamp, while skb->dev is either NULL (TCP) or a constant for a given
queue (netem).
Since we plan using an RB tree for TCP retransmit queue to speedup SACK
processing with large BDP, this patch exchanges skb->dev and
skb->tstamp.
This saves some overhead in both TCP and netem.
v2: removes the swtstamp field from struct tcp_skb_cb
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove tcp_may_send_now and tcp_snd_test that are no longer used
Fixes: 840a3cbe89 ("tcp: remove forward retransmit feature")
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global function ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal and static functions
ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal and ipv4_rcv_saddr_equal currently return int.
bool is slightly more descriptive for these functions so change
their return type from int to bool.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86fdb3448c ("sctp: ensure ep is not destroyed before doing the
dump") tried to fix an use-after-free issue by checking !sctp_sk(sk)->ep
with holding sock and sock lock.
But Paolo noticed that endpoint could be destroyed in sctp_rcv without
sock lock protection. It means the use-after-free issue still could be
triggered when sctp_rcv put and destroy ep after sctp_sock_dump checks
!ep, although it's pretty hard to reproduce.
I could reproduce it by mdelay in sctp_rcv while msleep in sctp_close
and sctp_sock_dump long time.
This patch is to add another param cb_done to sctp_for_each_transport
and dump ep->assocs with holding tsp after jumping out of transport's
traversal in it to avoid this issue.
It can also improve sctp diag dump to make it run faster, as no need
to save sk into cb->args[5] and keep calling sctp_for_each_transport
any more.
This patch is also to use int * instead of int for the pos argument
in sctp_for_each_transport, which could make postion increment only
in sctp_for_each_transport and no need to keep changing cb->args[2]
in sctp_sock_filter and sctp_sock_dump any more.
Fixes: 86fdb3448c ("sctp: ensure ep is not destroyed before doing the dump")
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code causes a static checker warning because Smatch doesn't trust
anything that comes from skb->data. I've reviewed this code and I do
think skb->data can be controlled by the user here.
The sctp_event_subscribe struct has 13 __u8 fields and we want to see
if ours is non-zero. sn_type can be any value in the 0-USHRT_MAX range.
We're subtracting SCTP_SN_TYPE_BASE which is 1 << 15 so we could read
either before the start of the struct or after the end.
This is a very old bug and it's surprising that it would go undetected
for so long but my theory is that it just doesn't have a big impact so
it would be hard to notice.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller is no longer needed to wait for a grace period.
So this patch gets rid of it.
This also completely closes a race condition between action free
path and filter chain add/remove path for the following patch.
Because otherwise the nested RCU callback can't be caught by
rcu_barrier().
Please see also the comments in code.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix SCTP connection setup when IPVS module is loaded and any scheduler
is registered, from Xin Long.
2) Don't create a SCTP connection from SCTP ABORT packets, also from
Xin Long.
3) WARN_ON() and drop packet, instead of BUG_ON() races when calling
nf_nat_setup_info(). This is specifically a longstanding problem
when br_netfilter with conntrack support is in place, patch from
Florian Westphal.
4) Avoid softlock splats via iptables-restore, also from Florian.
5) Revert NAT hashtable conversion to rhashtable, semantics of rhlist
are different from our simple NAT hashtable, this has been causing
problems in the recent Linux kernel releases. From Florian.
6) Add per-bucket spinlock for NAT hashtable, so at least we restore
one of the benefits we got from the previous rhashtable conversion.
7) Fix incorrect hashtable size in memory allocation in xt_hashlimit,
from Zhizhou Tian.
8) Fix build/link problems with hashlimit and 32-bit arches, to address
recent fallout from a new hashlimit mode, from Vishwanath Pai.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 870190a9ec.
It was not a good idea. The custom hash table was a much better
fit for this purpose.
A fast lookup is not essential, in fact for most cases there is no lookup
at all because original tuple is not taken and can be used as-is.
What needs to be fast is insertion and deletion.
rhlist removal however requires a rhlist walk.
We can have thousands of entries in such a list if source port/addresses
are reused for multiple flows, if this happens removal requests are so
expensive that deletions of a few thousand flows can take several
seconds(!).
The advantages that we got from rhashtable are:
1) table auto-sizing
2) multiple locks
1) would be nice to have, but it is not essential as we have at
most one lookup per new flow, so even a million flows in the bysource
table are not a problem compared to current deletion cost.
2) is easy to add to custom hash table.
I tried to add hlist_node to rhlist to speed up rhltable_remove but this
isn't doable without changing semantics. rhltable_remove_fast will
check that the to-be-deleted object is part of the table and that
requires a list walk that we want to avoid.
Furthermore, using hlist_node increases size of struct rhlist_head, which
in turn increases nf_conn size.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196821
Reported-by: Ivan Babrou <ibobrik@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* a remain-on-channel fix from Avi
* hwsim TX power fix from Beni
* null-PTR dereference with iTXQ in some rare configurations (Chunho)
* 40 MHz custom regdomain fixes (Emmanuel)
* look at right place in HT/VHT capability parsing (Igor)
* complete A-MPDU teardown properly (Ilan)
* Mesh ID Element ordering fix (Liad)
* avoid tracing warning in ht_dbg() (Sharon)
* fix print of assoc/reassoc (Simon)
* fix encrypted VLAN with iTXQ (myself)
* fix calling context of TX queue wake (myself)
* fix a deadlock with ath10k aggregation (myself)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=QYS4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-09-07' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Back from a long absence, so we have a number of things:
* a remain-on-channel fix from Avi
* hwsim TX power fix from Beni
* null-PTR dereference with iTXQ in some rare configurations (Chunho)
* 40 MHz custom regdomain fixes (Emmanuel)
* look at right place in HT/VHT capability parsing (Igor)
* complete A-MPDU teardown properly (Ilan)
* Mesh ID Element ordering fix (Liad)
* avoid tracing warning in ht_dbg() (Sharon)
* fix print of assoc/reassoc (Simon)
* fix encrypted VLAN with iTXQ (myself)
* fix calling context of TX queue wake (myself)
* fix a deadlock with ath10k aggregation (myself)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some
switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress
queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and
direct the transmission towards a particular queue.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__skb_flow_dissect is riddled with gotos that make discerning the flow,
debugging, and extending the capability difficult. This patch
reorganizes things so that we only perform goto's after the two main
switch statements (no gotos within the cases now). It also eliminates
several goto labels so that there are only two labels that can be target
for goto.
Reported-by: Alexander Popov <alex.popov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a new link error in allmodconfig kernels after ftgmac100
started using the ncsi helpers:
ERROR: "ncsi_vlan_rx_kill_vid" [drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid" [drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.ko] undefined!
Related to that, we get another error when CONFIG_NET_NCSI is disabled:
drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.c:1626:25: error: 'ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'ncsi_start_dev'?
drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.c:1627:26: error: 'ncsi_vlan_rx_kill_vid' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid'?
This fixes both problems at once, using a 'static inline' stub helper
for the disabled case, and exporting the functions when they are present.
Fixes: 51564585d8 ("ftgmac100: Support NCSI VLAN filtering when available")
Fixes: 21acf63013 ("net/ncsi: Configure VLAN tag filter")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP
interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the
frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned.
However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with
a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since
the information about which virtual interface to use to select
the key is taken from the TXQ.
Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the
dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping
in the dequeue as well.
Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a
TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an
AP_VLAN is removed.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for next-net (part 2)
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next. This
patchset includes updates for nf_tables, removal of
CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and a new mode for xt_hashlimit. More
specifically, they:
1) Add new rate match mode for hashlimit, this introduces a new revision
for this match. The idea is to stop matching packets until ratelimit
criteria stands true. Patch from Vishwanath Pai.
2) Add ->select_ops indirection to nf_tables named objects, so we can
choose between different flavours of the same object type, patch from
Pablo M. Bermudo.
3) Shorter function names in nft_limit, basically:
s/nft_limit_pkt_bytes/nft_limit_bytes, also from Pablo M. Bermudo.
4) Add new stateful limit named object type, this allows us to create
limit policies that you can identify via name, also from Pablo.
5) Remove unused hooknum parameter in conntrack ->packet indirection.
From Florian Westphal.
6) Patches to remove CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and macros such as
IP_NF_ASSERT and IP_NF_ASSERT. From Varsha Rao.
7) Add nf_tables_updchain() helper function and use it from
nf_tables_newchain() to make it more maintainable. Similarly,
add nf_tables_addchain() and use it too.
8) Add new netlink NLM_F_NONREC flag, this flag should only be used for
deletion requests, specifically, to support non-recursive deletion.
Based on what we discussed during NFWS'17 in Faro.
9) Use NLM_F_NONREC from table and sets in nf_tables.
10) Support for recursive chain deletion. Table and set deletion
commands come with an implicit content flush on deletion, while
chains do not. This patch addresses this inconsistency by adding
the code to perform recursive chain deletions. This also comes with
the bits to deal with the new NLM_F_NONREC netlink flag.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and _ASSERT() macros as they
are no longer required. Replace _ASSERT() macros with WARN_ON().
Signed-off-by: Varsha Rao <rvarsha016@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds support for overloading stateful objects operations
through the select_ops() callback, just as it is implemented for
expressions.
This change is needed for upcoming additions to the stateful objects
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo M. Bermudo Garay <pablombg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-09-03
Here's one last bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.14 kernel:
- NULL pointer fix in ca8210 802.15.4 driver
- A few "const" fixes
- New Kconfig option for disabling legacy interfaces
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, updates to the conntrack core, enhancements for
nf_tables, conversion of netfilter hooks from linked list to array to
improve memory locality and asorted improvements for the Netfilter
codebase. More specifically, they are:
1) Add expection to hashes after timer initialization to prevent
access from another CPU that walks on the hashes and calls
del_timer(), from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't update nf_tables chain counters from hot path, this is only
used by the x_tables compatibility layer.
3) Get rid of nested rcu_read_lock() calls from netfilter hook path.
Hooks are always guaranteed to run from rcu read side, so remove
nested rcu_read_lock() where possible. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
4) nf_tables new ruleset generation notifications include PID and name
of the process that has updated the ruleset, from Phil Sutter.
5) Use skb_header_pointer() from nft_fib, so we can reuse this code from
the nf_family netdev family. Patch from Pablo M. Bermudo.
6) Add support for nft_fib in nf_tables netdev family, also from Pablo.
7) Use deferrable workqueue for conntrack garbage collection, to reduce
power consumption, from Patch from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
8) Add nf_ct_expect_iterate_net() helper and use it. From Florian
Westphal.
9) Call nf_ct_unconfirmed_destroy only from cttimeout, from Florian.
10) Drop references on conntrack removal path when skbuffs has escaped via
nfqueue, from Florian.
11) Don't queue packets to nfqueue with dying conntrack, from Florian.
12) Constify nf_hook_ops structure, from Florian.
13) Remove neededlessly branch in nf_tables trace code, from Phil Sutter.
14) Add nla_strdup(), from Phil Sutter.
15) Rise nf_tables objects name size up to 255 chars, people want to use
DNS names, so increase this according to what RFC 1035 specifies.
Patch series from Phil Sutter.
16) Kill nf_conntrack_default_on, it's broken. Default on conntrack hook
registration on demand, suggested by Eric Dumazet, patch from Florian.
17) Remove unused variables in compat_copy_entry_from_user both in
ip_tables and arp_tables code. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
18) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l4proto, from Julia Lawall.
19) Constify nf_loginfo structure, also from Julia.
20) Use a single rb root in connlimit, from Taehee Yoo.
21) Remove unused netfilter_queue_init() prototype, from Taehee Yoo.
22) Use audit_log() instead of open-coding it, from Geliang Tang.
23) Allow to mangle tcp options via nft_exthdr, from Florian.
24) Allow to fetch TCP MSS from nft_rt, from Florian. This includes
a fix for a miscalculation of the minimal length.
25) Simplify branch logic in h323 helper, from Nick Desaulniers.
26) Calculate netlink attribute size for conntrack tuple at compile
time, from Florian.
27) Remove protocol name field from nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto structure.
From Florian.
28) Remove holes in nf_conntrack_l4proto structure, so it becomes
smaller. From Florian.
29) Get rid of print_tuple() indirection for /proc conntrack listing.
Place all the code in net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_standalone.c.
Patch from Florian.
30) Do not built in print_conntrack() if CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS is
off. From Florian.
31) Constify most nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto helper functions, from
Florian.
32) Fix broken indentation in ebtables extensions, from Colin Ian King.
33) Fix several harmless sparse warning, from Florian.
34) Convert netfilter hook infrastructure to use array for better memory
locality, joint work done by Florian and Aaron Conole. Moreover, add
some instrumentation to debug this.
35) Batch nf_unregister_net_hooks() calls, to call synchronize_net once
per batch, from Florian.
36) Get rid of noisy logging in ICMPv6 conntrack helper, from Florian.
37) Get rid of obsolete NFDEBUG() instrumentation, from Varsha Rao.
38) Remove unused code in the generic protocol tracker, from Davide
Caratti.
I think I will have material for a second Netfilter batch in my queue if
time allow to make it fit in this merge window.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1d6119baf0.
After reverting commit 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API
for fragmentation mem accounting") then here is no need for this
fix-up patch. As percpu_counter is no longer used, it cannot
memory leak it any-longer.
Fixes: 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API for fragmentation mem accounting")
Fixes: 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6d7b857d54.
There is a bug in fragmentation codes use of the percpu_counter API,
that can cause issues on systems with many CPUs.
The frag_mem_limit() just reads the global counter (fbc->count),
without considering other CPUs can have upto batch size (130K) that
haven't been subtracted yet. Due to the 3MBytes lower thresh limit,
this become dangerous at >=24 CPUs (3*1024*1024/130000=24).
The correct API usage would be to use __percpu_counter_compare() which
does the right thing, and takes into account the number of (online)
CPUs and batch size, to account for this and call __percpu_counter_sum()
when needed.
We choose to revert the use of the lib/percpu_counter API for frag
memory accounting for several reasons:
1) On systems with CPUs > 24, the heavier fully locked
__percpu_counter_sum() is always invoked, which will be more
expensive than the atomic_t that is reverted to.
Given systems with more than 24 CPUs are becoming common this doesn't
seem like a good option. To mitigate this, the batch size could be
decreased and thresh be increased.
2) The add_frag_mem_limit+sub_frag_mem_limit pairs happen on the RX
CPU, before SKBs are pushed into sockets on remote CPUs. Given
NICs can only hash on L2 part of the IP-header, the NIC-RXq's will
likely be limited. Thus, a fair chance that atomic add+dec happen
on the same CPU.
Revert note that commit 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
removed init_frag_mem_limit() and instead use inet_frags_init_net().
After this revert, inet_frags_uninit_net() becomes empty.
Fixes: 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API for fragmentation mem accounting")
Fixes: 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After ip_route_input() calls ip_route_input_noref(), another
check on skb_dst() is done, but if this fails, we shouldn't
override the return code from ip_route_input_noref(), as it
could have been more specific (i.e. -EHOSTUNREACH).
This also saves one call to skb_dst_force_safe() and one to
skb_dst() in case the ip_route_input_noref() check fails.
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sdubroca@redhat.com>
Fixes: 9df16efadd ("ipv4: call dst_hold_safe() properly")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a listener registers to the FIB notification chain it receives a
dump of the FIB entries and rules from existing address families by
invoking their dump operations.
While we call into these modules we need to make sure they aren't
removed. Do that by increasing their reference count before invoking
their dump operations and decrease it afterwards.
Fixes: 04b1d4e50e ("net: core: Make the FIB notification chain generic")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-09-01
This should be the last ipsec-next pull request for this
release cycle:
1) Support netdevice ESP trailer removal when decryption
is offloaded. From Yossi Kuperman.
2) Fix overwritten return value of copy_sec_ctx().
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header
is global and can be reused by many drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC filters when used as classifiers are bound to TC classes.
However, there is a hidden difference when adding them in different
orders:
1. If we add tc classes before its filters, everything is fine.
Logically, the classes exist before we specify their ID's in
filters, it is easy to bind them together, just as in the current
code base.
2. If we add tc filters before the tc classes they bind, we have to
do dynamic lookup in fast path. What's worse, this happens all
the time not just once, because on fast path tcf_result is passed
on stack, there is no way to propagate back to the one in tc filters.
This hidden difference hurts performance silently if we have many tc
classes in hierarchy.
This patch intends to close this gap by doing the reverse binding when
we create a new class, in this case we can actually search all the
filters in its parent, match and fixup by classid. And because
tcf_result is specific to each type of tc filter, we have to introduce
a new ops for each filter to tell how to bind the class.
Note, we still can NOT totally get rid of those class lookup in
->enqueue() because cgroup and flow filters have no way to determine
the classid at setup time, they still have to go through dynamic lookup.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In conjunction with crypto offload [1], removing the ESP trailer by
hardware can potentially improve the performance by avoiding (1) a
cache miss incurred by reading the nexthdr field and (2) the necessity
to calculate the csum value of the trailer in order to keep skb->csum
valid.
This patch introduces the changes to the xfrm stack and merely serves
as an infrastructure. Subsequent patch to mlx5 driver will put this to
a good use.
[1] https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg175733.html
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Typically, each TC filter has its own action. All the actions of the
same type are saved in its hash table. But the hash buckets are too
small that it degrades to a list. And the performance is greatly
affected. For example, it takes about 0m11.914s to insert 64K rules.
If we convert the hash table to IDR, it only takes about 0m1.500s.
The improvement is huge.
But please note that the test result is based on previous patch that
cls_flower uses IDR.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 45f119bf93.
Eric Dumazet says:
We found at Google a significant regression caused by
45f119bf93 tcp: remove header prediction
In typical RPC (TCP_RR), when a TCP socket receives data, we now call
tcp_ack() while we used to not call it.
This touches enough cache lines to cause a slowdown.
so problem does not seem to be HP removal itself but the tcp_ack()
call. Therefore, it might be possible to remove HP after all, provided
one finds a way to elide tcp_ack for most cases.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change was a followup to the header prediction removal,
so first revert this as a prerequisite to back out hp removal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian reported UDP xmit drops that could be root caused to the
too small neigh limit.
Current limit is 64 KB, meaning that even a single UDP socket would hit
it, since its default sk_sndbuf comes from net.core.wmem_default
(~212992 bytes on 64bit arches).
Once ARP/ND resolution is in progress, we should allow a little more
packets to be queued, at least for one producer.
Once neigh arp_queue is filled, a rogue socket should hit its sk_sndbuf
limit and either block in sendmsg() or return -EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NSH (Network Service Header)[1] is a new protocol for service
function chaining, it can be handled as a L3 protocol like
IPv4 and IPv6, Eth + NSH + Inner packet or VxLAN-gpe + NSH +
Inner packet are two typical use cases.
This patch adds NSH header structures and helpers for NSH GSO
support and Open vSwitch NSH support.
[1] https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-sfc-nsh/
[Jiri: added nsh_hdr() helper and renamed the header struct to "struct
nshhdr" to match the usual pattern. Removed packet type defines, these are
now shared with VXLAN-GPE.]
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The values are shared between VXLAN-GPE and NSH. Originally probably by
coincidence but I notified both working groups about this last year and they
seem to keep the values in sync since then.
Hopefully they'll get a single IANA registry for the values, too. (I asked
them for that.)
Factor out the code to be shared by the NSH implementation.
NSH and MPLS values are added in this patch, too. For MPLS, the drafts
incorrectly assign only a single value, while we have two MPLS ethertypes.
I raised the problem with both groups. For now, I assume the value is for
unicast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a client call that failed on network error to be retried, provided
that the Tx queue still holds DATA packet 1. This allows an operation to
be submitted to another server or another address for the same server
without having to repackage and re-encrypt the data so far processed.
Two new functions are provided:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_check_call() - This is used to find out the completion
state of a call to guess whether it can be retried and whether it
should be retried.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_retry_call() - Disconnect the call from its current
connection, reset the state and submit it as a new client call to a
new address. The new address need not match the previous address.
A call may be retried even if all the data hasn't been loaded into it yet;
a partially constructed will be retained at the same point it was at when
an error condition was detected. msg_data_left() can be used to find out
how much data was packaged before the error occurred.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add a callback to rxrpc_kernel_send_data() so that a kernel service can get
a notification that the AF_RXRPC call has transitioned out the Tx phase and
is now waiting for a reply or a final ACK.
This is called from AF_RXRPC with the call state lock held so the
notification is guaranteed to come before any reply is passed back.
Further, modify the AFS filesystem to make use of this so that we don't have
to change the afs_call state before sending the last bit of data.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make use of the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks to have the NCSI
stack process new VLAN tags and configure the channel VLAN filter
appropriately.
Several VLAN tags can be set and a "Set VLAN Filter" packet must be sent
for each one, meaning the ncsi_dev_state_config_svf state must be
repeated. An internal list of VLAN tags is maintained, and compared
against the current channel's ncsi_channel_filter in order to keep track
within the state. VLAN filters are removed in a similar manner, with the
introduction of the ncsi_dev_state_config_clear_vids state. The maximum
number of VLAN tag filters is determined by the "Get Capabilities"
response from the channel.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And finally, move the irda include files into
drivers/staging/irda/include/net/irda. Yes, it's a long path, but it
makes it easy for us to just add a Makefile directory path addition and
all of the net and drivers code "just works".
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c5cff8561d adds rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node. This
generates a new sparse warning on rt->rt6i_node related code:
net/ipv6/route.c:1394:30: error: incompatible types in comparison
expression (different address spaces)
./include/net/ip6_fib.h:187:14: error: incompatible types in comparison
expression (different address spaces)
This commit adds "__rcu" tag for rt6i_node and makes sure corresponding
rcu API is used for it.
After this fix, sparse no longer generates the above warning.
Fixes: c5cff8561d ("ipv6: add rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve, ipip tunnels, allow ERSPAN tunnels to
operate in 'collect metadata' mode. bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers
can make use of it right away. OVS can use it as well in the future.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts the storage and layout of netfilter hook entries from a
linked list to an array. After this commit, hook entries will be
stored adjacent in memory. The next pointer is no longer required.
The ops pointers are stored at the end of the array as they are only
used in the register/unregister path and in the legacy br_netfilter code.
nf_unregister_net_hooks() is slower than needed as it just calls
nf_unregister_net_hook in a loop (i.e. at least n synchronize_net()
calls), this will be addressed in followup patch.
Test setup:
- ixgbe 10gbit
- netperf UDP_STREAM, 64 byte packets
- 5 hooks: (raw + mangle prerouting, mangle+filter input, inet filter):
empty mangle and raw prerouting, mangle and filter input hooks:
353.9
this patch:
364.2
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, in the udp6 code, the dst cookie is not initialized/updated
concurrently with the RX dst used by early demux.
As a result, the dst_check() in the early_demux path always fails,
the rx dst cache is always invalidated, and we can't really
leverage significant gain from the demux lookup.
Fix it adding udp6 specific variant of sk_rx_dst_set() and use it
to set the dst cookie when the dst entry is really changed.
The issue is there since the introduction of early demux for ipv6.
Fixes: 5425077d73 ("net: ipv6: Add early demux handler for UDP unicast")
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is ugly to hide a u32-filter-specific pointer inside Qdisc,
this breaks the TC layers:
1. Qdisc is a generic representation, should not have any specific
data of any type
2. Qdisc layer is above filter layer, should only save filters in
the list of struct tcf_proto.
This pointer is used as the head of the chain of u32 hash tables,
that is struct tc_u_hnode, because u32 filter is very special,
it allows to create multiple hash tables within one qdisc and
across multiple u32 filters.
Instead of using this ugly pointer, we can just save it in a global
hash table key'ed by (dev ifindex, qdisc handle), therefore we can
still treat it as a per qdisc basis data structure conceptually.
Of course, because of network namespaces, this key is not unique
at all, but it is fine as we already have a pointer to Qdisc in
struct tc_u_common, we can just compare the pointers when collision.
And this only affects slow paths, has no impact to fast path,
thanks to the pointer ->tp_c.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TC classes, their ->get() and ->put() are always paired, and the
reference counting is completely useless, because:
1) For class modification and dumping paths, we already hold RTNL lock,
so all of these ->get(),->change(),->put() are atomic.
2) For filter bindiing/unbinding, we use other reference counter than
this one, and they should have RTNL lock too.
3) For ->qlen_notify(), it is special because it is called on ->enqueue()
path, but we already hold qdisc tree lock there, and we hold this
tree lock when graft or delete the class too, so it should not be gone
or changed until we release the tree lock.
Therefore, this patch removes ->get() and ->put(), but:
1) Adds a new ->find() to find the pointer to a class by classid, no
refcnt.
2) Move the original class destroy upon the last refcnt into ->delete(),
right after releasing tree lock. This is fine because the class is
already removed from hash when holding the lock.
For those who also use ->put() as ->unbind(), just rename them to reflect
this change.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few bugs around refcnt handling in the new BPF congestion
control setsockopt:
- The new ca is assigned to icsk->icsk_ca_ops even in the case where we
cannot get a reference on it. This would lead to a use after free,
since that ca is going away soon.
- Changing the congestion control case doesn't release the refcnt on
the previous ca.
- In the reinit case, we first leak a reference on the old ca, then we
call tcp_reinit_congestion_control on the ca that we have just
assigned, leading to deinitializing the wrong ca (->release of the
new ca on the old ca's data) and releasing the refcount on the ca
that we actually want to use.
This is visible by building (for example) BIC as a module and setting
net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control=bic, and using tcp_cong_kern.c from
samples/bpf.
This patch fixes the refcount issues, and moves reinit back into tcp
core to avoid passing a ca pointer back to BPF.
Fixes: 91b5b21c7c ("bpf: Add support for changing congestion control")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables the SRv6 encapsulation mode to carry an IPv4 payload.
All the infrastructure was already present, I just had to add a parameter
to seg6_do_srh_encap() to specify the inner packet protocol, and perform
some additional checks.
Usage example:
ip route add 1.2.3.4 encap seg6 mode encap segs fc00::1,fc00::2 dev eth0
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller reported a refcount_t warning [1]
Issue here is that noop_qdisc refcnt was never really considered as
a true refcount, since qdisc_destroy() found TCQ_F_BUILTIN set :
if (qdisc->flags & TCQ_F_BUILTIN ||
!refcount_dec_and_test(&qdisc->refcnt)))
return;
Meaning that all atomic_inc() we did on noop_qdisc.refcnt were not
really needed, but harmless until refcount_t came.
To fix this problem, we simply need to not increment noop_qdisc.refcnt,
since we never decrement it.
[1]
refcount_t: increment on 0; use-after-free.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 21754 at lib/refcount.c:152 refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 21754 Comm: syz-executor7 Not tainted 4.13.0-rc6+ #20
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:180
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:541
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:190
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:224 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:273
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:310
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:323
invalid_op+0x1e/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:846
RIP: 0010:refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
RSP: 0018:ffff8801c43477a0 EFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 000000000000002b RBX: ffffffff86093c14 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 000000000000002b RSI: ffffffff8159314e RDI: ffffed0038868ee8
RBP: ffff8801c43477a8 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffffff86093ac0
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: ffff8801d0f3bac0 R15: dffffc0000000000
attach_default_qdiscs net/sched/sch_generic.c:792 [inline]
dev_activate+0x7d3/0xaa0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:833
__dev_open+0x227/0x330 net/core/dev.c:1380
__dev_change_flags+0x695/0x990 net/core/dev.c:6726
dev_change_flags+0x88/0x140 net/core/dev.c:6792
dev_ifsioc+0x5a6/0x930 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:256
dev_ioctl+0x2bc/0xf90 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:554
sock_do_ioctl+0x94/0xb0 net/socket.c:968
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1520 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
Fixes: 7b93640502 ("net, sched: convert Qdisc.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When forwarding or sending out an ICMPv6 error, look at the embedded
packet that triggered the error and compute a flow hash over its
headers.
This let's us route the ICMP error together with the flow it belongs to
when multipath (ECMP) routing is in use, which in turn makes Path MTU
Discovery work in ECMP load-balanced or anycast setups (RFC 7690).
Granted, end-hosts behind the ECMP router (aka servers) need to reflect
the IPv6 Flow Label for PMTUD to work.
The code is organized to be in parallel with ipv4 stack:
ip_multipath_l3_keys -> ip6_multipath_l3_keys
fib_multipath_hash -> rt6_multipath_hash
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow for functions that fill out the IPv6 flow info to also pass a hash
computed over the skb contents. The hash value will drive the multipath
routing decisions.
This is intended for special treatment of ICMPv6 errors, where we would
like to make a routing decision based on the flow identifying the
offending IPv6 datagram that triggered the error, rather than the flow
of the ICMP error itself.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One too many arguments compared to the non-stub version.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: ffd3cdccf2 ("devlink: Add support for dynamic table size")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reflecting IPv6 Flow Label at server nodes is useful in environments
that employ multipath routing to load balance the requests. As "IPv6
Flow Label Reflection" standard draft [1] points out - ICMPv6 PTB error
messages generated in response to a downstream packets from the server
can be routed by a load balancer back to the original server without
looking at transport headers, if the server applies the flow label
reflection. This enables the Path MTU Discovery past the ECMP router in
load-balance or anycast environments where each server node is reachable
by only one path.
Introduce a sysctl to enable flow label reflection per net namespace for
all newly created sockets. Same could be earlier achieved only per
socket by setting the IPV6_FL_F_REFLECT flag for the IPV6_FLOWLABEL_MGR
socket option.
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-wang-6man-flow-label-reflection-01
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doesn't change generated code, but will make it easier to eventually
make the actual trackers themselvers const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS is deprecated, no need to use a function
pointer in the trackers for this. Place the printf formatting in
the one place that uses it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
can use u16 for both, shrinks size by another 8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to waste storage for something that is only needed
in one place and can be deduced from protocol number.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to waste storage for something that is only needed
in one place and can be deduced from protocol number.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
avoids a pointer and allows struct to be const later on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is
moved inside devlink.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration
time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in
dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed
to be obtained dynamically via an op.
This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helpers to find out if a gact instance is goto_chain termination
action and to get chain index.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO header size was defined in many drivers. Factorize the code and
define its size in net/tso.h.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE is enabled for tcp sockets, return the
timestamp corresponding to the highest sequence number data returned.
Previously the skb->tstamp is overwritten when a TCP packet is placed
in the out of order queue. While the packet is in the ooo queue, save the
timestamp in the TCB_SKB_CB. This space is shared with the gso_*
options which are only used on the tx path, and a previously unused 4
byte hole.
When skbs are coalesced either in the sk_receive_queue or the
out_of_order_queue always choose the timestamp of the appended skb to
maintain the invariant of returning the timestamp of the last byte in
the recvmsg buffer.
Signed-off-by: Mike Maloney <maloney@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds ERSPAN type II tunnel support. The implementation
is based on the draft at [1]. One of the purposes is for Linux
box to be able to receive ERSPAN monitoring traffic sent from
the Cisco switch, by creating a ERSPAN tunnel device.
In addition, the patch also adds ERSPAN TX, so Linux virtual
switch can redirect monitored traffic to the ERSPAN tunnel device.
The traffic will be encapsulated into ERSPAN and sent out.
The implementation reuses tunnel key as ERSPAN session ID, and
field 'erspan' as ERSPAN Index fields:
./ip link add dev ers11 type erspan seq key 100 erspan 123 \
local 172.16.1.200 remote 172.16.1.100
To use the above device as ERSPAN receiver, configure
Nexus 5000 switch as below:
monitor session 100 type erspan-source
erspan-id 123
vrf default
destination ip 172.16.1.200
source interface Ethernet1/11 both
source interface Ethernet1/12 both
no shut
monitor erspan origin ip-address 172.16.1.100 global
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-foschiano-erspan-01
[2] iproute2 patch: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150306086924951&w=2
[3] test script: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150231021807304&w=2
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Vohra <mvohra@vmware.com>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently keep rt->rt6i_node pointing to the fib6_node for the route.
And some functions make use of this pointer to dereference the fib6_node
from rt structure, e.g. rt6_check(). However, as there is neither
refcount nor rcu taken when dereferencing rt->rt6i_node, it could
potentially cause crashes as rt->rt6i_node could be set to NULL by other
CPUs when doing a route deletion.
This patch introduces an rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node and
makes sure the functions that dereference it takes rcu_read_lock().
Note: there is no "Fixes" tag because this bug was there in a very
early stage.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the invalid handle "0" check to avoid unnecessary search, because
the qdisc uses the skb->priority as the handle value to look up, and
it is "0" usually.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile tested only, but saw no warnings/errors with
allmodconfig build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-08-21
1) Support RX checksum with IPsec crypto offload for esp4/esp6.
From Ilan Tayari.
2) Fixup IPv6 checksums when doing IPsec crypto offload.
From Yossi Kuperman.
3) Auto load the xfrom offload modules if a user installs
a SA that requests IPsec offload. From Ilan Tayari.
4) Clear RX offload informations in xfrm_input to not
confuse the TX path with stale offload informations.
From Ilan Tayari.
5) Allow IPsec GSO for local sockets if the crypto operation
will be offloaded.
6) Support setting of an output mark to the xfrm_state.
This mark can be used to to do the tunnel route lookup.
From Lorenzo Colitti.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This important to call qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() after changing queue
length. Parent qdisc should deactivate class in ->qlen_notify() called from
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() but this happens only if qdisc->q.qlen in zero.
Missed class deactivations leads to crashes/warnings at picking packets
from empty qdisc and corrupting state at reactivating this class in future.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 86a7996cc8 ("net_sched: introduce qdisc_replace() helper")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove
headers from UDP packets before queueing"), when udp packets are being
peeked the requested extra offset is always 0 as there is no need to skip
the udp header. However, when the offset is 0 and the next skb is
of length 0, it is only returned once. The behaviour can be seen with
the following python script:
from socket import *;
f=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
g=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
f.bind(('::', 0));
addr=('::1', f.getsockname()[1]);
g.sendto(b'', addr)
g.sendto(b'b', addr)
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
Where the expected output should be the empty string twice.
Instead, make sk_peek_offset return negative values, and pass those values
to __skb_try_recv_datagram/__skb_try_recv_from_queue. If the passed offset
to __skb_try_recv_from_queue is negative, the checked skb is never skipped.
__skb_try_recv_from_queue will then ensure the offset is reset back to 0
if a peek is requested without an offset, unless no packets are found.
Also simplify the if condition in __skb_try_recv_from_queue. If _off is
greater then 0, and off is greater then or equal to skb->len, then
(_off || skb->len) must always be true assuming skb->len >= 0 is always
true.
Also remove a redundant check around a call to sk_peek_offset in af_unix.c,
as it double checked if MSG_PEEK was set in the flags.
V2:
- Moved the negative fixup into __skb_try_recv_from_queue, and remove now
redundant checks
- Fix peeking in udp{,v6}_recvmsg to report the right value when the
offset is 0
V3:
- Marked new branch in __skb_try_recv_from_queue as unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Dawson <matthew@mjdsystems.ca>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on yet another syzkaller report, I found
that our IP_MAX_MTU enforcements were not properly done.
gcc seems to reload dev->mtu for min(dev->mtu, IP_MAX_MTU), and
final result can be bigger than IP_MAX_MTU :/
This is a problem because device mtu can be changed on other cpus or
threads.
While this patch does not fix the issue I am working on, it is
probably worth addressing it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 routes currently lack nexthop flags as in IPv4. This has several
implications.
In the forwarding path, it requires us to check the carrier state of the
nexthop device and potentially ignore a linkdown route, instead of
checking for RTNH_F_LINKDOWN.
It also requires capable drivers to use the user facing IPv6-specific
route flags to provide offload indication, instead of using the nexthop
flags as in IPv4.
Add nexthop flags to IPv6 routes in the 40 bytes hole and use it to
provide offload indication instead of the RTF_OFFLOAD flag, which is
removed while it's still not part of any official kernel release.
In the near future we would like to use the field for the
RTNH_F_{LINKDOWN,DEAD} flags, but this change is more involved and might
not be ready in time for the current cycle.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This time quite a few fixes for iwlwifi and one major regression fix
for brcmfmac. For the iwlwifi aggregation bug a small change was
needed for mac80211, but as Johannes is still away the mac80211 patch
is taken via wireless-drivers tree.
brcmfmac
* fix firmware crash (a recent regression in bcm4343{0,1,8}
iwlwifi
* Some simple PCI HW ID fix-ups and additions for family 9000
* Remove a bogus warning message with new FWs (bug #196915)
* Don't allow illegal channel options to be used (bug #195299)
* A fix for checksum offload in family 9000
* A fix serious throughput degradation in 11ac with multiple streams
* An old bug in SMPS where the firmware was not aware of SMPS changes
* Fix a memory leak in the SAR code
* Fix a stuck queue case in AP mode;
* Convert a WARN to a simple debug in a legitimate race case (from
which we can recover)
* Fix a severe throughput aggregation on 9000-family devices due to
aggregation issues, needed a small change in mac80211
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJZkte/AAoJEG4XJFUm622bjqUH/01JNHIGh7WI2YHm9qA//uC0
L35j/nYwiBX47LREkVhgS2goR3BYihricM1w1uwv/1E/JJqECWVe7rPodoM4sYqh
jVVPy3ZYIK/Kk8i7v2W+VIeqR0b2q4PBt+UtruEBH1o8ESKZPDMqudq+AAbHeiih
tWJpPmS+IFW8yWaF9+v5DhWx5q4/JNvZgmNarS5/aPF+2bTR9Gw0bf8PUdyLip6J
rsv0W9e9SqmVBYkRoC4WMgM/RJbUh1d66SPQ3Yrv/nFL6cTgecC2IxQx7pCGUq9n
LbDJy6HCi+3mBJyMkVVs9iaXZiaNm7eUmEq16ENpiAnsQy5h9i/jVpySC0R/BzQ=
=KXB+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2017-08-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.13
This time quite a few fixes for iwlwifi and one major regression fix
for brcmfmac. For the iwlwifi aggregation bug a small change was
needed for mac80211, but as Johannes is still away the mac80211 patch
is taken via wireless-drivers tree.
brcmfmac
* fix firmware crash (a recent regression in bcm4343{0,1,8}
iwlwifi
* Some simple PCI HW ID fix-ups and additions for family 9000
* Remove a bogus warning message with new FWs (bug #196915)
* Don't allow illegal channel options to be used (bug #195299)
* A fix for checksum offload in family 9000
* A fix serious throughput degradation in 11ac with multiple streams
* An old bug in SMPS where the firmware was not aware of SMPS changes
* Fix a memory leak in the SAR code
* Fix a stuck queue case in AP mode;
* Convert a WARN to a simple debug in a legitimate race case (from
which we can recover)
* Fix a severe throughput aggregation on 9000-family devices due to
aggregation issues, needed a small change in mac80211
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
copy_linear_skb() is broken; both of its callers actually
expect 'len' to be the amount we are trying to copy,
not the offset of the end.
Fix it keeping the meanings of arguments in sync with what the
callers (both of them) expect.
Also restore a saner behavior on EFAULT (i.e. preserving
the iov_iter position in case of failure):
The commit fd851ba9ca ("udp: harden copy_linear_skb()")
avoids the more destructive effect of the buggy
copy_linear_skb(), e.g. no more invalid memory access, but
said function still behaves incorrectly: when peeking with
offset it can fail with EINVAL instead of copying the
appropriate amount of memory.
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Fixes: b65ac44674 ("udp: try to avoid 2 cache miss on dequeue")
Fixes: fd851ba9ca ("udp: harden copy_linear_skb()")
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MIN_NAPI_ID is used in various places outside of
CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL wrapping, so when it's not set
we run into build errors such as:
net/core/dev.c: In function 'dev_get_by_napi_id':
net/core/dev.c:886:16: error: ‘MIN_NAPI_ID’ undeclared (first use in this function)
if (napi_id < MIN_NAPI_ID)
^~~~~~~~~~~
Thus, have MIN_NAPI_ID always defined to fix these errors.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch c4adfc822b ("bonding: make speed, duplex setting consistent
with link state") puts the link state to down if
bond_update_speed_duplex() cannot retrieve speed and duplex settings.
Assumably the patch was written with 802.3ad mode in mind which relies
on link speed/duplex settings. For other modes like active-backup these
settings are not required. Thus, only for these other modes, this patch
reintroduces support for slaves that do not support reporting speed or
duplex such as wireless devices. This fixes the regression reported in
bug 196547 (https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196547).
Fixes: c4adfc822b ("bonding: make speed, duplex setting consistent
with link state")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Born <futur.andy@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cops->tcf_cl_offload is no longer needed, as the drivers check what they
can and cannot offload using the classid identify helpers. So remove this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no longer need to use handle in drivers, so remove it from
tc_cls_common_offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers need classid to decide they support this specific qdisc+class
or not. So propagate it down via the tc_cls_common_offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offloading drivers need to understand what qdisc class a filter is added
to. Currently they only need to identify ingress, clsact->ingress and
clsact->egress. So provide these helpers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some bad indents of functions' defination in sm_make_chunk.c.
They have been there since beginning, it was probably caused by that
the typedef sctp_chunk_t was replaced with struct sctp_chunk.
So it's the best time to fix them in this patchset, it's also to fix
some bad indents in other functions' defination in sm_make_chunk.c.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_disposition_t, and
replace with enum sctp_disposition in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It's also to fix the indent for many functions' defination.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sm_table_entry_t, and
replace with struct sctp_sm_table_entry in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to fix some indents.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove this typedef including the struct, there is even no places
using it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_verb_t, and
replace with enum sctp_verb in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_arg_t, and
replace with union sctp_arg in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmd_seq_t, and
replace with struct sctp_cmd_seq in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Note that it doesn't fix many indents although it should,
as sctp_disposition_t's removal would mess them up again.
So better to fix them when removing sctp_disposition_t in
the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_cmd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_socket_type_t, and
replace with enum sctp_socket_type in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_dbg_objcnt_entry_t, and
replace with struct sctp_dbg_objcnt_entry in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmsgs_t, and
replace with struct sctp_cmsgs in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_endpoint_type_t, and
replace with enum sctp_endpoint_type in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sender_hb_info_t, and
replace with struct sctp_sender_hb_info in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove this function typedef, there is even no places
using it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On systems that use mark-based routing it may be necessary for
routing lookups to use marks in order for packets to be routed
correctly. An example of such a system is Android, which uses
socket marks to route packets via different networks.
Currently, routing lookups in tunnel mode always use a mark of
zero, making routing incorrect on such systems.
This patch adds a new output_mark element to the xfrm state and
a corresponding XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK netlink attribute. The output
mark differs from the existing xfrm mark in two ways:
1. The xfrm mark is used to match xfrm policies and states, while
the xfrm output mark is used to set the mark (and influence
the routing) of the packets emitted by those states.
2. The existing mark is constrained to be a subset of the bits of
the originating socket or transformed packet, but the output
mark is arbitrary and depends only on the state.
The use of a separate mark provides additional flexibility. For
example:
- A packet subject to two transforms (e.g., transport mode inside
tunnel mode) can have two different output marks applied to it,
one for the transport mode SA and one for the tunnel mode SA.
- On a system where socket marks determine routing, the packets
emitted by an IPsec tunnel can be routed based on a mark that
is determined by the tunnel, not by the marks of the
unencrypted packets.
- Support for setting the output marks can be introduced without
breaking any existing setups that employ both mark-based
routing and xfrm tunnel mode. Simply changing the code to use
the xfrm mark for routing output packets could xfrm mark could
change behaviour in a way that breaks these setups.
If the output mark is unspecified or set to zero, the mark is not
set or changed.
Tested: make allyesconfig; make -j64
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/452776
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When the flow dissector first sees packets coming in on a DSA devices the
802.3 header wont be located where the code expects it to be as the tag
is still present. Adding this new callback allows a DSA device to provide a
new function that the flow_dissector can use to get the correct protocol
and offset of the network header.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to access this struct from within the flow_dissector to fix
dissection for packets coming in on DSA devices.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow callers to tell rtnetlink core that its doit callback
should be invoked without holding rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows us to later indicate to rtnetlink core that certain
doit functions should be called without acquiring rtnl_mutex.
This change should have no effect, we simply replace the last (now
unused) calcit argument with the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers handle rx buffer reordering internally (and by extension
handle also the rx ba session timer internally), but do not ofload the
addba/delba negotiation.
Add an api for these drivers to properly tear-down the ba session,
including sending a delba.
Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the user hasn't installed any custom rules, don't go through the
whole FIB rules layer. This is pretty similar to f4530fa574 (ipv4:
Avoid overhead when no custom FIB rules are installed).
Using a micro-benchmark module [1], timing ip6_route_output() with
get_cycles(), with 40,000 routes in the main routing table, before this
patch:
min=606 max=12911 count=627 average=1959 95th=4903 90th=3747 50th=1602 mad=821
table=254 avgdepth=21.8 maxdepth=39
value │ ┊ count
600 │▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ 199
880 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 43
1160 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 48
1440 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 43
1720 │▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 59
2000 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 50
2280 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 26
2560 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 31
2840 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 28
3120 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 17
3400 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 17
3680 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
3960 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 11
4240 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 6
4520 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 6
4800 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
After:
min=544 max=11687 count=627 average=1776 95th=4546 90th=3585 50th=1227 mad=565
table=254 avgdepth=21.8 maxdepth=39
value │ ┊ count
540 │▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ 201
800 │▒▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 63
1060 │▒▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 68
1320 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 39
1580 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 32
1840 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 32
2100 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 34
2360 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 33
2620 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 26
2880 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 22
3140 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
3400 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
3660 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
3920 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
4180 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
4440 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
At the frequency of the host during the bench (~ 3.7 GHz), this is
about a 100 ns difference on the median value.
A next step would be to collapse local and main tables, as in
0ddcf43d5d (ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse).
[1]: https://github.com/vincentbernat/network-lab/blob/master/lab-routes-ipv6/kbench_mod.c
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge port flags, vlans, FDBs and MDBs can be offloaded
through the bridge code, making the switchdev's SELF bridge bypass
implementation to be redundant. This implies several changes:
- No need for dump infra in switchdev, DSA's special case is handled
privately.
- Remove obj_dump from switchdev_ops.
- FDBs are removed from obj_add/del routines, due to the fact that they
are offloaded through the bridge notification chain.
- The switchdev_port_bridge_xx() and switchdev_port_fdb_xx() functions
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due
to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge.
Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the MDB HW database is synced with the bridge's one, thus,
There is no need to support special dump functionality.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge port attributes/vlan for DSA devices should be set only
from bridge code. Furthermore, The vlans are synced totally with the
bridge so there is no need for special dump support.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prepare phase for FDB add is unneeded because most of DSA devices
can have failures during bus transactions (SPI, I2C, etc.), thus, the
prepare phase cannot guarantee success of the commit stage.
The support for learning FDB through notification chain, which will be
introduced in the following patches, will provide the ability to notify
back the bridge about successful offload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support FDB add/del to be on a notifier chain the slave
API need to be changed to be switchdev independent.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a new type of lightweight tunnel named seg6local.
A seg6local lwt is defined by a type of action and a set of parameters.
The action represents the operation to perform on the packets matching the
lwt's route, and is not necessarily an encapsulation. The set of parameters
are arguments for the processing function.
Each action is defined in a struct seg6_action_desc within
seg6_action_table[]. This structure contains the action, mandatory
attributes, the processing function, and a static headroom size required by
the action. The mandatory attributes are encoded as a bitmask field. The
static headroom is set to a non-zero value when the processing function
always add a constant number of bytes to the skb (e.g. the header size for
encapsulations).
To facilitate rtnetlink-related operations such as parsing, fill_encap,
and cmp_encap, each type of action parameter is associated to three
function pointers, in seg6_action_params[].
All actions defined in seg6_local.h are detailed in [1].
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-filsfils-spring-srv6-network-programming-01
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports the seg6_do_srh_encap() and seg6_do_srh_inline()
functions. It also removes the CONFIG_IPV6_SEG6_INLINE knob
that enabled the compilation of seg6_do_srh_inline(). This function
is now built-in.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we use 'unsigned long fh' as a pointer in every place,
it is safe to convert it to a void pointer now. This gets
rid of many casts to pointer.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to raw socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to inet6 socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
TCP moves the data in the cb. Prior to tcp_v4_rcv (e.g., early demux) the
ingress index is obtained from IPCB using inet_sdif and after tcp_v4_rcv
tcp_v4_sdif is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to udp socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Early demux lookups are handled in the next patch as part of INET_MATCH
changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to raw socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to inet socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
TCP moves the data in the cb. Prior to tcp_v4_rcv (e.g., early demux) the
ingress index is obtained from IPCB using inet_sdif and after the cb move
in tcp_v4_rcv the tcp_v4_sdif helper is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to udp socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Early demux lookups are handled in the next patch as part of INET_MATCH
changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prio is not cls_flower specific, but it is meaningful for all
classifiers. Seems that only mlxsw cares about the value. Obviously,
cls offload in other drivers is broken.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is specific to flower now, make it part of the flower offload
struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_subtype_t, and
replace with union sctp_subtype in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Note that it doesn't fix many indents although it should,
as sctp_disposition_t's removal would mess them up again.
So better to fix them when removing sctp_disposition_t in
later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_timeout_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_timeout in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_other_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_other in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_primitive_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_primitive in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_state_t, and
replace with enum sctp_state in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_ierror_t, and
replace with enum sctp_ierror in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_xmit_t, and
replace with enum sctp_xmit in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sock_state_t, and
replace with enum sctp_sock_state in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_transport_cmd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_transport_cmd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_scope_t, and
replace with enum sctp_scope in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_scope_policy_t and keep
it's members as an anonymous enum.
It is also to define SCTP_SCOPE_POLICY_MAX to replace the num 3
in sysctl.c to make codes clear.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_retransmit_reason_t, and
replace with enum sctp_retransmit_reason in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_lower_cwnd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_lower_cwnd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ip_options_echo() uses the current network namespace, and
currently retrives it via skb->dst->dev.
This commit adds an explicit 'net' argument to __ip_options_echo()
and update all the call sites to provide it, usually via a simpler
sock_net().
After this change, __ip_options_echo() no more needs to access
skb->dst and we can drop a couple of hack to preserve such
info in the rx path.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_exts_change is always called on newly created exts, which are not used
on fastpath. Therefore, simple struct copy is enough.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leave it to tcf_action_exec to return TC_ACT_OK in case there is no
action present.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two helpers are doing the same as tcf_exts_has_actions, so remove
them and use tcf_exts_has_actions instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the tcf_exts_has_actions helper instead or directly testing
exts->nr_actions in tcf_exts_exec.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since tcf_em_tree_validate could be always called on a newly created
filter, there is no need for this change function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel supports zerocopy sendmsg in virtio and tap. Expand the
infrastructure to support other socket types. Introduce a completion
notification channel over the socket error queue. Notifications are
returned with ee_origin SO_EE_ORIGIN_ZEROCOPY. ee_errno is 0 to avoid
blocking the send/recv path on receiving notifications.
Add reference counting, to support the skb split, merge, resize and
clone operations possible with SOCK_STREAM and other socket types.
The patch does not yet modify any datapaths.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sock_omalloc and sock_ofree to be able to allocate control skbs,
for instance for looping errors onto sk_error_queue.
The transmit budget (sk_wmem_alloc) is involved in transmit skb
shaping, most notably in TCP Small Queues. Using this budget for
control packets would impact transmission.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pure refactor. This helper will be required in the xmit timer fix
later in the patch series. (Because the TLP logic will want to make
this calculation.)
Fixes: 6ba8a3b19e ("tcp: Tail loss probe (TLP)")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 1c677b3d28 ("ipv4: fib: Add fib_info_hold() helper")
and commit b423cb1080 ("ipv4: fib: Export free_fib_info()") add an
helper to hold a reference on rt6_info and export rt6_release() to drop
it and potentially release the route.
This is needed so that drivers capable of FIB offload could hold a
reference on the route before queueing it for offload and drop it after
the route has been programmed to the device's tables.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump all the FIB tables in each net namespace upon registration to the
FIB notification chain so that the callee will have a complete view of
the tables.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-table sequence counter
that is incremented (under write lock) whenever a route is added or
deleted from the table.
All the sequence counters are read (under each table's read lock) and
summed, prior and after the dump. In case the counters differ, then the
dump is either restarted or the registration fails.
While it's possible for a table to be modified after its counter has
been read, this isn't really a problem. In case it happened before it
was read the second time, then the comparison at the end will fail. If
it happened afterwards, then we're guaranteed to be notified about the
change, as the notification block is registered prior to the second
read.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow users of the FIB notification chain to receive a complete view of
the IPv6 FIB rules upon registration to the chain.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-family sequence counter
that is incremented (under RTNL) whenever a rule is added or deleted.
All the sequence counters are read (under RTNL) and summed, prior and
after the dump. In case the counters differ, then the dump is either
restarted or the registration fails.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As with IPv4, allow listeners of the FIB notification chain to receive
notifications whenever a route is added, replaced or deleted. This is
done by placing calls to the FIB notification chain in the two lowest
level functions that end up performing these operations - namely,
fib6_add_rt2node() and fib6_del_route().
Unlike IPv4, APPEND notifications aren't sent as the kernel doesn't
distinguish between "append" (NLM_F_CREATE|NLM_F_APPEND) and "prepend"
(NLM_F_CREATE). If NLM_F_EXCL isn't set, duplicate routes are always
added after the existing duplicate routes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're about to add IPv6 FIB offload support, so implement the necessary
callbacks in IPv6 code, which will later allow us to add routes and
rules notifications.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit 3c71006d15 ("ipv4: fib_rules: Check if rule is
a default rule"), drivers supporting IPv6 FIB offload need to be able to
sanitize the rules they don't support and potentially flush their
tables.
Add an IPv6 helper to check if a FIB rule is a default rule.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike the routing tables, the FIB rules share a common core, so instead
of replicating the same logic for each address family we can simply dump
the rules and send notifications from the core itself.
To protect the integrity of the dump, a rules-specific sequence counter
is added for each address family and incremented whenever a rule is
added or deleted (under RTNL).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB notification chain is currently soley used by IPv4 code.
However, we're going to introduce IPv6 FIB offload support, which
requires these notification as well.
As explained in commit c3852ef7f2 ("ipv4: fib: Replay events when
registering FIB notifier"), upon registration to the chain, the callee
receives a full dump of the FIB tables and rules by traversing all the
net namespaces. The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-namespace
sequence counter that is incremented whenever a change to the tables or
rules occurs.
In order to allow more address families to use the chain, each family is
expected to register its fib_notifier_ops in its pernet init. These
operations allow the common code to read the family's sequence counter
as well as dump its tables and rules in the given net namespace.
Additionally, a 'family' parameter is added to sent notifications, so
that listeners could distinguish between the different families.
Implement the common code that allows listeners to register to the chain
and for address families to register their fib_notifier_ops. Subsequent
patches will implement these operations in IPv6.
In the future, ipmr and ip6mr will be extended to provide these
notifications as well.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_errhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_errhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patches converted users of these functions to provide offload
indication using the nexthop's flags instead of the FIB info's.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a nf_conntrack_l3/4proto parameter is not on the left hand side
of an assignment, its address is not taken, and it is not passed to a
function that may modify its fields, then it can be declared as const.
This change is useful from a documentation point of view, and can
possibly facilitate making some nf_conntrack_l3/4proto structures const
subsequently.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows local sockets to make use of XFRM GSO code path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
IPSec crypto offload depends on the protocol-specific
offload module (such as esp_offload.ko).
When the user installs an SA with crypto-offload, load
the offload module automatically, in the same way
that the protocol module is loaded (such as esp.ko)
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and
.get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch operations for EEE are only meant to configure a port's
MAC EEE settings. The port's PHY EEE settings are accessed by the DSA
layer and must be made available via a proper PHY driver.
In order to reduce this confusion, remove the phy_device argument from
the .set_eee operation.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generalize strparser from more than just being used in conjunction
with read_sock. strparser will also be used in the send path with
zero proxy. The primary change is to create strp_process function
that performs the critical processing on skbs. The documentation
is also updated to reflect the new uses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new proto_ops sendmsg_locked and sendpage_locked that can be
called when the socket lock is already held. Correspondingly, add
kernel_sendmsg_locked and kernel_sendpage_locked as front end
functions.
These functions will be used in zero proxy so that we can take
the socket lock in a ULP sendmsg/sendpage and then directly call the
backend transport proto_ops functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
re-indent tcp_ack, and remove CA_ACK_SLOWPATH; it is always set now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like prequeue, I am not sure this is overly useful nowadays.
If we receive a train of packets, GRO will aggregate them if the
headers are the same (HP predates GRO by several years) so we don't
get a per-packet benefit, only a per-aggregated-packet one.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prequeue is a tcp receive optimization that moves part of rx processing
from bh to process context.
This only works if the socket being processed belongs to a process that
is blocked in recv on that socket.
In practice, this doesn't happen anymore that often because nowadays
servers tend to use an event driven (epoll) model.
Even normal client applications (web browsers) commonly use many tcp
connections in parallel.
This has measureable impact only in netperf (which uses plain recv and
thus allows prequeue use) from host to locally running vm (~4%), however,
there were no changes when using netperf between two physical hosts with
ixgbe interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discussion during NFWS 2017 in Faro has shown that the current
conntrack behaviour is unreasonable.
Even if conntrack module is loaded on behalf of a single net namespace,
its turned on for all namespaces, which is expensive. Commit
481fa37347 ("netfilter: conntrack: add nf_conntrack_default_on sysctl")
attempted to provide an alternative to the 'default on' behaviour by
adding a sysctl to change it.
However, as Eric points out, the sysctl only becomes available
once the module is loaded, and then its too late.
So we either have to move the sysctl to the core, or, alternatively,
change conntrack to become active only once the rule set requires this.
This does the latter, conntrack is only enabled when a rule needs it.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Allocate all table names dynamically to allow for arbitrary lengths but
introduce NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as an upper sanity boundary. It's value was
chosen to allow using a domain name as per RFC 1035.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is similar to strdup() for netlink string attributes.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This also removes __nf_ct_unconfirmed_destroy() call from
nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net, so that function can be used only
when missing conntracks from unconfirmed list isn't a problem.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have several spots that open-code a expect walk, add a helper
that is similar to nf_ct_iterate_destroy/nf_ct_iterate_cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Generic bitflags attribute content sent to the kernel by user.
With this netlink attr type the user can either set or unset a
flag in the kernel.
The value is a bitmap that defines the bit values being set
The selector is a bitmask that defines which value bit is to be
considered.
A check is made to ensure the rules that a kernel subsystem always
conforms to bitflags the kernel already knows about. i.e
if the user tries to set a bit flag that is not understood then
the _it will be rejected_.
In the most basic form, the user specifies the attribute policy as:
[ATTR_GOO] = { .type = NLA_BITFIELD32, .validation_data = &myvalidflags },
where myvalidflags is the bit mask of the flags the kernel understands.
If the user _does not_ provide myvalidflags then the attribute will
also be rejected.
Examples:
value = 0x0, and selector = 0x1
implies we are selecting bit 1 and we want to set its value to 0.
value = 0x2, and selector = 0x2
implies we are selecting bit 2 and we want to set its value to 1.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an early demuxed packet reaches __udp6_lib_lookup_skb(), the
sk reference is retrieved and used, but the relevant reference
count is leaked and the socket destructor is never called.
Beyond leaking the sk memory, if there are pending UDP packets
in the receive queue, even the related accounted memory is leaked.
In the long run, this will cause persistent forward allocation errors
and no UDP skbs (both ipv4 and ipv6) will be able to reach the
user-space.
Fix this by explicitly accessing the early demux reference before
the lookup, and properly decreasing the socket reference count
after usage.
Also drop the skb_steal_sock() in __udp6_lib_lookup_skb(), and
the now obsoleted comment about "socket cache".
The newly added code is derived from the current ipv4 code for the
similar path.
v1 -> v2:
fixed the __udp6_lib_rcv() return code for resubmission,
as suggested by Eric
Reported-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marc Haber <mh+netdev@zugschlus.de>
Fixes: 5425077d73 ("net: ipv6: Add early demux handler for UDP unicast")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b1f5bfc27a ("sctp: don't dereference ptr before leaving
_sctp_walk_{params, errors}()") tried to fix the issue that it
may overstep the chunk end for _sctp_walk_{params, errors} with
'chunk_end > offset(length) + sizeof(length)'.
But it introduced a side effect: When processing INIT, it verifies
the chunks with 'param.v == chunk_end' after iterating all params
by sctp_walk_params(). With the check 'chunk_end > offset(length)
+ sizeof(length)', it would return when the last param is not yet
accessed. Because the last param usually is fwdtsn supported param
whose size is 4 and 'chunk_end == offset(length) + sizeof(length)'
This is a badly issue even causing sctp couldn't process 4-shakes.
Client would always get abort when connecting to server, due to
the failure of INIT chunk verification on server.
The patch is to use 'chunk_end <= offset(length) + sizeof(length)'
instead of 'chunk_end < offset(length) + sizeof(length)' for both
_sctp_walk_params and _sctp_walk_errors.
Fixes: b1f5bfc27a ("sctp: don't dereference ptr before leaving _sctp_walk_{params, errors}()")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paul Moore reported a SELinux/IP_PASSSEC regression
caused by missing skb->sp at recvmsg() time. We need to
preserve the skb head state to process the IP_CMSG_PASSSEC
cmsg.
With this commit we avoid releasing the skb head state in the
BH even if a secpath is attached to the current skb, and stores
the skb status (with/without head states) in the scratch area,
so that we can access it at skb deallocation time, without
incurring in cache-miss penalties.
This also avoids misusing the skb CB for ipv6 packets,
as introduced by the commit 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve
skb->dst if required for IP options processing").
Clean a bit the scratch area helpers implementation, to
reduce the code differences between 32 and 64 bits build.
Reported-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Fixes: 0a463c78d2 ("udp: avoid a cache miss on dequeue")
Fixes: 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve skb->dst if required for IP options processing")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last (4th) argument of tcp_rcv_established() is redundant as it
always equals to skb->len and the skb itself is always passed as 2th
agrument. There is no reason to have it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya V. Matveychikov <matvejchikov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sackhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_sackhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new NETDEV_UDP_TUNNEL_DROP_INFO event, similar to
NETDEV_UDP_TUNNEL_PUSH_INFO, to signal to un-offload ports.
This also adds udp_tunnel_drop_rx_port(), which calls
ndo_udp_tunnel_del.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These chain counters are only used by the iptables-compat tool, that
allow users to use the x_tables extensions from the existing nf_tables
framework. This patch makes nf_tables by ~5% for the general usecase,
ie. native nft users, where no chain counters are used at all.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) BPF verifier signed/unsigned value tracking fix, from Daniel
Borkmann, Edward Cree, and Josef Bacik.
2) Fix memory allocation length when setting up calls to
->ndo_set_mac_address, from Cong Wang.
3) Add a new cxgb4 device ID, from Ganesh Goudar.
4) Fix FIB refcount handling, we have to set it's initial value before
the configure callback (which can bump it). From David Ahern.
5) Fix double-free in qcom/emac driver, from Timur Tabi.
6) A bunch of gcc-7 string format overflow warning fixes from Arnd
Bergmann.
7) Fix link level headroom tests in ip_do_fragment(), from Vasily
Averin.
8) Fix chunk walking in SCTP when iterating over error and parameter
headers. From Alexander Potapenko.
9) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Neal Cardwell.
10) Fix SKB fragment handling in bcmgenet driver, from Doug Berger.
11) BPF_CGROUP_RUN_PROG_SOCK_OPS needs to check for null __sk, from Cong
Wang.
12) xmit_recursion in ppp driver needs to be per-device not per-cpu,
from Gao Feng.
13) Cannot release skb->dst in UDP if IP options processing needs it.
From Paolo Abeni.
14) Some netdev ioctl ifr_name[] NULL termination fixes. From Alexander
Levin and myself.
15) Revert some rtnetlink notification changes that are causing
regressions, from David Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (83 commits)
net: bonding: Fix transmit load balancing in balance-alb mode
rds: Make sure updates to cp_send_gen can be observed
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: Push the request_irq function to the end of probe
ipv4: initialize fib_trie prior to register_netdev_notifier call.
rtnetlink: allocate more memory for dev_set_mac_address()
net: dsa: b53: Add missing ARL entries for BCM53125
bpf: more tests for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: add test for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: fix up test cases with mixed signed/unsigned bounds
bpf: allow to specify log level and reduce it for test_verifier
bpf: fix mixed signed/unsigned derived min/max value bounds
ipv6: avoid overflow of offset in ip6_find_1stfragopt
net: tehuti: don't process data if it has not been copied from userspace
Revert "rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for CHANGEADDR event"
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Enable CMODE config support for 6390X
dt-binding: ptp: Add SoC compatibility strings for dte ptp clock
NET: dwmac: Make dwmac reset unconditional
net: Zero terminate ifr_name in dev_ifname().
wireless: wext: terminate ifr name coming from userspace
netfilter: fix netfilter_net_init() return
...
The dsa_is_port_initialized helper is only used by dsa_switch_resume and
dsa_switch_suspend, if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is enabled. Make it static to
dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adjusts the timeout formula to schedule the TCP loss probe
(TLP). The previous formula uses 2*SRTT or 1.5*RTT + DelayACKMax if
only one packet is in flight. It keeps a lower bound of 10 msec which
is too large for short RTT connections (e.g. within a data-center).
The new formula = 2*RTT + (inflight == 1 ? 200ms : 2ticks) which
performs better for short and fast connections.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
randstruct plugin, including the task_struct.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=ngAW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.13-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull structure randomization updates from Kees Cook:
"Now that IPC and other changes have landed, enable manual markings for
randstruct plugin, including the task_struct.
This is the rest of what was staged in -next for the gcc-plugins, and
comes in three patches, largest first:
- mark "easy" structs with __randomize_layout
- mark task_struct with an optional anonymous struct to isolate the
__randomize_layout section
- mark structs to opt _out_ of automated marking (which will come
later)
And, FWIW, this continues to pass allmodconfig (normal and patched to
enable gcc-plugins) builds of x86_64, i386, arm64, arm, powerpc, and
s390 for me"
* tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.13-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux:
randstruct: opt-out externally exposed function pointer structs
task_struct: Allow randomized layout
randstruct: Mark various structs for randomization
retain last used xfrm_dst in a pcpu cache.
On next request, reuse this dst if the policies are the same.
The cache will not help with strict RR workloads as there is no hit.
The cache packet-path part is reasonably small, the notifier part is
needed so we do not add long hangs when a device is dismantled but some
pcpu xdst still holds a reference, there are also calls to the flush
operation when userspace deletes SAs so modules can be removed
(there is no hit.
We need to run the dst_release on the correct cpu to avoid races with
packet path. This is done by adding a work_struct for each cpu and then
doing the actual test/release on each affected cpu via schedule_work_on().
Test results using 4 network namespaces and null encryption:
ns1 ns2 -> ns3 -> ns4
netperf -> xfrm/null enc -> xfrm/null dec -> netserver
what TCP_STREAM UDP_STREAM UDP_RR
Flow cache: 14644.61 294.35 327231.64
No flow cache: 14349.81 242.64 202301.72
Pcpu cache: 14629.70 292.21 205595.22
UDP tests used 64byte packets, tests ran for one minute each,
value is average over ten iterations.
'Flow cache' is 'net-next', 'No flow cache' is net-next plus this
series but without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rcu conversions performance degradation in forward tests isn't that
noticeable anymore.
See next patch for some numbers.
A followup patcg could then also remove genid from the policies
as we do not cache bundles anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discussed in Faro during Netfilter Workshop 2017, RB trees can be
used with RCU, using a seqlock.
Note that net/rxrpc/conn_service.c is already using this.
This patch converts inetpeer from AVL tree to RB tree, since it allows
to remove private AVL implementation in favor of shared RB code.
$ size net/ipv4/inetpeer.before net/ipv4/inetpeer.after
text data bss dec hex filename
3195 40 128 3363 d23 net/ipv4/inetpeer.before
1562 24 0 1586 632 net/ipv4/inetpeer.after
The same technique can be used to speed up
net/netfilter/nft_set_rbtree.c (removing rwlock contention in fast path)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All unix sockets now account inflight FDs to the respective sender.
This was introduced in:
commit 712f4aad40
Author: willy tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Date: Sun Jan 10 07:54:56 2016 +0100
unix: properly account for FDs passed over unix sockets
and further refined in:
commit 415e3d3e90
Author: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Date: Wed Feb 3 02:11:03 2016 +0100
unix: correctly track in-flight fds in sending process user_struct
Hence, regardless of the stacking depth of FDs, the total number of
inflight FDs is limited, and accounted. There is no known way for a
local user to exceed those limits or exploit the accounting.
Furthermore, the GC logic is independent of the recursion/stacking depth
as well. It solely depends on the total number of inflight FDs,
regardless of their layout.
Lastly, the current `recursion_level' suffers a TOCTOU race, since it
checks and inherits depths only at queue time. If we consider `A<-B' to
mean `queue-B-on-A', the following sequence circumvents the recursion
level easily:
A<-B
B<-C
C<-D
...
Y<-Z
resulting in:
A<-B<-C<-...<-Z
With all of this in mind, lets drop the recursion limit. It has no
additional security value, anymore. On the contrary, it randomly
confuses message brokers that try to forward file-descriptors, since
any sendmsg(2) call can fail spuriously with ETOOMANYREFS if a client
maliciously modifies the FD while inflight.
Cc: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Cc: Simon McVittie <simon.mcvittie@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_hmac_algo_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_hmac_algo_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_chunks_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_chunks_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_random_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_random_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The definition of an "anycast destination address" has been tweaked as a
side-effect of commit 2647a9b070 ("ipv6: Remove external dependency on
rt6i_gateway and RTF_ANYCAST"). The first address of a point-to-point
/127 subnet is now considered as an anycast address. This prevents
ICMPv6 errors to be returned to a sender of such a subnet and breaks
PMTU discovery.
This can be reproduced with:
ip link add name out6 type veth peer name in6
ip link add name out7 type veth peer name in7
ip link set mtu 1400 dev out7
ip link set mtu 1400 dev in7
ip netns add next-hop
ip netns add next-next-hop
ip link set netns next-hop dev in6
ip link set netns next-hop dev out7
ip link set netns next-next-hop dev in7
ip link set up dev out6
ip addr add 2001:db8:1::12/127 dev out6
ip netns exec next-hop ip link set up dev in6
ip netns exec next-hop ip link set up dev out7
ip netns exec next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::13/127 dev in6
ip netns exec next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::14/127 dev out7
ip netns exec next-hop ip route add default via 2001:db8:1::15
ip netns exec next-hop sysctl -qw net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=1
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip link set up dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::15/127 dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::50/128 dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip route add default via 2001:db8:1::14
ip netns exec next-next-hop sysctl -qw net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=1
ip route add 2001:db8:1::48/123 via 2001:db8:1::13
sleep 4
ping -M do -s 1452 -c 3 2001:db8:1::50 || true
ip route get 2001:db8:1::50
Before the patch, we get:
2001:db8:1::50 from :: via 2001:db8:1::13 dev out6 src 2001:db8:1::12 metric 1024 pref medium
After the patch, we get:
2001:db8:1::50 via 2001:db8:1::13 dev out6 src 2001:db8:1::12 metric 0
cache expires 578sec mtu 1400 pref medium
Fixes: 2647a9b070 ("ipv6: Remove external dependency on rt6i_gateway and RTF_ANYCAST")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull ->s_options removal from Al Viro:
"Preparations for fsmount/fsopen stuff (coming next cycle). Everything
gets moved to explicit ->show_options(), killing ->s_options off +
some cosmetic bits around fs/namespace.c and friends. Basically, the
stuff needed to work with fsmount series with minimum of conflicts
with other work.
It's not strictly required for this merge window, but it would reduce
the PITA during the coming cycle, so it would be nice to have those
bits and pieces out of the way"
* 'work.mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
isofs: Fix isofs_show_options()
VFS: Kill off s_options and helpers
orangefs: Implement show_options
9p: Implement show_options
isofs: Implement show_options
afs: Implement show_options
affs: Implement show_options
befs: Implement show_options
spufs: Implement show_options
bpf: Implement show_options
ramfs: Implement show_options
pstore: Implement show_options
omfs: Implement show_options
hugetlbfs: Implement show_options
VFS: Don't use save/replace_mount_options if not using generic_show_options
VFS: Provide empty name qstr
VFS: Make get_filesystem() return the affected filesystem
VFS: Clean up whitespace in fs/namespace.c and fs/super.c
Provide a function to create a NUL-terminated string from unterminated data
Fill in missing kernel-doc for missing elements in struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the show_options superblock op for 9p as part of a bid to get
rid of s_options and generic_show_options() to make it easier to implement
a context-based mount where the mount options can be passed individually
over a file descriptor.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Mostly fixing some light fallout from the changes that went into the
merge window.
1) Fix memory leaks on network namespace teardown in netfilter, from
Liping Zhang.
2) When comparing ipv6 nexthops, we have to take the lightweight
tunnel state into account as well. From David Ahern.
3) Fix socket option object length check in the new TLS code, from
Matthias Rosenfelder.
4) Fix memory leak in nfp driver flower support, from Jakub Kicinski.
5) Several netlink attribute validation fixes in cfg80211, from
Srinivas Dasari.
6) Fix context array leak in virtio_net, from Jason Wang.
7) SKB use after free in hns driver, from Yusheng Lin.
8) Fix socket leak on accept() in RDS, from Sowmini Varadhan. Also
add a WARN_ON() to sock_graft() so other protocol stacks don't
trip over this as well"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
net: ethernet: mediatek: remove useless code in mtk_probe()
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute
doc: SKB_GSO_[IPIP|SIT] have been replaced
bonding: avoid NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event when unregistering slave
net/sock: add WARN_ON(parent->sk) in sock_graft()
rds: tcp: use sock_create_lite() to create the accept socket
net: hns: Fix a skb used after free bug
net: hns: Fix a wrong op phy C45 code
net: macb: Adding Support for Jumbo Frames up to 10240 Bytes in SAMA5D3
net: Update networking MAINTAINERS entry.
virtio-net: fix leaking of ctx array
cfg80211: Validate frequencies nested in NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
cfg80211: Define nla_policy for NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE
cfg80211: Check if NAN service ID is of expected size
cfg80211: Check if PMKID attribute is of expected size
arcnet: com20020-pci: Fix an error handling path in 'com20020pci_probe()'
nfp: flower: add missing clean up call to avoid memory leaks
vrf: fix bug_on triggered by rx when destroying a vrf
ptp: dte: Use LL suffix for 64-bit constants
sctp: set the value of flowi6_oif to sk_bound_dev_if to make sctp_v6_get_dst to find the correct route entry.
...
sock_graft() unilaterally sets up parent->sk based on the
assumption that the existing parent->sk is null. If this
condition is not true, then the existing parent->sk would
be leaked, so add a WARN_ON() to alert callers who may fall
in this category.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull percpu updates from Tejun Heo:
"These are the percpu changes for the v4.13-rc1 merge window. There are
a couple visibility related changes - tracepoints and allocator stats
through debugfs, along with __ro_after_init markings and a cosmetic
rename in percpu_counter.
Please note that the simple O(#elements_in_the_chunk) area allocator
used by percpu allocator is again showing scalability issues,
primarily with bpf allocating and freeing large number of counters.
Dennis is working on the replacement allocator and the percpu
allocator will be seeing increased churns in the coming cycles"
* 'for-4.13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu:
percpu: fix static checker warnings in pcpu_destroy_chunk
percpu: fix early calls for spinlock in pcpu_stats
percpu: resolve err may not be initialized in pcpu_alloc
percpu_counter: Rename __percpu_counter_add to percpu_counter_add_batch
percpu: add tracepoint support for percpu memory
percpu: expose statistics about percpu memory via debugfs
percpu: migrate percpu data structures to internal header
percpu: add missing lockdep_assert_held to func pcpu_free_area
mark most percpu globals as __ro_after_init
Lennert reported a failure to add different mpls encaps in a multipath
route:
$ ip -6 route add 1234::/16 \
nexthop encap mpls 10 via fe80::1 dev ens3 \
nexthop encap mpls 20 via fe80::1 dev ens3
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
The problem is that the duplicate nexthop detection does not compare
lwtunnel configuration. Add it.
Fixes: 19e42e4515 ("ipv6: support for fib route lwtunnel encap attributes")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reported-by: João Taveira Araújo <joao.taveira@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Reasonably busy this cycle, but perhaps not as busy as in the 4.12
merge window:
1) Several optimizations for UDP processing under high load from
Paolo Abeni.
2) Support pacing internally in TCP when using the sch_fq packet
scheduler for this is not practical. From Eric Dumazet.
3) Support mutliple filter chains per qdisc, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Move to 1ms TCP timestamp clock, from Eric Dumazet.
5) Add batch dequeueing to vhost_net, from Jason Wang.
6) Flesh out more completely SCTP checksum offload support, from
Davide Caratti.
7) More plumbing of extended netlink ACKs, from David Ahern, Pablo
Neira Ayuso, and Matthias Schiffer.
8) Add devlink support to nfp driver, from Simon Horman.
9) Add RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag to RTM_GETROUTE queries, from Roopa
Prabhu.
10) Add stack depth tracking to BPF verifier and use this information
in the various eBPF JITs. From Alexei Starovoitov.
11) Support XDP on qed device VFs, from Yuval Mintz.
12) Introduce BPF PROG ID for better introspection of installed BPF
programs. From Martin KaFai Lau.
13) Add bpf_set_hash helper for TC bpf programs, from Daniel Borkmann.
14) For loads, allow narrower accesses in bpf verifier checking, from
Yonghong Song.
15) Support MIPS in the BPF selftests and samples infrastructure, the
MIPS eBPF JIT will be merged in via the MIPS GIT tree. From David
Daney.
16) Support kernel based TLS, from Dave Watson and others.
17) Remove completely DST garbage collection, from Wei Wang.
18) Allow installing TCP MD5 rules using prefixes, from Ivan
Delalande.
19) Add XDP support to Intel i40e driver, from Björn Töpel
20) Add support for TC flower offload in nfp driver, from Simon
Horman, Pieter Jansen van Vuuren, Benjamin LaHaise, Jakub
Kicinski, and Bert van Leeuwen.
21) IPSEC offloading support in mlx5, from Ilan Tayari.
22) Add HW PTP support to macb driver, from Rafal Ozieblo.
23) Networking refcount_t conversions, From Elena Reshetova.
24) Add sock_ops support to BPF, from Lawrence Brako. This is useful
for tuning the TCP sockopt settings of a group of applications,
currently via CGROUPs"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1899 commits)
net: phy: dp83867: add workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
dt-bindings: phy: dp83867: provide a workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
cxgb4: Support for get_ts_info ethtool method
cxgb4: Add PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support
cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP
nfp: default to chained metadata prepend format
nfp: remove legacy MAC address lookup
nfp: improve order of interfaces in breakout mode
net: macb: remove extraneous return when MACB_EXT_DESC is defined
bpf: add missing break in for the TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP case
bpf: fix return in load_bpf_file
mpls: fix rtm policy in mpls_getroute
net, ax25: convert ax25_cb.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_route.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_uid_assoc.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_ep_common.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_transport.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_chunk.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_datamsg.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_auth_bytes.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
...
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJZWkGAAAoJEI3ONVYwIuV6rf0P/0B3JTiVPKS/WUx53+jzbAi4
1BN7dmmuMxE1bWpgdEq+ac4aKxm07iAojuntuMj0qz/ZB1WARcmvEqqzI5i4wfq9
5MrLduLkyuWfr4MOPseKJ2VK83p8nkMOiO7jmnBsilu7fE4nF+5YY9j4cVaArfMy
cCQvAGjQzvej2eiWMGUSLHn4QFKh00aD7cwKyBVsJ08b27C9xL0J2LQyCDZ4yDgf
37/MH3puEd3HX/4qAwLonIxT3xrIrrbDturqLU7OSKcWTtGZNrYyTFbwR3RQtqWd
H8YZVg2Uyhzg9MYhkbQ2E5dEjUP4mkegcp6/JTINH++OOPpTbdTJgirTx7VTkSf1
+kL8t7+Ayxd0FH3+77GJ5RMj8LUK6rj5cZfU5nClFQKWXP9UL3IelQ3Nl+SpdM8v
ZAbR2KjKgH9KS6+cbIhgFYlvY+JgPkOVruwbIAc7wXVM3ibk1sWoBOFEujcbueWh
yDpQv3l1UX0CKr3jnevJoW26LtEbGFtC7gSKZ+3btyeSBpWFGlii42KNycEGwUW0
ezlwryDVHzyTUiKllNmkdK4v73mvPsZHEjgmme4afKAIiUilmcUF4XcqD86hISFT
t+UJLA/zEU+0sJe26o2nK6GNJzmo4oCtVyxfhRe26Ojs1n80xlYgnZRfuIYdd31Z
nwLBnwDCHAOyX91WXp9G
=cVjZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux
Pull documentation updates from Jonathan Corbet:
"There has been a fair amount of activity in the docs tree this time
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates"
* tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux: (90 commits)
scripts/kernel-doc: handle DECLARE_HASHTABLE
Documentation: atomic_ops.txt is core-api/atomic_ops.rst
Docs: clean up some DocBook loose ends
Make the main documentation title less Geocities
Docs: Use kernel-figure in vidioc-g-selection.rst
Docs: fix table problems in ras.rst
Docs: Fix breakage with Sphinx 1.5 and upper
Docs: Include the Latex "ifthen" package
doc/kokr/howto: Only send regression fixes after -rc1
docs-rst: fix broken links to dynamic-debug-howto in kernel-parameters
doc: Document suitability of IBM Verse for kernel development
Doc: fix a markup error in coding-style.rst
docs: driver-api: i2c: remove some outdated information
Documentation: DMA API: fix a typo in a function name
Docs: Insert missing space to separate link from text
doc/ko_KR/memory-barriers: Update control-dependencies example
Documentation, kbuild: fix typo "minimun" -> "minimum"
docs: Fix some formatting issues in request-key.rst
doc: ReSTify keys-trusted-encrypted.txt
doc: ReSTify keys-request-key.txt
...
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- Add the SYSTEM_SCHEDULING bootup state to move various scheduler
debug checks earlier into the bootup. This turns silent and
sporadically deadly bugs into nice, deterministic splats. Fix some
of the splats that triggered. (Thomas Gleixner)
- A round of restructuring and refactoring of the load-balancing and
topology code (Peter Zijlstra)
- Another round of consolidating ~20 of incremental scheduler code
history: this time in terms of wait-queue nomenclature. (I didn't
get much feedback on these renaming patches, and we can still
easily change any names I might have misplaced, so if anyone hates
a new name, please holler and I'll fix it.) (Ingo Molnar)
- sched/numa improvements, fixes and updates (Rik van Riel)
- Another round of x86/tsc scheduler clock code improvements, in hope
of making it more robust (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve NOHZ behavior (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Deadline scheduler improvements and fixes (Luca Abeni, Daniel
Bristot de Oliveira)
- Simplify and optimize the topology setup code (Lauro Ramos
Venancio)
- Debloat and decouple scheduler code some more (Nicolas Pitre)
- Simplify code by making better use of llist primitives (Byungchul
Park)
- ... plus other fixes and improvements"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (103 commits)
sched/cputime: Refactor the cputime_adjust() code
sched/debug: Expose the number of RT/DL tasks that can migrate
sched/numa: Hide numa_wake_affine() from UP build
sched/fair: Remove effective_load()
sched/numa: Implement NUMA node level wake_affine()
sched/fair: Simplify wake_affine() for the single socket case
sched/numa: Override part of migrate_degrades_locality() when idle balancing
sched/rt: Move RT related code from sched/core.c to sched/rt.c
sched/deadline: Move DL related code from sched/core.c to sched/deadline.c
sched/cpuset: Only offer CONFIG_CPUSETS if SMP is enabled
sched/fair: Spare idle load balancing on nohz_full CPUs
nohz: Move idle balancer registration to the idle path
sched/loadavg: Generalize "_idle" naming to "_nohz"
sched/core: Drop the unused try_get_task_struct() helper function
sched/fair: WARN() and refuse to set buddy when !se->on_rq
sched/debug: Fix SCHED_WARN_ON() to return a value on !CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG as well
sched/wait: Disambiguate wq_entry->task_list and wq_head->task_list naming
sched/wait: Move bit_wait_table[] and related functionality from sched/core.c to sched/wait_bit.c
sched/wait: Split out the wait_bit*() APIs from <linux/wait.h> into <linux/wait_bit.h>
sched/wait: Re-adjust macro line continuation backslashes in <linux/wait.h>
...
It's not a good idea to add the same hlist_node to two different hash lists.
This leads to various hard to debug memory corruptions.
Fixes: b1be00a6c3 ("vxlan: support both IPv4 and IPv6 sockets in a single vxlan device")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for changing congestion control for SOCK_OPS bpf
programs through the setsockopt bpf helper function. It also adds
a new SOCK_OPS op, BPF_SOCK_OPS_NEEDS_ECN, that is needed for
congestion controls, like dctcp, that need to enable ECN in the
SYN packets.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds suppport for setting the initial advertized window from
within a BPF_SOCK_OPS program. This can be used to support larger
initial cwnd values in environments where it is known to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for setting a per connection SYN and
SYN_ACK RTOs from within a BPF_SOCK_OPS program. For example,
to set small RTOs when it is known both hosts are within a
datacenter.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Created a new BPF program type, BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS, and a corresponding
struct that allows BPF programs of this type to access some of the
socket's fields (such as IP addresses, ports, etc.). It uses the
existing bpf cgroups infrastructure so the programs can be attached per
cgroup with full inheritance support. The program will be called at
appropriate times to set relevant connections parameters such as buffer
sizes, SYN and SYN-ACK RTOs, etc., based on connection information such
as IP addresses, port numbers, etc.
Alghough there are already 3 mechanisms to set parameters (sysctls,
route metrics and setsockopts), this new mechanism provides some
distinct advantages. Unlike sysctls, it can set parameters per
connection. In contrast to route metrics, it can also use port numbers
and information provided by a user level program. In addition, it could
set parameters probabilistically for evaluation purposes (i.e. do
something different on 10% of the flows and compare results with the
other 90% of the flows). Also, in cases where IPv6 addresses contain
geographic information, the rules to make changes based on the distance
(or RTT) between the hosts are much easier than route metric rules and
can be global. Finally, unlike setsockopt, it oes not require
application changes and it can be updated easily at any time.
Although the bpf cgroup framework already contains a sock related
program type (BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK), I created the new type
(BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS) beccause the existing type expects to be called
only once during the connections's lifetime. In contrast, the new
program type will be called multiple times from different places in the
network stack code. For example, before sending SYN and SYN-ACKs to set
an appropriate timeout, when the connection is established to set
congestion control, etc. As a result it has "op" field to specify the
type of operation requested.
The purpose of this new program type is to simplify setting connection
parameters, such as buffer sizes, TCP's SYN RTO, etc. For example, it is
easy to use facebook's internal IPv6 addresses to determine if both hosts
of a connection are in the same datacenter. Therefore, it is easy to
write a BPF program to choose a small SYN RTO value when both hosts are
in the same datacenter.
This patch only contains the framework to support the new BPF program
type, following patches add the functionality to set various connection
parameters.
This patch defines a new BPF program type: BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_OPS
and a new bpf syscall command to load a new program of this type:
BPF_PROG_LOAD_SOCKET_OPS.
Two new corresponding structs (one for the kernel one for the user/BPF
program):
/* kernel version */
struct bpf_sock_ops_kern {
struct sock *sk;
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
};
/* user version
* Some fields are in network byte order reflecting the sock struct
* Use the bpf_ntohl helper macro in samples/bpf/bpf_endian.h to
* convert them to host byte order.
*/
struct bpf_sock_ops {
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
__u32 family;
__u32 remote_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_port; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_port; /* In host byte horder */
};
Currently there are two types of ops. The first type expects the BPF
program to return a value which is then used by the caller (or a
negative value to indicate the operation is not supported). The second
type expects state changes to be done by the BPF program, for example
through a setsockopt BPF helper function, and they ignore the return
value.
The reply fields of the bpf_sockt_ops struct are there in case a bpf
program needs to return a value larger than an integer.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_init_chunk_t, and replace
with struct sctp_init_chunk in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_data_chunk_t, and replace
with struct sctp_data_chunk in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_param_t, and replace with
struct sctp_paramhdr in the places where it's using this typedef.
It is also to remove the useless declaration sctp_addip_addr_config
and fix the lack of params for some other functions' declaration.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_paramhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_paramhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to fix some indents and use sizeof(variable) instead
of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cid_t, and replace
with struct sctp_cid in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_chunkhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_chunkhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to fix some indents and use sizeof(variable) instead
of sizeof(type)., especially in sctp_new.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to allow switchdev ops to be set if NET_SWITCHDEV is configured
and do nothing otherwise. This allows for slightly cleaner code which
uses switchdev but does not select NET_SWITCHDEV.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This patch uses refcount_inc_not_zero() instead of
atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() due to absense of a _hint()
version of refcount API. If the hint() version must
be used, we might need to revisit API.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This conversion requires overall +1 on the whole
refcounting scheme.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This marks many critical kernel structures for randomization. These are
structures that have been targeted in the past in security exploits, or
contain functions pointers, pointers to function pointer tables, lists,
workqueues, ref-counters, credentials, permissions, or are otherwise
sensitive. This initial list was extracted from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's
code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my understanding
of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are mine and
don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Left out of this list is task_struct, which requires special handling
and will be covered in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. This batch contains connection tracking updates for the cleanup
iteration path, patches from Florian Westphal:
X) Skip unconfirmed conntracks in nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net(), just set
dying bit to let the CPU release them.
X) Add nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to be used on module removal, to kill
conntrack from all namespace.
X) Restart iteration on hashtable resizing, since both may occur at
the same time.
X) Use the new nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack with NAT
mapping on module removal.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack entries helper
module removal, from Liping Zhang.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net() to remove the timeout extension
if user requests this, also from Liping.
X) Add net_ns_barrier() and use it from FTP helper, so make sure
no concurrent namespace removal happens at the same time while
the helper module is being removed.
X) Use NFPROTO_MAX in layer 3 conntrack protocol array, to reduce
module size. Same thing in nf_tables.
Updates for the nf_tables infrastructure:
X) Prepare usage of the extended ACK reporting infrastructure for
nf_tables.
X) Remove unnecessary forward declaration in nf_tables hash set.
X) Skip set size estimation if number of element is not specified.
X) Changes to accomodate a (faster) unresizable hash set implementation,
for anonymous sets and dynamic size fixed sets with no timeouts.
X) Faster lookup function for unresizable hash table for 2 and 4
bytes key.
And, finally, a bunch of asorted small updates and cleanups:
X) Do not hold reference to netdev from ipt_CLUSTER, instead subscribe
to device events and look up for index from the packet path, this
is fixing an issue that is present since the very beginning, patch
from Xin Long.
X) Use nf_register_net_hook() in ipt_CLUSTER, from Florian Westphal.
X) Use ebt_invalid_target() whenever possible in the ebtables tree,
from Gao Feng.
X) Calm down compilation warning in nf_dup infrastructure, patch from
stephen hemminger.
X) Statify functions in nftables rt expression, also from stephen.
X) Update Makefile to use canonical method to specify nf_tables-objs.
From Jike Song.
X) Use nf_conntrack_helpers_register() in amanda and H323.
X) Space cleanup for ctnetlink, from linzhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that they can be later used by the IPv6 code, too.
Also lift the comments a bit.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switches and modern SR-IOV enabled NICs may multiplex traffic from Port
representators and control messages over single set of hardware queues.
Control messages and muxed traffic may need ordered delivery.
Those requirements make it hard to comfortably use TC infrastructure today
unless we have a way of attaching metadata to skbs at the upper device.
Because single set of queues is used for many netdevs stopping TC/sched
queues of all of them reliably is impossible and lower device has to
retreat to returning NETDEV_TX_BUSY and usually has to take extra locks on
the fastpath.
This patch attempts to enable port/representative devs to attach metadata
to skbs which carry port id. This way representatives can be queueless and
all queuing can be performed at the lower netdev in the usual way.
Traffic arriving on the port/representative interfaces will be have
metadata attached and will subsequently be queued to the lower device for
transmission. The lower device should recognize the metadata and translate
it to HW specific format which is most likely either a special header
inserted before the network headers or descriptor/metadata fields.
Metadata is associated with the lower device by storing the netdev pointer
along with port id so that if TC decides to redirect or mirror the new
netdev will not try to interpret it.
This is mostly for SR-IOV devices since switches don't have lower netdevs
today.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-06-23
1) Use memdup_user to spmlify xfrm_user_policy.
From Geliang Tang.
2) Make xfrm_dev_register static to silence a sparse warning.
From Wei Yongjun.
3) Use crypto_memneq to check the ICV in the AH protocol.
From Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Remove some unused variables in esp6.
From Stephen Hemminger.
5) Extend XFRM MIGRATE to allow to change the UDP encapsulation port.
From Antony Antony.
6) Include the UDP encapsulation port to km_migrate announcements.
From Antony Antony.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-06-23
1) Fix xfrm garbage collecting when unregistering a netdevice.
From Hangbin Liu.
2) Fix NULL pointer derefernce when exiting a network namespace.
From Hangbin Liu.
3) Fix some error codes in pfkey to prevent a NULL pointer derefernce.
From Dan Carpenter.
4) Fix NULL pointer derefernce on allocation failure in pfkey.
From Dan Carpenter.
5) Adjust IPv6 payload_len to include extension headers. Otherwise
we corrupt the packets when doing ESP GRO on transport mode.
From Yossi Kuperman.
6) Set nhoff to the proper offset of the IPv6 nexthdr when doing ESP GRO.
From Yossi Kuperman.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two entries being added at the same time to the IFLA
policy table, whilst parallel bug fixes to decnet
routing dst handling overlapping with the dst gc removal
in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for connected socket, the incoming_cpu field in the sock struct
is not going to change frequently, but we are setting it
unconditionally for each packet.
Since sk_incoming_cpu and sk_flags share the same cacheline,
and the latter is access by udp_recvmsg(), this cause a cache
miss for each packet for UDP connected socket.
With this patch, we set the incoming cpu field only when the
ingress cpu really changes.
This gives a small but measurable performance improvement for
connected UDP socket.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, percpu_counter_add is a wrapper around __percpu_counter_add
which is preempt safe due to explicit calls to preempt_disable. Given
how __ prefix is used in percpu related interfaces, the naming
unfortunately creates the false sense that __percpu_counter_add is
less safe than percpu_counter_add. In terms of context-safety,
they're equivalent. The only difference is that the __ version takes
a batch parameter.
Make this a bit more explicit by just renaming __percpu_counter_add to
percpu_counter_add_batch.
This patch doesn't cause any functional changes.
tj: Minor updates to patch description for clarity. Cosmetic
indentation updates.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <nborisov@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Cc: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
It's a bad thing not to handle errors when updating asoc. The memory
allocation failure in any of the functions called in sctp_assoc_update()
would cause sctp to work unexpectedly.
This patch is to fix it by aborting the asoc and reporting the error when
any of these functions fails.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Multicast addresses are never valid as local address
* Link-local IPv6 unicast addresses may only be used as remote when the
local address is link-local as well
* Don't allow link-local IPv6 local/remote addresses without interface
We also store in the flags field if link-local addresses are used for the
follow-up patches that actually make VXLAN over link-local IPv6 work.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no good reason to keep the flags twice in vxlan_dev and
vxlan_config.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename:
wait_queue_t => wait_queue_entry_t
'wait_queue_t' was always a slight misnomer: its name implies that it's a "queue",
but in reality it's a queue *entry*. The 'real' queue is the wait queue head,
which had to carry the name.
Start sorting this out by renaming it to 'wait_queue_entry_t'.
This also allows the real structure name 'struct __wait_queue' to
lose its double underscore and become 'struct wait_queue_entry',
which is the more canonical nomenclature for such data types.
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Replace first padding in the tcp_md5sig structure with a new flag field
and address prefix length so it can be specified when configuring a new
key for TCP MD5 signature. The tcpm_flags field will only be used if the
socket option is TCP_MD5SIG_EXT to avoid breaking existing programs, and
tcpm_prefixlen only when the TCP_MD5SIG_FLAG_PREFIX flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Mowat <mowat@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the keys used for TCP MD5 signature to be used for whole
range of addresses, specified with a prefix length, instead of only one
address as it currently is.
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Mowat <mowat@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't support anything larger than NFPROTO_MAX, so we can shrink this a bit:
text data dec hex filename
old: 8259 1096 9355 248b net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o
new: 8259 624 8883 22b3 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Quoting Joe Stringer:
If a user loads nf_conntrack_ftp, sends FTP traffic through a network
namespace, destroys that namespace then unloads the FTP helper module,
then the kernel will crash.
Events that lead to the crash:
1. conntrack is created with ftp helper in netns x
2. This netns is destroyed
3. netns destruction is scheduled
4. netns destruction wq starts, removes netns from global list
5. ftp helper is unloaded, which resets all helpers of the conntracks
via for_each_net()
but because netns is already gone from list the for_each_net() loop
doesn't include it, therefore all of these conntracks are unaffected.
6. helper module unload finishes
7. netns wq invokes destructor for rmmod'ed helper
CC: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is meant to add a debug warning on the situation where dst is
being held during its destroy phase. This could potentially cause double
free issue on the dst.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As some dst flags are removed, reorder the dst flags to fill in the
blanks.
Note: these flags are not exposed into user space. So it is safe to
reorder.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DST_NOCACHE flag check has been removed from dst_release() and
dst_hold_safe() in a previous patch because all the dst are now ref
counted properly and can be released based on refcnt only.
Looking at the rest of the DST_NOCACHE use, all of them can now be
removed or replaced with other checks.
So this patch gets rid of all the DST_NOCACHE usage and remove this flag
completely.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all the components have been changed to release dst based on
refcnt only and not depend on dst gc anymore, we can remove the
temporary flag DST_NOGC.
Note that we also need to remove the DST_NOCACHE check in dst_release()
and dst_hold_safe() because now all the dst are released based on refcnt
and behaves as DST_NOCACHE.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes all dst gc related code and all the dst free
functions
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the creation of xfrm_dst bundle, always take ref count when
allocating the dst. This way, xfrm_bundle_create() will form a linked
list of dst with dst->child pointing to a ref counted dst child. And
the returned dst pointer is also ref counted. This makes the link from
the flow cache to this dst now ref counted properly.
As the dst is always ref counted properly, we can safely mark
DST_NOGC flag so dst_release() will release dst based on refcnt only.
And dst gc is no longer needed and all dst_free() and its related
function calls should be replaced with dst_release() or
dst_release_immediate().
The special handling logic for dst->child in dst_destroy() can be
replaced with a simple dst_release_immediate() call on the child to
release the whole list linked by dst->child pointer.
Previously used DST_NOHASH flag is not needed anymore as well. The
reason that DST_NOHASH is used in the existing code is mainly to prevent
the dst inserted in the fib tree to be wrongly destroyed during the
deletion of the xfrm_dst bundle. So in the existing code, DST_NOHASH
flag is marked in all the dst children except the one which is in the
fib tree.
However, with this patch series to remove dst gc logic and release dst
only based on ref count, it is safe to release all the children from a
xfrm_dst bundle as long as the dst children are all ref counted
properly which is already the case in the existing code.
So, this patch removes the use of DST_NOHASH flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icmp6 dst route is currently ref counted during creation and will be
freed by user during its call of dst_release(). So no need of a garbage
collector for it.
Remove all icmp6 dst garbage collector related code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch checks all the calls to
dst_hold()/skb_dst_force()/dst_clone()/dst_use() to see if
dst_hold_safe() is needed to avoid double free issue if dst
gc is removed and dst_release() directly destroys dst when
dst->__refcnt drops to 0.
In tx path, TCP hold sk->sk_rx_dst ref count and also hold sock_lock().
UDP and other similar protocols always hold refcount for
skb->_skb_refdst. So both paths seem to be safe.
In rx path, as it is lockless and skb_dst_set_noref() is likely to be
used, dst_hold_safe() should always be used when trying to hold dst.
In the routing code, if dst is held during an rcu protected session, it
is necessary to call dst_hold_safe() as the current dst might be in its
rcu grace period.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function should be called when removing routes from fib tree after
the dst gc is no longer in use.
We first mark DST_OBSOLETE_DEAD on this dst to make sure next
dst_ops->check() fails and returns NULL.
Secondly, as we no longer keep the gc_list, we need to properly
release dst->dev right at the moment when the dst is removed from
the fib/fib6 tree.
It does the following:
1. change dst->input and output pointers to dst_discard/dst_dscard_out to
discard all packets
2. replace dst->dev with loopback interface
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current mechanism of freeing dst is a bit complicated. dst has its
ref count and when user grabs the reference to the dst, the ref count is
properly taken in most cases except in IPv4/IPv6/decnet/xfrm routing
code due to some historic reasons.
If the reference to dst is always taken properly, we should be able to
simplify the logic in dst_release() to destroy dst when dst->__refcnt
drops from 1 to 0. And this should be the only condition to determine
if we can call dst_destroy().
And as dst is always ref counted, there is no need for a dst garbage
list to hold the dst entries that already get removed by the routing
code but are still held by other users. And the task to periodically
check the list to free dst if ref count become 0 is also not needed
anymore.
This patch introduces a temporary flag DST_NOGC(no garbage collector).
If it is set in the dst, dst_release() will call dst_destroy() when
dst->__refcnt drops to 0. dst_hold_safe() will also check for this flag
and do atomic_inc_not_zero() similar as DST_NOCACHE to avoid double free
issue.
This temporary flag is mainly used so that we can make the transition
component by component without breaking other parts.
This flag will be removed after all components are properly transitioned.
This patch also introduces a new function dst_release_immediate() which
destroys dst without waiting on the rcu when refcnt drops to 0. It will
be used in later patches.
Follow-up patches will correct all the places to properly take ref count
on dst and mark DST_NOGC. dst_release() or dst_release_immediate() will
be used to release the dst instead of dst_free() and its related
functions.
And final clean-up patch will remove the DST_NOGC flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Software implementation of transport layer security, implemented using ULP
infrastructure. tcp proto_ops are replaced with tls equivalents of sendmsg and
sendpage.
Only symmetric crypto is done in the kernel, keys are passed by setsockopt
after the handshake is complete. All control messages are supported via CMSG
data - the actual symmetric encryption is the same, just the message type needs
to be passed separately.
For user API, please see Documentation patch.
Pieces that can be shared between hw and sw implementation
are in tls_main.c
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export do_tcp_sendpages and tcp_rate_check_app_limited, since tls will need to
sendpages while the socket is already locked.
tcp_sendpage is exported, but requires the socket lock to not be held already.
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the infrustructure for attaching Upper Layer Protocols (ULPs) over TCP
sockets. Based on a similar infrastructure in tcp_cong. The idea is that any
ULP can add its own logic by changing the TCP proto_ops structure to its own
methods.
Example usage:
setsockopt(sock, SOL_TCP, TCP_ULP, "tls", sizeof("tls"));
modules will call:
tcp_register_ulp(&tcp_tls_ulp_ops);
to register/unregister their ulp, with an init function and name.
A list of registered ulps will be returned by tcp_get_available_ulp, which is
hooked up to /proc. Example:
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_available_ulp
tls
There is currently no functionality to remove or chain ULPs, but
it should be possible to add these in the future if needed.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, struct iwreq isn't a proper subset of struct ifreq,
but is still handled by the same code path. Robert reported that
then applications may (randomly) fault if the struct iwreq they
pass happens to land within 8 bytes of the end of a mapping (the
struct is only 32 bytes, vs. struct ifreq's 40 bytes).
To fix this, pull out the code handling wireless extension ioctls
and copy only the smaller structure in this case.
This bug goes back a long time, I tracked that it was introduced
into mainline in 2.1.15, over 20 years ago!
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195869
Reported-by: Robert O'Callahan <robert@ocallahan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the
dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be
important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission
of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load
balancing) and forwarding decisions.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relocate master_ethtool_ops and master_orig_ethtool_ops into struct
dsa_port in order to be both consistent, and make things self contained
within the dsa_port structure.
This is a preliminary change to supporting multiple CPU port interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove
dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one
instance of the common object we have for a port: struct
dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be
helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and
also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series
would address.
While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to
immediately get a reference on the master network device called
dsa_master_netdev().
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* merged net-next back to get a patch from net that another patch
here depends on
* various small improvements/cleanups across the board
* 4-way handshake offload (many thanks to Arend for shepherding that)
* mesh CSA/DFS support in mac80211
* the skb_put_zero() we discussed previously
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=x2vs
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-06-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A couple of weeks worth of updates - looks like things are quiet:
* merged net-next back to get a patch from net that another patch
here depends on
* various small improvements/cleanups across the board
* 4-way handshake offload (many thanks to Arend for shepherding that)
* mesh CSA/DFS support in mac80211
* the skb_put_zero() we discussed previously
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that initiate roaming while being connected to a network that
uses 802.1X authentication need to inform user space if 802.1X
authentication is further required after roaming.
For example, when using the Fast transition protocol, roaming within
the mobility domain does not require new 802.1X authentication, but
roaming to another mobility domain does.
In addition, some drivers may not support 802.1X authentication
(so it has to be done in user space), while other drivers do.
Add a flag to the roaming notification to indicate if user space is
required to do 802.1X authentication after the roaming or not.
This flag will only be used for networks that use 802.1X
authentication. For networks that do not use 802.1X authentication it
is assumed that no further action is required from user space after
the roaming notification.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com reuse NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[rebase to apply w/o the flag in CONNECT]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add API for setting the PMK to the driver. For FT support, allow
setting also the PMK-R0 Name.
This can be used by drivers that support 4-Way handshake offload
while IEEE802.1X authentication is managed by upper layers.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
[arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com: add WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[reword NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X docs a bit to
say that the device may require it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let drivers advertise support for station-mode 4-way handshake
offloading with a new NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag.
Extend use of NL80211_ATTR_PMK attribute indicating it might be passed
as part of NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command, and contain the PSK (which is
the PMK, hence the name.)
The driver/device is assumed to handle the 4-way handshake by
itself in this case (including key derivations, etc.), instead
of relying on the supplicant.
This patch is somewhat based on this one (by Vladimir Kondratiev):
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/1309561/.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com rebase dealing with existing ATTR_PMK]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[reword NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK docs to indicate
that this offload might be required]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ipvlan code already knows how to detect when a duplicate address is
about to be assigned to an ipvlan device. However, that failure is not
propogated outward and leads to a silent failure.
Introduce a validation step at ip address creation time and allow device
drivers to register to validate the incoming ip addresses. The ipvlan
code is the first consumer. If it detects an address in use, we can
return an error to the user before beginning to commit the new ifa in
the networking code.
This can be especially useful if it is necessary to provision many
ipvlans in containers. The provisioning software (or operator) can use
this to detect situations where an ip address is unexpectedly in use.
Signed-off-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new static FDB is added to the bridge a notification is sent to
the driver for offload. In case of successful offload the driver should
notify the bridge back, which in turn should mark the FDB as offloaded.
Currently, externally learned is equivalent for being offloaded which is
not correct due to the fact that FDBs which are added from user-space are
also marked as externally learned. In order to specify if an FDB was
successfully offloaded a new flag is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge doesn't notify the underlying devices about new
FDBs learned. The FDB sync is placed on the switchdev notifier chain
because devices may potentially learn FDB that are not directly related
to their ports, for example:
1. Mixed SW/HW bridge - FDBs that point to the ASICs external devices
should be offloaded as CPU traps in order to
perform forwarding in slow path.
2. EVPN - Externally learned FDBs for the vtep device.
Notification is sent only about static FDB add/del. This is done due
to fact that currently this is the only scenario supported by switch
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done as a preparation stage before setting the bridge port flags
from the bridge code. Currently the device can be queried for the bridge
flags state, but the querier cannot distinguish if the flag is disabled
or if it is not supported at all. Thus, add new attr and a bit-mask which
include information regarding the support on a per-flag basis.
Drivers that support bridge offload but not support bridge flags should
return zeroed bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=0fbW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20170607-v2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Tx length parameter
Here's a set of patches that allows someone initiating a client call with
AF_RXRPC to indicate upfront the total amount of data that will be
transmitted. This will allow AF_RXRPC to encrypt directly from source
buffer to packet rather than having to copy into the buffer and only
encrypt when it's full (the encrypted portion of the packet starts with a
length and so we can't encrypt until we know what the length will be).
The three patches are:
(1) Provide a means of finding out what control message types are actually
supported. EINVAL is reported if an unsupported cmsg type is seen, so
we don't want to set the new cmsg unless we know it will be accepted.
(2) Consolidate some stuff into a struct to reduce the parameter count on
the function that parses the cmsg buffer.
(3) Introduce the RXRPC_TX_LENGTH cmsg. This can be provided on the first
sendmsg() that contributes data to a client call request or a service
call reply. If provided, the user must provide exactly that amount of
data or an error will be incurred.
Changes in version 2:
(*) struct rxrpc_send_params::tx_total_len should be s64 not u64. Thanks to
Julia Lawall for reporting this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DRAM supply shortage and poor memory pressure tracking in TCP
stack makes any change in SO_SNDBUF/SO_RCVBUF (or equivalent autotuning
limits) and tcp_mem[] quite hazardous.
TCPMemoryPressures SNMP counter is an indication of tcp_mem sysctl
limits being hit, but only tracking number of transitions.
If TCP stack behavior under stress was perfect :
1) It would maintain memory usage close to the limit.
2) Memory pressure state would be entered for short times.
We certainly prefer 100 events lasting 10ms compared to one event
lasting 200 seconds.
This patch adds a new SNMP counter tracking cumulative duration of
memory pressure events, given in ms units.
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_mem
3088 4117 6176
$ grep TCP /proc/net/sockstat
TCP: inuse 180 orphan 0 tw 2 alloc 234 mem 4140
$ nstat -n ; sleep 10 ; nstat |grep Pressure
TcpExtTCPMemoryPressures 1700
TcpExtTCPMemoryPressuresChrono 5209
v2: Used EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL() instead of EXPORT_SYMBOL() as David
instructed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to move some TCP sysctls to net namespaces in the future.
tcp_window_scaling, tcp_sack and tcp_timestamps being fetched
from tcp_parse_options(), we need to pass an extra parameter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the
offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the
normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the
use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation
of the fake skb.
Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to
get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This brings in commit 7a7c0a6438 ("mac80211: fix TX aggregation
start/stop callback race") to allow the follow-up cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a control message that can be specified on the first sendmsg() of a
client call or the first sendmsg() of a service response to indicate the
total length of the data to be transmitted for that call.
Currently, because the length of the payload of an encrypted DATA packet is
encrypted in front of the data, the packet cannot be encrypted until we
know how much data it will hold.
By specifying the length at the beginning of the transmit phase, each DATA
packet length can be set before we start loading data from userspace (where
several sendmsg() calls may contribute to a particular packet).
An error will be returned if too little or too much data is presented in
the Tx phase.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add XFRMA_ENCAP, UDP encapsulation port, to km_migrate announcement
to userland. Only add if XFRMA_ENCAP was in user migrate request.
Signed-off-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@tricolour.ca>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add UDP encapsulation port to XFRM_MSG_MIGRATE using an optional
netlink attribute XFRMA_ENCAP.
The devices that support IKE MOBIKE extension (RFC-4555 Section 3.8)
could go to sleep for a few minutes and wake up. When it wake up the
NAT mapping could have expired, the device send a MOBIKE UPDATE_SA
message to migrate the IPsec SA. The change could be a change UDP
encapsulation port, IP address, or both.
Reported-by: Paul Wouters <pwouters@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@tricolour.ca>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In commit d77e38e612 ("xfrm: Add an IPsec hardware offloading API") we
make xfrm_device.o only compiled when enable option CONFIG_XFRM_OFFLOAD.
But this will make xfrm_dev_event() missing if we only enable default XFRM
options.
Then if we set down and unregister an interface with IPsec on it. there
will no xfrm_garbage_collect(), which will cause dev usage count hold and
get error like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for <dev> to become free. Usage count = 4
Fixes: d77e38e612 ("xfrm: Add an IPsec hardware offloading API")
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Introduce a helper called is_tcf_gact_trap which could be used to
tell if the action is gact trap or not.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d91824c08f ("genetlink: register family ops as array") removed the
ops_list member from both genl_family and genl_ops; while the
documentation of genl_family was updated accordingly by this patch,
ops_list remained in the documentation of the genl_ops object.
This patch fixes it by removing ops_list from genl_ops documentation.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update tcp.txt to fix mandatory congestion control ops and default
CCA selection. Also, fix comment in tcp.h for undo_cwnd.
Signed-off-by: Anmol Sarma <me@anmolsarma.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander reported various KASAN messages triggered in recent kernels
The problem is that ping sockets should not use udp_poll() in the first
place, and recent changes in UDP stack finally exposed this old bug.
Fixes: c319b4d76b ("net: ipv4: add IPPROTO_ICMP socket kind")
Fixes: 6d0bfe2261 ("net: ipv6: Add IPv6 support to the ping socket.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Cc: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com>
Cc: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-By: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Tested-By: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The command
# arp -s 62.2.0.1 a🅱️c:d:e:f dev eth2
adds an entry like the following (listed by "arp -an")
? (62.2.0.1) at 0a:0b:0c:0d:0e:0f [ether] PERM on eth2
but the symmetric deletion command
# arp -i eth2 -d 62.2.0.1
does not remove the PERM entry from the table, and instead leaves behind
? (62.2.0.1) at <incomplete> on eth2
The reason is that there is a refcnt of 1 for the arp_tbl itself
(neigh_alloc starts off the entry with a refcnt of 1), thus
the neigh_release() call from arp_invalidate() will (at best) just
decrement the ref to 1, but will never actually free it from the
table.
To fix this, we need to do something like neigh_forced_gc: if
the refcnt is 1 (i.e., on the table's ref), remove the entry from
the table and free it. This patch refactors and shares common code
between neigh_forced_gc and the newly added neigh_remove_one.
A similar issue exists for IPv6 Neighbor Cache entries, and is fixed
in a similar manner by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was no reason for duplicating the code that initializes
ds->enabled_port_mask in both dsa_parse_ports_dn() and
dsa_parse_ports(), instead move this to dsa_ds_parse() which is early
enough before ops->setup() has run.
While at it, we can now make dsa_is_cpu_port() check ds->cpu_port_mask
which is a step towards being multi-CPU port capable.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dissection of ip tos and ttl and ipv6 traffic-class
and hoplimit. Both are dissected into the same struct.
Uses similar call to ip dissection function as with tcp, arp and others.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since last patch, sctp doesn't need to alloc memory for asoc->stream any
more. sctp_stream_new and sctp_stream_init both are used to alloc memory
for stream.in or stream.out, and their names are also confusing.
This patch is to merge them into sctp_stream_init, and only pass stream
and streamcnt parameters into it, instead of the whole asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Marcelo's suggestion, stream is a fixed size member of asoc and would
not grow with more streams. To avoid an allocation for it, this patch is
to define it as an object instead of pointer and update the places using
it, also create sctp_stream_update() called in sctp_assoc_update() to
migrate the stream info from one stream to another.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since dev->dsa_ptr is a pointer to a dsa_switch_tree, there is no need
to have another inline helper just to check rcv.
Remove dsa_uses_tagged_protocol and check dsa_ptr && dsa_ptr->rcv
together at the same time.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer uses inline helpers and copy of the tagging functions for
faster access in hot path. Add comments to detail that.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for the Microchip KSZ switch family tail tagging.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forgetting to disable preemption around tcf_action_stats_update()
seems to be a common mistake. Add a helper function for updating
stats on all actions of a filter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_register_switch function takes a useless struct device
pointer argument, which always equals ds->dev.
Drivers either call it with ds->dev, or with the same device pointer
passed to dsa_switch_alloc, which ends up being assigned to ds->dev.
This patch removes the second argument of the dsa_register_switch and
_dsa_register_switch functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack arg down to lwtunnel_build_state and the build_state callbacks.
Add messages for failures in lwtunnel_build_state, and add the extarg to
nla_parse where possible in the build_state callbacks.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack down to lwtunnel_valid_encap_type and
lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr. Add messages for unknown
or unsupported encap types.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack error message for invalid prefix length and invalid prefix.
Example of the latter is a route spec containing 172.16.100.1/24, where
the /24 mask means the lower 8-bits should be 0. Amazing how easy that
one is to overlook when an EINVAL is returned.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the infrastructure to support several implementations of
the same set type. This selection will be based on the set description
and the features available for this set. This allow us to select set
backend implementation that will result in better performance numbers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
sledgehammer to be used on module unload (to remove affected conntracks
from all namespaces).
It will also flag all unconfirmed conntracks as dying, i.e. they will
not be committed to main table.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are several places where we needlesly call nf_ct_iterate_cleanup,
we should instead iterate the full table at module unload time.
This is a leftover from back when the conntrack table got duplicated
per net namespace.
So rename nf_ct_iterate_cleanup to nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net.
A later patch will then add a non-net variant.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Whenever a user changes bonding options, a NETDEV_CHANGEINFODATA
notificatin is generated which results in a rtnelink message to
be sent. While runnig 'ip monitor', we can actually see 2 messages,
one a result of the event, and the other a result of state change
that is generated bo netdev_state_change(). However, this is not
always the case. If bonding changes were done via sysfs or ifenslave
(old ioctl interface), then only 1 message is seen.
This patch removes duplicate messages in the case of using netlink
to configure bonding. It introduceds a separte function that
triggers a netdev event and uses that function in the syfs and ioctl
cases.
This was discovered while auditing all the different envents and
continues the effort of cleaning up duplicated netlink messages.
CC: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/phy/marvell.c, bug fix in 'net'
restricting a HW workaround alongside cleanups in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrey Konovalov reported crashes in ipv4_mtu()
I could reproduce the issue with KASAN kernels, between
10.246.7.151 and 10.246.7.152 :
1) 20 concurrent netperf -t TCP_RR -H 10.246.7.152 -l 1000 &
2) At the same time run following loop :
while :
do
ip ro add 10.246.7.152 dev eth0 src 10.246.7.151 mtu 1500
ip ro del 10.246.7.152 dev eth0 src 10.246.7.151 mtu 1500
done
Cong Wang attempted to add back rt->fi in commit
82486aa6f1 ("ipv4: restore rt->fi for reference counting")
but this proved to add some issues that were complex to solve.
Instead, I suggested to add a refcount to the metrics themselves,
being a standalone object (in particular, no reference to other objects)
I tried to make this patch as small as possible to ease its backport,
instead of being super clean. Note that we believe that only ipv4 dst
need to take care of the metric refcount. But if this is wrong,
this patch adds the basic infrastructure to extend this to other
families.
Many thanks to Julian Anastasov for reviewing this patch, and Cong Wang
for his efforts on this problem.
Fixes: 2860583fe8 ("ipv4: Kill rt->fi")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefix is needed for returning matching route spec on get route request.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch wants access to the fib result on an input route lookup
with the rcu lock held. Refactor ip_route_input_noref pushing the logic
between rcu_read_lock ... rcu_read_unlock into a new helper that takes
the fib_result as an input arg.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch wants access to the fib result on an output route lookup
with the rcu lock held. Refactor __ip_route_output_key_hash, pushing
the logic between rcu_read_lock ... rcu_read_unlock into a new helper
with the fib_result as an input arg.
To keep the name length under control remove the leading underscores
from the name and add _rcu to the name of the new helper indicating it
is called with the rcu read lock held.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-05-23
Here's the first Bluetooth & 802.15.4 pull request targeting the 4.13
kernel release.
- Bluetooth 5.0 improvements (Data Length Extensions and alternate PHY)
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth adapter [[8087:0aaa]
- Various fixes to ieee802154 code
- Various fixes to HCI UART code
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_chain_get() always creates a new filter chain if not found
in existing ones. This is totally unnecessary when we get or
delete filters, new chain should be only created for new filters
(or new actions).
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dissection of tcp flags. Uses similar function call to
tcp dissection function as arp, mpls and others.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some TC offloads fixes from Or Gerlitz.
From Erez, mlx5 IPoIB RX fix to improve GRO.
From Mohamad, Command interface fix to improve mitigation against FW
commands timeouts.
From Tariq, Driver load Tolerance against affinity settings failures.
Thanks,
Saeed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJZJD6WAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+EJkH+gN9G9jXCkYEkuy0eADCRRMY
Zs1wkJory1whkMyLScA8xO13IpSZ8AmZCp53hPi+Ak17JQrQ26D9MlzkR3WelWL4
4ABZBRDapKdFNsY2SSnGWb7U1INqCmamHF9hOIcezk6rPxKdx9RQ2pkShM5fObKL
vSi+ptrUd5KuMWjikKr/P0v8BfFGYhDTcS5ToNFcITDrbs9srXRjMzgM0MFtvWit
9chXJVpudJdb9vlHjYrlY1nuJopfXyJxtvfBZqjQmviA/+LT0qJ81qkBEjaEyjxk
10Nc6eYfuZKIiDav3AC69xuSTPk73dxrrhOEBpPdqaq6sEOFl8NjpidETYVBnwQ=
=GMLr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2017-05-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-fixes-2017-05-23
Some TC offloads fixes from Or Gerlitz.
From Erez, mlx5 IPoIB RX fix to improve GRO.
From Mohamad, Command interface fix to improve mitigation against FW
commands timeouts.
From Tariq, Driver load Tolerance against affinity settings failures.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is sizeof of corresponding kmem_cache so it can't be negative.
Space will be saved after 32-bit kmem_cache_create() patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is sizeof of corresponding kmem_cache so it can't be negative.
Prepare for 32-bit kmem_cache_create().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-05-23
1) Fix wrong header offset for esp4 udpencap packets.
2) Fix a stack access out of bounds when creating a bundle
with sub policies. From Sabrina Dubroca.
3) Fix slab-out-of-bounds in pfkey due to an incorrect
sadb_x_sec_len calculation.
4) We checked the wrong feature flags when taking down
an interface with IPsec offload enabled.
Fix from Ilan Tayari.
5) Copy the anti replay sequence numbers when doing a state
migration, otherwise we get out of sync with the sequence
numbers. Fix from Antony Antony.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the accessors for realizing if this is a csum action,
and for which fields checksum is needed.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The DSA notifier events and info structure definitions are not meant for
DSA drivers and users, but only used internally by the DSA core files.
Move them from the public net/dsa.h file to the private dsa_priv.h file.
Also use this opportunity to turn the events into an anonymous enum,
because we don't care about the values, and this will prevent future
conflicts when adding (and sorting) new events.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) When using IPVS in direct-routing mode, normal traffic from the LVS
host to a back-end server is sometimes incorrectly NATed on the way
back into the LVS host. Patch to fix this from Julian Anastasov.
2) Calm down clang compilation warning in ctnetlink due to type
mismatch, from Matthias Kaehlcke.
3) Do not re-setup NAT for conntracks that are already confirmed, this
is fixing a problem that was introduced in the previous nf-next batch.
Patch from Liping Zhang.
4) Do not allow conntrack helper removal from userspace cthelper
infrastructure if already in used. This comes with an initial patch
to introduce nf_conntrack_helper_put() that is required by this fix.
From Liping Zhang.
5) Zero the pad when copying data to userspace, otherwise iptables fails
to remove rules. This is a follow up on the patchset that sorts out
the internal match/target structure pointer leak to userspace. Patch
from the same author, Willem de Bruijn. This also comes with a build
failure when CONFIG_COMPAT is not on, coming in the last patch of
this series.
6) SYNPROXY crashes with conntrack entries that are created via
ctnetlink, more specifically via conntrackd state sync. Patch from
Eric Leblond.
7) RCU safe iteration on set element dumping in nf_tables, from
Liping Zhang.
8) Missing sanitization of immediate date for the bitwise and cmp
expressions in nf_tables.
9) Refcounting logic for chain and objects from set elements does not
integrate into the nf_tables 2-phase commit protocol.
10) Missing sanitization of target verdict in ebtables arpreply target,
from Gao Feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When joining a mesh network it is not guaranteed that userspace has a
daemon listening for radar events. This is however required for channels
requiring DFS. To flag that userspace will handle radar events, it needs
to set NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS.
This matches the current mechanism used for IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mauro says:
This patch series convert the remaining DocBooks to ReST.
The first version was originally
send as 3 patch series:
[PATCH 00/36] Convert DocBook documents to ReST
[PATCH 0/5] Convert more books to ReST
[PATCH 00/13] Get rid of DocBook
The lsm book was added as if it were a text file under
Documentation. The plan is to merge it with another file
under Documentation/security, after both this series and
a security Documentation patch series gets merged.
It also adjusts some Sphinx-pedantic errors/warnings on
some kernel-doc markups.
I also added some patches here to add PDF output for all
existing ReST books.
Now that the DSA public header includes switchdev.h, use the provided
switchdev_obj_dump_cb_t typedef for the object dump callback.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers and core use switchdev. Include switchdev.h only once, in
the dsa.h public header, so that inclusion in DSA drivers or forward
declarations of switchdev structures in not necessary anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function x25_init is not properly unregister related resources
on error handler.It is will result in kernel oops if x25_init init
failed, so add properly unregister call on error handler.
Also, i adjust the coding style and make x25_register_sysctl properly
return failure.
Signed-off-by: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the LE Set Default PHY command is supported, the indicate to the
controller that the host has no preferences for transmitter PHY or
receiver PHY selection.
Issuing this command gives the controller a clear indication that other
PHY can be selected if available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If the Channel Selection Algorithm #2 feature is supported, then enable
the new LE Channel Selection Algorithm event.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
TCP Timestamps option is defined in RFC 7323
Traditionally on linux, it has been tied to the internal
'jiffies' variable, because it had been a cheap and good enough
generator.
For TCP flows on the Internet, 1 ms resolution would be much better
than 4ms or 10ms (HZ=250 or HZ=100 respectively)
For TCP flows in the DC, Google has used usec resolution for more
than two years with great success [1]
Receive size autotuning (DRS) is indeed more precise and converges
faster to optimal window size.
This patch converts tp->tcp_mstamp to a plain u64 value storing
a 1 usec TCP clock.
This choice will allow us to upstream the 1 usec TS option as
discussed in IETF 97.
[1] https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/97/slides/slides-97-tcpm-tcp-options-for-low-latency-00.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcp_jiffies32 instead of tcp_time_stamp, since
tcp_time_stamp will soon be only used for TCP TS option.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcp_jiffies32 instead of tcp_time_stamp to feed
tp->lsndtime.
tcp_time_stamp will soon be a litle bit more expensive
than simply reading 'jiffies'.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We abuse tcp_time_stamp for two different cases :
1) base to generate TCP Timestamp options (RFC 7323)
2) A 32bit version of jiffies since some TCP fields
are 32bit wide to save memory.
Since we want in the future to have 1ms TCP TS clock,
regardless of HZ value, we want to cleanup things.
tcp_jiffies32 is the truncated jiffies value,
which will be used only in places where we want a 'host'
timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of termination action called "goto_chain". This allows
user to specify a chain to be processed. This action type is
then processed as a return value in tcf_classify loop in similar
way as "reclassify" is, only it does not reset to the first filter
in chain but rather reset to the first filter of the desired chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tp pointer will be needed by the next patch in order to get the chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having only one filter per block, introduce a list of chains
for every block. Create chain 0 by default. UAPI is extended so the user
can specify which chain he wants to change. If the new attribute is not
specified, chain 0 is used. That allows to maintain backward
compatibility. If chain does not exist and user wants to manipulate with
it, new chain is created with specified index. Also, when last filter is
removed from the chain, the chain is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce struct tcf_chain object and set of helpers around it. Wraps up
insertion, deletion and search in the filter chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the filter chains are direcly put into the private structures
of qdiscs. In order to be able to have multiple chains per qdisc and to
allow filter chains sharing among qdiscs, there is a need for common
object that would hold the chains. This introduces such object and calls
it "tcf_block".
Helpers to get and put the blocks are provided to be called from
individual qdisc code. Also, the original filter_list pointers are left
in qdisc privs to allow the entry into tcf_block processing without any
added overhead of possible multiple pointer dereference on fast path.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tc_classify function to cls_api.c where it belongs, rename it to
fit the namespace.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With more tag protocols being added, regain some order by sorting the
entries in various places.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A dsa_switch_tree instance holds a dsa_switch pointer and a port index
to identify the switch port to which the CPU is attached.
Now that the DSA layer has a dsa_port structure to hold this data, use
it to point the switch CPU port.
This patch simply substitutes s/dst->cpu_switch/dst->cpu_dp->ds/ and
s/dst->cpu_port/dst->cpu_dp->index/.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CoDel can be too aggressive if a station sends at a very low rate,
leading reduced throughput. This gets worse the more stations are
present, as each station gets more bursty the longer the round-robin
scheduling between stations takes.
This adds dynamic adjustment of CoDel parameters per station. It uses
the rate selection information to estimate throughput and sets more
lenient CoDel parameters if the estimated throughput is below a
threshold (modified by the number of active stations).
A new callback is added that drivers can use to notify mac80211 about
changes in expected throughput, so the same adjustment can be made for
cards that implement rate control in firmware. Drivers that don't use
this will just get the default parameters.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[remove currently unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL, fix kernel-doc, remove
inline annotation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
BBR congestion control depends on pacing, and pacing is
currently handled by sch_fq packet scheduler for performance reasons,
and also because implemening pacing with FQ was convenient to truly
avoid bursts.
However there are many cases where this packet scheduler constraint
is not practical.
- Many linux hosts are not focusing on handling thousands of TCP
flows in the most efficient way.
- Some routers use fq_codel or other AQM, but still would like
to use BBR for the few TCP flows they initiate/terminate.
This patch implements an automatic fallback to internal pacing.
Pacing is requested either by BBR or use of SO_MAX_PACING_RATE option.
If sch_fq happens to be in the egress path, pacing is delegated to
the qdisc, otherwise pacing is done by TCP itself.
One advantage of pacing from TCP stack is to get more precise rtt
estimations, and less work done from TX completion, since TCP Small
queue limits are not generally hit. Setups with single TX queue but
many cpus might even benefit from this.
Note that unlike sch_fq, we do not take into account header sizes.
Taking care of these headers would add additional complexity for
no practical differences in behavior.
Some performance numbers using 800 TCP_STREAM flows rate limited to
~48 Mbit per second on 40Gbit NIC.
If MQ+pfifo_fast is used on the NIC :
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:48:44 eth0 725743.00 2932134.00 46776.76 4335184.68 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:45 eth0 725349.00 2932112.00 46751.86 4335158.90 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:46 eth0 725101.00 2931153.00 46735.07 4333748.63 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:47 eth0 725099.00 2931161.00 46735.11 4333760.44 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:48 eth0 725160.00 2931731.00 46738.88 4334606.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 725290.40 2931658.20 46747.54 4334491.74 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
4 0 0 259825920 45644 2708324 0 0 21 2 247 98 0 0 100 0 0
4 0 0 259823744 45644 2708356 0 0 0 0 2400825 159843 0 19 81 0 0
0 0 0 259824208 45644 2708072 0 0 0 0 2407351 159929 0 19 81 0 0
1 0 0 259824592 45644 2708128 0 0 0 0 2405183 160386 0 19 80 0 0
1 0 0 259824272 45644 2707868 0 0 0 32 2396361 158037 0 19 81 0 0
Now use MQ+FQ :
lpaa23:~# echo fq >/proc/sys/net/core/default_qdisc
lpaa23:~# tc qdisc replace dev eth0 root mq
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:49:57 eth0 678614.00 2727930.00 43739.13 4033279.14 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:49:58 eth0 677620.00 2723971.00 43674.69 4027429.62 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:49:59 eth0 676396.00 2719050.00 43596.83 4020125.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:50:00 eth0 675197.00 2714173.00 43518.62 4012938.90 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:50:01 eth0 676388.00 2719063.00 43595.47 4020171.64 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 676843.00 2720837.40 43624.95 4022788.86 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
2 0 0 259832240 46008 2710912 0 0 21 2 223 192 0 1 99 0 0
1 0 0 259832896 46008 2710744 0 0 0 0 1702206 198078 0 17 82 0 0
0 0 0 259830272 46008 2710596 0 0 0 0 1696340 197756 1 17 83 0 0
4 0 0 259829168 46024 2710584 0 0 16 0 1688472 197158 1 17 82 0 0
3 0 0 259830224 46024 2710408 0 0 0 0 1692450 197212 0 18 82 0 0
As expected, number of interrupts per second is very different.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
under udp flood the sk_receive_queue spinlock is heavily contended.
This patch try to reduce the contention on such lock adding a
second receive queue to the udp sockets; recvmsg() looks first
in such queue and, only if empty, tries to fetch the data from
sk_receive_queue. The latter is spliced into the newly added
queue every time the receive path has to acquire the
sk_receive_queue lock.
The accounting of forward allocated memory is still protected with
the sk_receive_queue lock, so udp_rmem_release() needs to acquire
both locks when the forward deficit is flushed.
On specific scenarios we can end up acquiring and releasing the
sk_receive_queue lock multiple times; that will be covered by
the next patch
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And update __sk_queue_drop_skb() to work on the specified queue.
This will help the udp protocol to use an additional private
rx queue in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andreas reports that the following incremental update using our commit
protocol doesn't work.
# nft -f incremental-update.nft
delete element ip filter client_to_any { 10.180.86.22 : goto CIn_1 }
delete chain ip filter CIn_1
... Error: Could not process rule: Device or resource busy
The existing code is not well-integrated into the commit phase protocol,
since element deletions do not result in refcount decrement from the
preparation phase. This results in bogus EBUSY errors like the one
above.
Two new functions come with this patch:
* nft_set_elem_activate() function is used from the abort path, to
restore the set element refcounting on objects that occurred from
the preparation phase.
* nft_set_elem_deactivate() that is called from nft_del_setelem() to
decrement set element refcounting on objects from the preparation
phase in the commit protocol.
The nft_data_uninit() has been renamed to nft_data_release() since this
function does not uninitialize any data store in the data register,
instead just releases the references to objects. Moreover, a new
function nft_data_hold() has been introduced to be used from
nft_set_elem_activate().
Reported-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can still delete the ct helper even if it is in use, this will cause
a use-after-free error. In more detail, I mean:
# nfct helper add ssdp inet udp
# iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -p udp -j CT --helper ssdp
# nfct helper delete ssdp //--> oops, succeed!
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 000026ca
IP: 0x26ca
[...]
Call Trace:
? ipv4_helper+0x62/0x80 [nf_conntrack_ipv4]
nf_hook_slow+0x21/0xb0
ip_output+0xe9/0x100
? ip_fragment.constprop.54+0xc0/0xc0
ip_local_out+0x33/0x40
ip_send_skb+0x16/0x80
udp_send_skb+0x84/0x240
udp_sendmsg+0x35d/0xa50
So add reference count to fix this issue, if ct helper is used by
others, reject the delete request.
Apply this patch:
# nfct helper delete ssdp
nfct v1.4.3: netlink error: Device or resource busy
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
And convert module_put invocation to nf_conntrack_helper_put, this is
prepared for the followup patch, which will add a refcnt for cthelper,
so we can reject the deleting request when cthelper is in use.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull RCU updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes are:
- Debloat RCU headers
- Parallelize SRCU callback handling (plus overlapping patches)
- Improve the performance of Tree SRCU on a CPU-hotplug stress test
- Documentation updates
- Miscellaneous fixes"
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (74 commits)
rcu: Open-code the rcu_cblist_n_lazy_cbs() function
rcu: Open-code the rcu_cblist_n_cbs() function
rcu: Open-code the rcu_cblist_empty() function
rcu: Separately compile large rcu_segcblist functions
srcu: Debloat the <linux/rcu_segcblist.h> header
srcu: Adjust default auto-expediting holdoff
srcu: Specify auto-expedite holdoff time
srcu: Expedite first synchronize_srcu() when idle
srcu: Expedited grace periods with reduced memory contention
srcu: Make rcutorture writer stalls print SRCU GP state
srcu: Exact tracking of srcu_data structures containing callbacks
srcu: Make SRCU be built by default
srcu: Fix Kconfig botch when SRCU not selected
rcu: Make non-preemptive schedule be Tasks RCU quiescent state
srcu: Expedite srcu_schedule_cbs_snp() callback invocation
srcu: Parallelize callback handling
kvm: Move srcu_struct fields to end of struct kvm
rcu: Fix typo in PER_RCU_NODE_PERIOD header comment
rcu: Use true/false in assignment to bool
rcu: Use bool value directly
...
This reverts commit 82486aa6f1.
As implemented, this causes dangling netdevice refs.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For each netns (except init_net), we initialize its null entry
in 3 places:
1) The template itself, as we use kmemdup()
2) Code around dst_init_metrics() in ip6_route_net_init()
3) ip6_route_dev_notify(), which is supposed to initialize it after
loopback registers
Unfortunately the last one still happens in a wrong order because
we expect to initialize net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry->rt6i_idev to
net->loopback_dev's idev, thus we have to do that after we add
idev to loopback. However, this notifier has priority == 0 same as
ipv6_dev_notf, and ipv6_dev_notf is registered after
ip6_route_dev_notifier so it is called actually after
ip6_route_dev_notifier. This is similar to commit 2f460933f5
("ipv6: initialize route null entry in addrconf_init()") which
fixes init_net.
Fix it by picking a smaller priority for ip6_route_dev_notifier.
Also, we have to release the refcnt accordingly when unregistering
loopback_dev because device exit functions are called before subsys
exit functions.
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* don't try to authenticate during reconfiguration, which causes
drivers to get confused
* fix a kernel-doc warning for a recently merged change
* fix MU-MIMO group configuration (relevant only for monitor mode)
* more rate flags fix: remove stray RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ
* fix IBSS probe response allocation size
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=FcxE
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-05-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A couple more fixes:
* don't try to authenticate during reconfiguration, which causes
drivers to get confused
* fix a kernel-doc warning for a recently merged change
* fix MU-MIMO group configuration (relevant only for monitor mode)
* more rate flags fix: remove stray RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ
* fix IBSS probe response allocation size
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Congestion control modules that want full control over congestion
control behavior do not want the cwnd modifications controlled by
the sysctl_tcp_slow_start_after_idle code path.
So skip those code paths for CC modules that use the cong_control()
API.
As an example, those cwnd effects are not desired for the BBR congestion
control algorithm.
Fixes: c0402760f5 ("tcp: new CC hook to set sending rate with rate_sample in any CA state")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 dst could use fi->fib_metrics to store metrics but fib_info
itself is refcnt'ed, so without taking a refcnt fi and
fi->fib_metrics could be freed while dst metrics still points to
it. This triggers use-after-free as reported by Andrey twice.
This patch reverts commit 2860583fe8 ("ipv4: Kill rt->fi") to
restore this reference counting. It is a quick fix for -net and
-stable, for -net-next, as Eric suggested, we can consider doing
reference counting for metrics itself instead of relying on fib_info.
IPv6 is very different, it copies or steals the metrics from mx6_config
in fib6_commit_metrics() so probably doesn't need a refcnt.
Decnet has already done the refcnt'ing, see dn_fib_semantic_match().
Fixes: 2860583fe8 ("ipv4: Kill rt->fi")
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace @results_wk with @report_results, which was missed
in an earlier patch between revisions thereof.
Fixes: b34939b983 ("cfg80211: add request id to cfg80211_sched_scan_*() api")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Somehow I missed this in my RX rate cleanup series, causing some
drivers to not report correct bandwidth since this flag isn't
used by mac80211 anymore. Fix this, and make hwsim also report
higher bandwidths appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Whole point of randomization was to hide server uptime, but an attacker
can simply start a syn flood and TCP generates 'old style' timestamps,
directly revealing server jiffies value.
Also, TSval sent by the server to a particular remote address vary
depending on syncookies being sent or not, potentially triggering PAWS
drops for innocent clients.
Lets implement proper randomization, including for SYNcookies.
Also we do not need to export sysctl_tcp_timestamps, since it is not
used from a module.
In v2, I added Florian feedback and contribution, adding tsoff to
tcp_get_cookie_sock().
v3 removed one unused variable in tcp_v4_connect() as Florian spotted.
Fixes: 95a22caee3 ("tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets for each connection")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) The wireless rate info fix from Johannes Berg.
2) When a RAW socket is in hdrincl mode, we need to make sure that the
user provided at least a minimally sized ipv4/ipv6 header. Fix from
Alexander Potapenko.
3) We must emit IFLA_PHYS_PORT_NAME netlink attributes using
nla_put_string() so that it is NULL terminated.
4) Fix a bug in TCP fastopen handling, wherein child sockets
erroneously inherit the fastopen_req from the parent, and later can
end up derefencing freed memory or doing a double free. From Eric
Dumazet.
5) Don't clear out netdev stats at close time in tg3 driver, from
YueHaibing.
6) Fix refcount leak in xt_CT, from Gao Feng.
7) In nft_set_bitmap() don't leak dummy elements, from Liping Zhang.
8) Fix deadlock due to taking the expectation lock twice, also from
Liping Zhang.
9) Make xt_socket work again with ipv6, from Peter Tirsek.
10) Don't allow IPV6 to be used with IPVS if ipv6.disable=1, from Paolo
Abeni.
11) Make the BPF loader more flexible wrt. changes to the bpf MAP entry
layout. From Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
12) Fix ethtool reported device name in aquantia driver, from Pavel
Belous.
13) Fix build failures due to the compile time size test not working in
netfilter conntrack. From Geert Uytterhoeven.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (52 commits)
cfg80211: make RATE_INFO_BW_20 the default
ipv6: initialize route null entry in addrconf_init()
qede: Fix possible misconfiguration of advertised autoneg value.
qed: Fix overriding of supported autoneg value.
qed*: Fix possible overflow for status block id field.
rtnetlink: NUL-terminate IFLA_PHYS_PORT_NAME string
netvsc: make sure napi enabled before vmbus_open
aquantia: Fix driver name reported by ethtool
ipv4, ipv6: ensure raw socket message is big enough to hold an IP header
net/sched: remove redundant null check on head
tcp: do not inherit fastopen_req from parent
forcedeth: remove unnecessary carrier status check
ibmvnic: Move queue restarting in ibmvnic_tx_complete
ibmvnic: Record SKB RX queue during poll
ibmvnic: Continue skb processing after skb completion error
ibmvnic: Check for driver reset first in ibmvnic_xmit
ibmvnic: Wait for any pending scrqs entries at driver close
ibmvnic: Clean up tx pools when closing
ibmvnic: Whitespace correction in release_rx_pools
ibmvnic: Delete napi's when releasing driver resources
...
Due to the way I did the RX bitrate conversions in mac80211 with
spatch, going setting flags to setting the value, many drivers now
don't set the bandwidth value for 20 MHz, since with the flags it
wasn't necessary to (there was no 20 MHz flag, only the others.)
Rather than go through and try to fix up all the drivers, instead
renumber the enum so that 20 MHz, which is the typical bandwidth,
actually has the value 0, making those drivers all work again.
If VHT was hit used with a driver not reporting it, e.g. iwlmvm,
this manifested in hitting the bandwidth warning in
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_vht().
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Tested-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrey reported a crash on init_net.ipv6.ip6_null_entry->rt6i_idev
since it is always NULL.
This is clearly wrong, we have code to initialize it to loopback_dev,
unfortunately the order is still not correct.
loopback_dev is registered very early during boot, we lose a chance
to re-initialize it in notifier. addrconf_init() is called after
ip6_route_init(), which means we have no chance to correct it.
Fix it by moving this initialization explicitly after
ipv6_add_dev(init_net.loopback_dev) in addrconf_init().
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY=y, xfrm_dst stores a copy of the flowi for
that dst. Unfortunately, the code that allocates and fills this copy
doesn't care about what type of flowi (flowi, flowi4, flowi6) gets
passed. In multiple code paths (from raw_sendmsg, from TCP when
replying to a FIN, in vxlan, geneve, and gre), the flowi that gets
passed to xfrm is actually an on-stack flowi4, so we end up reading
stuff from the stack past the end of the flowi4 struct.
Since xfrm_dst->origin isn't used anywhere following commit
ca116922af ("xfrm: Eliminate "fl" and "pol" args to
xfrm_bundle_ok()."), just get rid of it. xfrm_dst->partner isn't used
either, so get rid of that too.
Fixes: 9d6ec93801 ("ipv4: Use flowi4 in public route lookup interfaces.")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
- idr usage and locking changes
- build fix for hns
- ipoib debug path record file fix
- hfi1 updates
- core RDMA netdev addition
- Intel VNIC driver addition
- Enhanced accelerators for IPoIB addition
- Debug cleanups in cxgb3/4
- Trivial cleanups from SF Markus Elfring
- Misc rxe fixes from Mellanox
- Misc ipoib fixes from Mellanox
- Lots of mlx4/mlx5 changes from Mellanox
- Misc fixes across the RDMA subsystem
- ODP paging fixes and improvements
- qedr updates
- hfi1 updates
- OPA port info patches
- OPA AH patches
- OPA SA Query patches
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJZCfBsAAoJELgmozMOVy/d9GsP/je5/IyEwQOFVxhLM+BooDWy
wfH/GWLoT4iSxviWtBzukZzrioxjfyFitZzkTWYxHMj3EIb63i52pDUTpes/soGl
c3ob0SYv5mPB9b1mBZaIyyTWBWrXfm2pNSfyYryhI1cYxNX5ZLlXG51Xd3YxdB3D
A8avUsCtH17zSb6Mimm04cT47pn5UIkVkcPKZDCir10hj1JiwLVwrWyC7abxLENp
jHFw4uKQHOV3IN6jevM/tXfUenjALXwBHHKv+lJsBVijDUPTEmDsBiDXsvO++dmN
Ph5ElY3KPfUmj4wIWIrY4L56j5Kr13Wxc+U8+MWNC6frbcHYoMCaSz3yaU15NLAd
UYY5blzZsuNXqhgmudeV89qJpXYleW7KCgJQNiBmLkcQL38+ObdLTP0EmsC02K+W
YpJbwecjNQtcb3KTJGnKCyMc3+Rs0u6Osz6YKuad4l8cNaxUI8NVujB2ru/wBczg
fqXEunXjr6tEVM39zqwolImicsSSEzBKfpaFvB3D2Re5O22Eos6DM+DveUnzXAFR
Hof5NhPURr/1aqNog2ymgGbjlg3tL4JAAG1PRBhvSFYywVMjV/LLBPQOgqaQzIU5
J72jbSikRJYLCJaLFAeM7nNsTQgAMH58G0vhnrFoAjC7MglYaedcvouLjOs1jrpW
d5f12NtIBIpC6DvQCNvH
=pgEL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"More exchaustive description of primary updates in this release:
- Lots of driver fixes and misc fixes across the board.
- I had to base on a net-next tree because the IPoIB Accelorator
patches needed it.
Unfortunately, it was known to Mellanox that there would need to be
an IPoIB accelorator patch to the net tree (which left some
functions turned off by an #ifdef construct to avoid warnings about
defined but unused functions), then one to the RDMA tree, then a
fixup that went back and re-enabled the functions in the net tree
and enabled their use in the rdma tree
Also, a sparse fix was sent to the net tree after I did my pull,
and the fixup patch conflicts quite directly with that sparse fix,
so I'm going to submit the fixup patch towards the end of the merge
window by itself and based upon your master branch at the time.
- Two separate rounds of hfi1 fixes, one that got dropped from last
release because it came in just a day or two before the end of the
merge window and then the one from this release cycle.
Of note is that I now have a third series that just landed from
Intel yesterday. It is not included in this pull request, but I may
submit it by the end of the week. I'll talk to Intel about
improving the timing of thier submissions for my workflow.
- Changes to our idr usage in the RDMA subsystem that will tie into
our cgroup management and also into the upcoming changes for the
RDMA kernel<->userspace API.
- Addition of support for a netdev to be tied to an RDMA device at
the core level
- Addition of the VNIC driver from Intel.
While IPoIB provides IP over InfiniBand (and *only* IP, no lower
layer protocol headers are allowed or supported), the VNIC driver
presents a virtual Ethernet device with support for things like
varying Ethertypes, VLANs, priorities and other features of
Ethernet.
The virtual devices are centrally managed by the OPA fabric
manager, making this (for the time being) a strictly OPA specific
feature.
- Improvements to the On-Demand Paging support in the RDMA subsystem.
- Addition of three significant OPA changes.
While we added OPA support some time ago (via the hfi1 driver), the
RDMA subsystem has so far glossed over the areas where OPA and
InfiniBand differ.
With this release we are starting to add support for the OPA
extensions into the RDMA core in the following area: Extended port
information for OPA is now supported, extended Address Handle
attributes for OPA are now supported, and extended SA Queries to
get OPA specific subnet information is now supported.
Concise summary from the tag:
- idr usage and locking changes
- build fix for hns
- ipoib debug path record file fix
- hfi1 updates
- core RDMA netdev addition
- Intel VNIC driver addition
- Enhanced accelerators for IPoIB addition
- Debug cleanups in cxgb3/4
- Trivial cleanups from SF Markus Elfring
- Misc rxe fixes from Mellanox
- Misc ipoib fixes from Mellanox
- Lots of mlx4/mlx5 changes from Mellanox
- Misc fixes across the RDMA subsystem
- ODP paging fixes and improvements
- qedr updates
- hfi1 updates
- OPA port info patches
- OPA AH patches
- OPA SA Query patches"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (191 commits)
infiniband: avoid dereferencing uninitialized dst on error path
IB/SA: Add OPA addr header
IB/mlx5: Add port_xmit_wait to counter registers read
IB/ocrdma: fix out of bounds access to local buffer
IB/mlx4: Fix incorrect order of formal and actual parameters
IB/mlx4: Change flush logic so it adheres to the variable name
mlx5: Fix mlx5_ib_map_mr_sg mr length
IB/rxe: Don't clamp residual length to mtu
IB/SA: Add support to query OPA path records
IB/SA: Add OPA path record type
IB/SA: Split struct sa_path_rec based on IB and ROCE specific fields
IB/SA: Introduce path record specific types
IB/SA: Rename ib_sa_path_rec to sa_path_rec
IB/CM: Add braces when using sizeof
IB/core: Define 'opa' rdma_ah_attr type
IB/core: Define 'ib' and 'roce' rdma_ah_attr types
IB/core: Use rdma_ah_attr accessor functions
IB/core: Add accessor functions for rdma_ah_attr fields
IB/PVRDMA: Rename ib_ah_attr related functions
IB/mthca: Rename to_ib_ah_attr to to_rdma_ah_attr
...
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. A large bunch of code cleanups, simplify the conntrack extension
codebase, get rid of the fake conntrack object, speed up netns by
selective synchronize_net() calls. More specifically, they are:
1) Check for ct->status bit instead of using nfct_nat() from IPVS and
Netfilter codebase, patch from Florian Westphal.
2) Use kcalloc() wherever possible in the IPVS code, from Varsha Rao.
3) Simplify FTP IPVS helper module registration path, from Arushi Singhal.
4) Introduce nft_is_base_chain() helper function.
5) Enforce expectation limit from userspace conntrack helper,
from Gao Feng.
6) Add nf_ct_remove_expect() helper function, from Gao Feng.
7) NAT mangle helper function return boolean, from Gao Feng.
8) ctnetlink_alloc_expect() should only work for conntrack with
helpers, from Gao Feng.
9) Add nfnl_msg_type() helper function to nfnetlink to build the
netlink message type.
10) Get rid of unnecessary cast on void, from simran singhal.
11) Use seq_puts()/seq_putc() instead of seq_printf() where possible,
also from simran singhal.
12) Use list_prev_entry() from nf_tables, from simran signhal.
13) Remove unnecessary & on pointer function in the Netfilter and IPVS
code.
14) Remove obsolete comment on set of rules per CPU in ip6_tables,
no longer true. From Arushi Singhal.
15) Remove duplicated nf_conntrack_l4proto_udplite4, from Gao Feng.
16) Remove unnecessary nested rcu_read_lock() in
__nf_nat_decode_session(). Code running from hooks are already
guaranteed to run under RCU read side.
17) Remove deadcode in nf_tables_getobj(), from Aaron Conole.
18) Remove double assignment in nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_unregister_one(),
also from Aaron.
19) Get rid of unsed __ip_set_get_netlink(), from Aaron Conole.
20) Don't propagate NF_DROP error to userspace via ctnetlink in
__nf_nat_alloc_null_binding() function, from Gao Feng.
21) Revisit nf_ct_deliver_cached_events() to remove unnecessary checks,
from Gao Feng.
22) Kill the fake untracked conntrack objects, use ctinfo instead to
annotate a conntrack object is untracked, from Florian Westphal.
23) Remove nf_ct_is_untracked(), now obsolete since we have no
conntrack template anymore, from Florian.
24) Add event mask support to nft_ct, also from Florian.
25) Move nf_conn_help structure to
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h.
26) Add a fixed 32 bytes scratchpad area for conntrack helpers.
Thus, we don't deal with variable conntrack extensions anymore.
Make sure userspace conntrack helper doesn't go over that size.
Remove variable size ct extension infrastructure now this code
got no more clients. From Florian Westphal.
27) Restore offset and length of nf_ct_ext structure to 8 bytes now
that wraparound is not possible any longer, also from Florian.
28) Allow to get rid of unassured flows under stress in conntrack,
this applies to DCCP, SCTP and TCP protocols, from Florian.
29) Shrink size of nf_conntrack_ecache structure, from Florian.
30) Use TCP_MAX_WSCALE instead of hardcoded 14 in TCP tracker,
from Gao Feng.
31) Register SYNPROXY hooks on demand, from Florian Westphal.
32) Use pernet hook whenever possible, instead of global hook
registration, from Florian Westphal.
33) Pass hook structure to ebt_register_table() to consolidate some
infrastructure code, from Florian Westphal.
34) Use consume_skb() and return NF_STOLEN, instead of NF_DROP in the
SYNPROXY code, to make sure device stats are not fooled, patch
from Gao Feng.
35) Remove NF_CT_EXT_F_PREALLOC this kills quite some code that we
don't need anymore if we just select a fixed size instead of
expensive runtime time calculation of this. From Florian.
36) Constify nf_ct_extend_register() and nf_ct_extend_unregister(),
from Florian.
37) Simplify nf_ct_ext_add(), this kills nf_ct_ext_create(), from
Florian.
38) Attach NAT extension on-demand from masquerade and pptp helper
path, from Florian.
39) Get rid of useless ip_vs_set_state_timeout(), from Aaron Conole.
40) Speed up netns by selective calls of synchronize_net(), from
Florian Westphal.
41) Silence stack size warning gcc in 32-bit arch in snmp helper,
from Florian.
42) Inconditionally call nf_ct_ext_destroy(), even if we have no
extensions, to deal with the NF_NAT_MANIP_SRC case. Patch from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For NF_NAT_MANIP_SRC, we will insert the ct to the nat_bysource_table,
then remove it from the nat_bysource_table via nat_extend->destroy.
But now, the nat extension is attached on demand, so if the nat extension
is not attached, we will not be notified when the ct is destroyed, i.e.
we may fail to remove ct from the nat_bysource_table.
So just keep it simple, even if the extension is not attached, we will
still invoke the related ext->destroy. And this will also preserve the
flexibility for the future extension.
Fixes: 9a08ecfe74 ("netfilter: don't attach a nat extension by default")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simon Horman says:
====================
Third Round of IPVS Updates for v4.12
please consider these enhancements to IPVS for v4.12.
If it is too late for v4.12 then please consider them for v4.13.
* Remove unused function
* Correct comparison of unsigned value
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_unregister_net_hook(s) can avoid a second call to synchronize_net,
provided there is no nfqueue active in that net namespace (which is
the common case).
This also gets rid of the extra arg to nf_queue_nf_hook_drop(), normally
this gets called during netns cleanup so no packets should be queued.
For the rare case of base chain being unregistered or module removal
while nfqueue is in use the extra hiccup due to the packet drops isn't
a big deal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* API support for concurrent scheduled scan requests
* API changes for roaming reporting
* BSS max idle support in mac80211
* API changes for TX status reporting in mac80211
* API changes for RX rate reporting in mac80211
* rewrite monitor logic to prepare for BPF filters
* bugfix for rare devices without 2.4 GHz support
* a bugfix for recent DFS changes
* some further cleanups
The API changes are actually at a nice time, since it's
typically quiet just before the merge window, and trees
can be synchronized easily during it.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dYTw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-04-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Another set of patches for -next:
* API support for concurrent scheduled scan requests
* API changes for roaming reporting
* BSS max idle support in mac80211
* API changes for TX status reporting in mac80211
* API changes for RX rate reporting in mac80211
* rewrite monitor logic to prepare for BPF filters
* bugfix for rare devices without 2.4 GHz support
* a bugfix for recent DFS changes
* some further cleanups
The API changes are actually at a nice time, since it's
typically quiet just before the merge window, and trees
can be synchronized easily during it.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Have proper request id filled in the SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS and
SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED notifications toward user-space by having the
driver provide it through the api.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration
accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the
max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive
when required.
The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016,
section 9.4.2.79
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_roamed() and cfg80211_roamed_bss() take the same arguments
except that cfg80211_roamed() requires the BSSID and
cfg80211_roamed_bss() requires the bss entry.
Unify the two functions by using a struct for driver initiated
roaming information so that either the BSSID or the bss entry can be
passed as an argument to the unified function.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
[modified the ath6k, brcm80211, rndis and wlan-ng drivers accordingly]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[modify brcmfmac to remove the useless cast, spotted by Arend]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no in-tree callers of this function and it isn't exported.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This allows the driver to pass in struct ieee80211_tx_status directly.
Make ieee80211_tx_status_noskb a wrapper around it.
As with ieee80211_tx_status_noskb, there is no _ni variant of this call,
because it probably won't be needed.
Even if the driver won't provide any extra status info other than what's
in struct ieee80211_tx_info already, it can optimize status reporting
this way by passing in the station pointer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[use C99 initializers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename .tx_status_noskb to .tx_status_ext and pass a new on-stack
struct ieee80211_tx_status instead of struct ieee80211_tx_info.
This struct can be used to pass extra information, e.g. for dynamic tx
power control
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This field will need to be used again for HE, so rename it now.
Again, mostly done with this spatch:
@@
expression status;
@@
-status->vht_nss
+status->nss
@@
expression status;
@@
-status.vht_nss
+status.nss
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For multiple scheduled scan support the driver needs to know which
scheduled scan request is being stopped. Pass the request id in the
.sched_scan_stop() callback.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows for the scheduled scan request to specify matchsets
for specific BSSIDs.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[docs, netlink policy fix]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch implements the idea to have multiple scheduled scan requests
running concurrently. It mainly illustrates how to deal with the incoming
request from user-space in terms of backward compatibility. In order to
use multiple scheduled scans user-space needs to provide a flag attribute
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate support. If not the request is
treated as a legacy scan.
Drivers currently supporting scheduled scan are now indicating they support
a single scheduled scan request. This obsoletes WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[clean up netlink destroy path to avoid allocations, code cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to allocate a portid structure and then, for
each of those, walk the interfaces - we can just add a flag
to each interface and walk those directly. Due to padding in
the struct, we can even do it without any memory cost, and
it even simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No longer needed, since tp->tcp_mstamp holds the information.
This is needed to remove sack_state.ack_time in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer needed, since tp->tcp_mstamp holds the information.
This is needed to remove sack_state.ack_time in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is no longer used, since tcp_rack_detect_loss() takes
the timestamp from tp->tcp_mstamp
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nowadays the NAT extension only stores the interface index
(used to purge connections that got masqueraded when interface goes down)
and pptp nat information.
Previous patches moved nf_ct_nat_ext_add to those places that need it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It was used by the nat extension, but since commit
7c96643519 ("netfilter: move nat hlist_head to nf_conn") its only needed
for connections that use MASQUERADE target or a nat helper.
Also it seems a lot easier to preallocate a fixed size instead.
With default settings, conntrack first adds ecache extension (sysctl
defaults to 1), so we get 40(ct extension header) + 24 (ecache) == 64 byte
on x86_64 for initial allocation.
Followup patches can constify the extension structs and avoid
the initial zeroing of the entire extension area.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Defer registration of the synproxy hooks until the first SYNPROXY rule is
added. Also means we only register hooks in namespaces that need it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This logic seems to be duplicated in (at least) three separate files.
Move it to one place so code can be re-use.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The CAN gateway was not implemented as per-net in the initial network
namespace support by Mario Kicherer (8e8cda6d73).
This patch enables the CAN gateway to be used in different namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The CAN_BCM protocol and its procfs entries were not implemented as per-net
in the initial network namespace support by Mario Kicherer (8e8cda6d73).
This patch adds the missing per-net functionality for the CAN BCM.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The statistics and its proc output was not implemented as per-net in the
initial network namespace support by Mario Kicherer (8e8cda6d73).
This patch adds the missing per-net statistics for the CAN subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add support for parsing MPLS flows to the flow dissector in preparation for
adding MPLS match support to cls_flower.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <benjamin.lahaise@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This counter records the number of times the firewall blackhole issue is
detected and active TFO is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Middlebox firewall issues can potentially cause server's data being
blackholed after a successful 3WHS using TFO. Following are the related
reports from Apple:
https://www.nanog.org/sites/default/files/Paasch_Network_Support.pdf
Slide 31 identifies an issue where the client ACK to the server's data
sent during a TFO'd handshake is dropped.
C ---> syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C (accept & write)
C <---- data ------- S
C ----- ACK -> X S
[retry and timeout]
https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/94/slides/slides-94-tcpm-13.pdf
Slide 5 shows a similar situation that the server's data gets dropped
after 3WHS.
C ---- syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C ---- ack --------> S
S (accept & write)
C? X <- data ------ S
[retry and timeout]
This is the worst failure b/c the client can not detect such behavior to
mitigate the situation (such as disabling TFO). Failing to proceed, the
application (e.g., SSL library) may simply timeout and retry with TFO
again, and the process repeats indefinitely.
The proposed solution is to disable active TFO globally under the
following circumstances:
1. client side TFO socket detects out of order FIN
2. client side TFO socket receives out of order RST
We disable active side TFO globally for 1hr at first. Then if it
happens again, we disable it for 2h, then 4h, 8h, ...
And we reset the timeout to 1hr if a client side TFO sockets not opened
on loopback has successfully received data segs from server.
And we examine this condition during close().
The rational behind it is that when such firewall issue happens,
application running on the client should eventually close the socket as
it is not able to get the data it is expecting. Or application running
on the server should close the socket as it is not able to receive any
response from client.
In both cases, out of order FIN or RST will get received on the client
given that the firewall will not block them as no data are in those
frames.
And we want to disable active TFO globally as it helps if the middle box
is very close to the client and most of the connections are likely to
fail.
Also, add a debug sysctl:
tcp_fastopen_blackhole_detect_timeout_sec:
the initial timeout to use when firewall blackhole issue happens.
This can be set and read.
When setting it to 0, it means to disable the active disable logic.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse and compiler warnings fixes from Stephen Hemminger.
From Roi Dayan and Or Gerlitz, Add devlink and mlx5 support for controlling
E-Switch encapsulation mode, this knob will enable HW support for applying
encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJY+5cRAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+5c8H/1/khPzy26B2lWyjPC8CRCQF
eSd0tiHLgIqbZTbnIHTR+NbZ/SUFaukoJi8OKn1fGFHCCajWvPP4xkENVKrUdi3q
kOgNZb/R1V0j6SdELyoMalFPjAscTgdmwYMnry+vcjOxJ+H2uUTnMKXwFf8IsBjz
EINy8oZ5jZcejmft0c2O5HN4Bt/7U5ttM3CroAdcvPT9lq2DFJL2uCABhTO/1DdY
b7uVa47FnkqxX19Ebn7fjp5r3diGYOmCPMjdC89C//rbkLB8FN61EkcSLpGY3YNm
djmCPQ+xaa3ielmBpOk3AMayFEtYW0nDMj9eWECVByadRQZ2qz9wTVXBp5CX9zg=
=E3Jt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2017-04-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2017-04-22
Sparse and compiler warnings fixes from Stephen Hemminger.
From Roi Dayan and Or Gerlitz, Add devlink and mlx5 support for controlling
E-Switch encapsulation mode, this knob will enable HW support for applying
encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tap functions that can be used by the vsock transports to
deliver packets to vsockmon virtual network devices.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Garcia <ggarcia@deic.uab.cat>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying
encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading.
The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions)
per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is the NFC pull request for 4.12. We have:
- Improvements for the pn533 command queue handling and device
registration order.
- Removal of platform data for the pn544 and st21nfca drivers.
- Additional device tree options to support more trf7970a hardware options.
- Support for Sony's RC-S380P through the port100 driver.
- Removal of the obsolte nfcwilink driver.
- Headers inclusion cleanups (miscdevice.h, unaligned.h) for many drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Zy1M
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.12-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC 4.12 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 4.12. We have:
- Improvements for the pn533 command queue handling and device
registration order.
- Removal of platform data for the pn544 and st21nfca drivers.
- Additional device tree options to support more trf7970a hardware options.
- Support for Sony's RC-S380P through the port100 driver.
- Removal of the obsolte nfcwilink driver.
- Headers inclusion cleanups (miscdevice.h, unaligned.h) for many drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier patch 4493b81bea ("bonding: initialize work-queues during
creation of bond") moved the work-queue initialization from bond_open()
to bond_create(). However this caused the link those are created using
netlink 'create bond option' (ip link add bondX type bond); create the
new trunk without initializing work-queues. Prior to the above mentioned
change, ndo_open was in both paths and things worked correctly. The
consequence is visible in the report shared by Joe Stringer -
I've noticed that this patch breaks bonding within namespaces if
you're not careful to perform device cleanup correctly.
Here's my repro script, you can run on any net-next with this patch
and you'll start seeing some weird behaviour:
ip netns add foo
ip li add veth0 type veth peer name veth0+ netns foo
ip li add veth1 type veth peer name veth1+ netns foo
ip netns exec foo ip li add bond0 type bond
ip netns exec foo ip li set dev veth0+ master bond0
ip netns exec foo ip li set dev veth1+ master bond0
ip netns exec foo ip addr add dev bond0 192.168.0.1/24
ip netns exec foo ip li set dev bond0 up
ip li del dev veth0
ip li del dev veth1
The second to last command segfaults, last command hangs. rtnl is now
permanently locked. It's not a problem if you take bond0 down before
deleting veths, or delete bond0 before deleting veths. If you delete
either end of the veth pair as per above, either inside or outside the
namespace, it hits this problem.
Here's some kernel logs:
[ 1221.801610] bond0: Enslaving veth0+ as an active interface with an up link
[ 1224.449581] bond0: Enslaving veth1+ as an active interface with an up link
[ 1281.193863] bond0: Releasing backup interface veth0+
[ 1281.193866] bond0: the permanent HWaddr of veth0+ -
16:bf:fb:e0:b8:43 - is still in use by bond0 - set the HWaddr of
veth0+ to a different address to avoid conflicts
[ 1281.193867] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 1281.193873] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2024 at kernel/workqueue.c:1511
__queue_delayed_work+0x13f/0x150
[ 1281.193873] Modules linked in: bonding veth openvswitch nf_nat_ipv6
nf_nat_ipv4 nf_nat autofs4 nfsd auth_rpcgss nfs_acl binfmt_misc nfs
lockd grace sunrpc fscache ppdev vmw_balloon coretemp psmouse
serio_raw vmwgfx ttm drm_kms_helper vmw_vmci netconsole parport_pc
configfs drm i2c_piix4 fb_sys_fops syscopyarea sysfillrect sysimgblt
shpchp mac_hid nf_conntrack_ipv6 nf_defrag_ipv6 nf_conntrack_ipv4
nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack libcrc32c lp parport hid_generic usbhid
hid mptspi mptscsih e1000 mptbase ahci libahci
[ 1281.193905] CPU: 0 PID: 2024 Comm: ip Tainted: G W
4.10.0-bisect-bond-v0.14 #37
[ 1281.193906] Hardware name: VMware, Inc. VMware Virtual
Platform/440BX Desktop Reference Platform, BIOS 6.00 09/30/2014
[ 1281.193906] Call Trace:
[ 1281.193912] dump_stack+0x63/0x89
[ 1281.193915] __warn+0xd1/0xf0
[ 1281.193917] warn_slowpath_null+0x1d/0x20
[ 1281.193918] __queue_delayed_work+0x13f/0x150
[ 1281.193920] queue_delayed_work_on+0x27/0x40
[ 1281.193929] bond_change_active_slave+0x25b/0x670 [bonding]
[ 1281.193932] ? synchronize_rcu_expedited+0x27/0x30
[ 1281.193935] __bond_release_one+0x489/0x510 [bonding]
[ 1281.193939] ? addrconf_notify+0x1b7/0xab0
[ 1281.193942] bond_netdev_event+0x2c5/0x2e0 [bonding]
[ 1281.193944] ? netconsole_netdev_event+0x124/0x190 [netconsole]
[ 1281.193947] notifier_call_chain+0x49/0x70
[ 1281.193948] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x16/0x20
[ 1281.193950] call_netdevice_notifiers_info+0x35/0x60
[ 1281.193951] rollback_registered_many+0x23b/0x3e0
[ 1281.193953] unregister_netdevice_many+0x24/0xd0
[ 1281.193955] rtnl_delete_link+0x3c/0x50
[ 1281.193956] rtnl_dellink+0x8d/0x1b0
[ 1281.193960] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x95/0x220
[ 1281.193962] ? __kmalloc_node_track_caller+0x35/0x280
[ 1281.193964] ? __netlink_lookup+0xf1/0x110
[ 1281.193966] ? rtnl_newlink+0x830/0x830
[ 1281.193967] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa7/0xc0
[ 1281.193969] rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x30
[ 1281.193970] netlink_unicast+0x15b/0x210
[ 1281.193971] netlink_sendmsg+0x319/0x390
[ 1281.193974] sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50
[ 1281.193975] ___sys_sendmsg+0x25c/0x270
[ 1281.193978] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x76/0xf0
[ 1281.193981] ? page_add_new_anon_rmap+0x89/0xc0
[ 1281.193984] ? lru_cache_add_active_or_unevictable+0x35/0xb0
[ 1281.193985] ? __handle_mm_fault+0x4e9/0x1170
[ 1281.193987] __sys_sendmsg+0x45/0x80
[ 1281.193989] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
[ 1281.193991] do_syscall_64+0x6e/0x180
[ 1281.193993] entry_SYSCALL64_slow_path+0x25/0x25
[ 1281.193995] RIP: 0033:0x7f6ec122f5a0
[ 1281.193995] RSP: 002b:00007ffe69e89c48 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX:
000000000000002e
[ 1281.193997] RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 00007ffe69e8dd60 RCX: 00007f6ec122f5a0
[ 1281.193997] RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00007ffe69e89c90 RDI: 0000000000000003
[ 1281.193998] RBP: 00007ffe69e89c90 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000003
[ 1281.193999] R10: 00007ffe69e89a10 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 0000000058f14b9f
[ 1281.193999] R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 00000000006473a0 R15: 00007ffe69e8e450
[ 1281.194001] ---[ end trace 713a77486cbfbfa3 ]---
Fixes: 4493b81bea ("bonding: initialize work-queues during creation of bond")
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Tested-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-04-20
This adds the basic infrastructure for IPsec hardware
offloading, it creates a configuration API and adjusts
the packet path.
1) Add the needed netdev features to configure IPsec offloads.
2) Add the IPsec hardware offloading API.
3) Prepare the ESP packet path for hardware offloading.
4) Add gso handlers for esp4 and esp6, this implements
the software fallback for GSO packets.
5) Add xfrm replay handler functions for offloading.
6) Change ESP to use a synchronous crypto algorithm on
offloading, we don't have the option for asynchronous
returns when we handle IPsec at layer2.
7) Add a xfrm validate function to validate_xmit_skb. This
implements the software fallback for non GSO packets.
8) Set the inner_network and inner_transport members of
the SKB, as well as encapsulation, to reflect the actual
positions of these headers, and removes them only once
encryption is done on the payload.
From Ilan Tayari.
9) Prepare the ESP GRO codepath for hardware offloading.
10) Fix incorrect null pointer check in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
11) Fix for the GSO software fallback path to detect the
fallback correctly.
From Ilan Tayari.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We could have a race condition where in ->classify() path we
dereference tp->root and meanwhile a parallel ->destroy() makes it
a NULL. Daniel cured this bug in commit d936377414
("net, sched: respect rcu grace period on cls destruction").
This happens when ->destroy() is called for deleting a filter to
check if we are the last one in tp, this tp is still linked and
visible at that time. The root cause of this problem is the semantic
of ->destroy(), it does two things (for non-force case):
1) check if tp is empty
2) if tp is empty we could really destroy it
and its caller, if cares, needs to check its return value to see if it
is really destroyed. Therefore we can't unlink tp unless we know it is
empty.
As suggested by Daniel, we could actually move the test logic to ->delete()
so that we can safely unlink tp after ->delete() tells us the last one is
just deleted and before ->destroy().
Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Cc: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature allows the administrator to set an fwmark for
packets traversing a tunnel. This allows the use of independent
routing tables for tunneled packets without the use of iptables.
There is no concept of per-packet routing decisions through IPv4
tunnels, so this implementation does not need to work with
per-packet route lookups as the v6 implementation may
(with IP6_TNL_F_USE_ORIG_FWMARK).
Further, since the v4 tunnel ioctls share datastructures
(which can not be trivially modified) with the kernel's internal
tunnel configuration structures, the mark attribute must be stored
in the tunnel structure itself and passed as a parameter when
creating or changing tunnel attributes.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature allows the administrator to set an fwmark for
packets traversing a tunnel. This allows the use of independent
routing tables for tunneled packets without the use of iptables.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* connection quality monitoring with multiple thresholds
* support for FILS shared key authentication offload
* pre-CAC regulatory compliance - only ETSI allows this
* sanity check for some rate confusion that hit ChromeOS
(but nobody else uses it, evidently)
* some documentation updates
* lots of cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEExu3sM/nZ1eRSfR9Ha3t4Rpy0AB0FAlj12HMACgkQa3t4Rpy0
AB0ztBAAi0tH9xR/7iYgChyZV4S8PpYKo2QoQZofG8vzAztboqI4clAxbWEOsJHh
qddjm+foiHVJtZj2LqxjDcaxk69VIh/ERSlR7ve7GCzz9WAAWBMHZop2eArHvgI1
pqP4mQEZ7QISVo88H3LeRdj8NmTwfZYH8u8e2CN3yEpSh1PPrU+slaXRLrjB4uql
XWwwJYQatgDw6Dj4vTIk++DqGo7OhK6CrC1gZLnyOtitTiPzRtfj8rdRHeRKdlj4
wOkUaenjs5r9KsofNYZpzckHp2NEpgIruqCsNdRGHf14EWBC5Q1N35OUOecyQ67T
3VeSnHxU4qjomkXgwqmDKFFOdqtqIruor3YDdO1iwO2TNF+JlNfq5AqUNec/XjUv
VDmj1NRZE0ftJtCkDFm1Q/ABfVDH9i2O6ZBs6a3zb65lA83q1y4xlF48LqDzG3qi
fNnfRO2rOOiyosF3HEkF5u1mfD6MRUtZAc2ZiHckGUpAngs5QOWKqtVgcgWjmbFW
qDTKsFYi2YpGXZAnUjqS4ZtmcgRGEXqg1STJBt4cA8cnmI9Ka5GplACVhqzGeneH
EYMESEct9BOpR6BjABmbZL09NtCkiTPYjiL4V//USr4f6NFhOeHHMYuxYFYIEgC6
ldRjf4EUzZw0QJ8X6L+zxYI5m40fEJ7bGhlIdMo7fWXpRpCaF1Y=
=f4VT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-04-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
My last pull request has been a while, we now have:
* connection quality monitoring with multiple thresholds
* support for FILS shared key authentication offload
* pre-CAC regulatory compliance - only ETSI allows this
* sanity check for some rate confusion that hit ChromeOS
(but nobody else uses it, evidently)
* some documentation updates
* lots of cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To define the outgoing port and to discover the incoming port a regular
VLAN tag is used by the LAN9303. But its VID meaning is 'special'.
This tag handler/filter depends on some hardware features which must be
enabled in the device to provide and make use of this special VLAN tag
to control the destination and the source of an ethernet packet.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only "cache" needs to use ulong (its used with set_bit()), missed can use
u16. Also add build-time assertion to ensure event bits fit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If insertion of a new conntrack fails because the table is full, the kernel
searches the next buckets of the hash slot where the new connection
was supposed to be inserted at for an entry that hasn't seen traffic
in reply direction (non-assured), if it finds one, that entry is
is dropped and the new connection entry is allocated.
Allow the conntrack gc worker to also remove *assured* conntracks if
resources are low.
Do this by querying the l4 tracker, e.g. tcp connections are now dropped
if they are no longer established (e.g. in finwait).
This could be refined further, e.g. by adding 'soft' established timeout
(i.e., a timeout that is only used once we get close to resource
exhaustion).
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
commit 223b02d923
("netfilter: nf_conntrack: reserve two bytes for nf_ct_ext->len")
had to increase size of the extension offsets because total size of the
extensions had increased to a point where u8 did overflow.
3 years later we've managed to diet extensions a bit and we no longer
need u16. Furthermore we can now add a compile-time assertion for this
problem.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
get rid of the (now unused) nf_ct_ext_add_length define and also
rename the function to plain nf_ct_ext_add().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
No need to track this for inkernel helpers anymore as
NF_CT_HELPER_BUILD_BUG_ON checks do this now.
All inkernel helpers know what kind of structure they
stored in helper->data.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
add a 32 byte scratch area in the helper struct instead of relying
on variable sized helpers plus compile-time asserts to let us know
if 32 bytes aren't enough anymore.
Not having variable sized helpers will later allow to add BUILD_BUG_ON
for the total size of conntrack extensions -- the helper extension is
the only one that doesn't have a fixed size.
The (useless!) NF_CT_HELPER_BUILD_BUG_ON(0); are added so that in case
someone adds a new helper and copy-pastes from one that doesn't store
private data at least some indication that this macro should be used
somehow is there...
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A group of Linux kernel hackers reported chasing a bug that resulted
from their assumption that SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU provided an existence
guarantee, that is, that no block from such a slab would be reallocated
during an RCU read-side critical section. Of course, that is not the
case. Instead, SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU only prevents freeing of an entire
slab of blocks.
However, there is a phrase for this, namely "type safety". This commit
therefore renames SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU to SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU in order
to avoid future instances of this sort of confusion.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: <linux-mm@kvack.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
[ paulmck: Add comments mentioning the old name, as requested by Eric
Dumazet, in order to help people familiar with the old name find
the new one. ]
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Now sctp stream reconf will process a request again even if it's seqno is
less than asoc->strreset_inseq.
If one request has been done successfully and some data chunks have been
accepted and then a duplicated strreset out request comes, the streamin's
ssn will be cleared. It will cause that stream will never receive chunks
any more because of unsynchronized ssn. It allows a replay attack.
A similar issue also exists when processing addstrm out requests. It will
cause more extra streams being added.
This patch is to fix it by saving the last 2 results into asoc. When a
duplicated strreset out or addstrm out request is received, reply it with
bad seqno if it's seqno < asoc->strreset_inseq - 2, and reply it with the
result saved in asoc if it's seqno >= asoc->strreset_inseq - 2.
Note that it saves last 2 results instead of only last 1 result, because
two requests can be sent together in one chunk.
And note that when receiving a duplicated request, the receiver side will
still reply it even if the peer has received the response. It's safe, As
the response will be dropped by the peer.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For multi-scheduled scan support in subsequent patch a request id
will be added. This patch add this request id to the scheduled
scan event messages. For now the request id will always be zero.
With multi-scheduled scan its value will inform user-space to which
scan the event relates.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add netlink_ext_ack arg to rtnl_doit_func. Pass extack arg to nlmsg_parse
for doit functions that call it directly.
This is the first step to using extended error reporting in rtnetlink.
>From here individual subsystems can be updated to set netlink_ext_ack as
needed.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-04-14
Here's the main batch of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for the 4.12
kernel.
- Many fixes to 6LoWPAN, in particular for BLE
- New CA8210 IEEE 802.15.4 device driver (accounting for most of the
lines of code added in this pull request)
- Added Nokia Bluetooth (UART) HCI driver
- Some serdev & TTY changes that are dependencies for the Nokia
driver (with acks from relevant maintainers and an agreement that
these come through the bluetooth tree)
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth device
- Various other minor cleanups/fixes here and there
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves as is the legacy DSA code from dsa.c to legacy.c,
except the few shared symbols which remain in dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is now obsolete and always returns false.
This change has no effect on generated code.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
resurrect an old patch from Pablo Neira to remove the untracked objects.
Currently, there are four possible states of an skb wrt. conntrack.
1. No conntrack attached, ct is NULL.
2. Normal (kmem cache allocated) ct attached.
3. a template (kmalloc'd), not in any hash tables at any point in time
4. the 'untracked' conntrack, a percpu nf_conn object, tagged via
IPS_UNTRACKED_BIT in ct->status.
Untracked is supposed to be identical to case 1. It exists only
so users can check
-m conntrack --ctstate UNTRACKED vs.
-m conntrack --ctstate INVALID
e.g. attempts to set connmark on INVALID or UNTRACKED conntracks is
supposed to be a no-op.
Thus currently we need to check
ct == NULL || nf_ct_is_untracked(ct)
in a lot of places in order to avoid altering untracked objects.
The other consequence of the percpu untracked object is that all
-j NOTRACK (and, later, kfree_skb of such skbs) result in an atomic op
(inc/dec the untracked conntracks refcount).
This adds a new kernel-private ctinfo state, IP_CT_UNTRACKED, to
make the distinction instead.
The (few) places that care about packet invalid (ct is NULL) vs.
packet untracked now need to test ct == NULL vs. ctinfo == IP_CT_UNTRACKED,
but all other places can omit the nf_ct_is_untracked() check.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we do IPsec offloading, we need a fallback for
packets that were targeted to be IPsec offloaded but
rerouted to a device that does not support IPsec offload.
For that we add a function that checks the offloading
features of the sending device and and flags the
requirement of a fallback before it calls the IPsec
output function. The IPsec output function adds the IPsec
trailer and does encryption if needed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We need a fallback for ESP at layer 2, so split esp6_output
into generic functions that can be used at layer 3 and layer 2
and use them in esp_output. We also add esp6_xmit which is
used for the layer 2 fallback.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We need a fallback for ESP at layer 2, so split esp_output
into generic functions that can be used at layer 3 and layer 2
and use them in esp_output. We also add esp_xmit which is
used for the layer 2 fallback.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds all the bits that are needed to do
IPsec hardware offload for IPsec states and ESP packets.
We add xfrmdev_ops to the net_device. xfrmdev_ops has
function pointers that are needed to manage the xfrm
states in the hardware and to do a per packet
offloading decision.
Joint work with:
Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Guy Shapiro <guysh@mellanox.com>
Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Guy Shapiro <guysh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds a gso_segment and xmit callback for the
xfrm_mode and implement these functions for tunnel and
transport mode.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We add a struct xfrm_type_offload so that we have the offloaded
codepath separated to the non offloaded codepath. With this the
non offloade and the offloaded codepath can coexist.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pass the new extended ACK reporting struct to all of the generic
netlink parsing functions. For now, pass NULL in almost all callers
(except for some in the core.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extended ACK reporting struct down from generic netlink to
the families, using the existing struct genl_info for simplicity.
Also add support to set the extended ACK information from generic
netlink users.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the base infrastructure and UAPI for netlink extended ACK
reporting. All "manual" calls to netlink_ack() pass NULL for now and
thus don't get extended ACK reporting.
Big thanks goes to Pablo Neira Ayuso for not only bringing up the
whole topic at netconf (again) but also coming up with the nlattr
passing trick and various other ideas.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Don't get the metric RTAX_ADVMSS of dst.
There are two reasons.
1) Its caller dst_metric_advmss has already invoke dst_metric_advmss
before invoke default_advmss.
2) The ipv4_default_advmss is used to get the default mss, it should
not try to get the metric like ip6_default_advmss.
2. Use sizeof(tcphdr)+sizeof(iphdr) instead of literal 40.
3. Define one new macro IPV4_MAX_PMTU instead of 65535 according to
RFC 2675, section 5.1.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead passing both flags, which can be NULL, and vif_params,
which are never NULL, move the flags into the vif_params and
use BIT(0), which is invalid from userspace, to indicate that
the flags were changed.
While updating all drivers, fix a small bug in wil6210 where
it was setting the flags to 0 instead of leaving them unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When changing monitor parameters, not setting the MU-MIMO attributes
should mean that they're not changed - it's documented that to turn
the feature off it's necessary to set all-zero group membership and
an invalid follow-address. This isn't implemented.
Fix this by making the parameters pointers, stop reusing the macaddr
struct member, and documenting that NULL pointers mean unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix issue found during L2CAP qualification test TP/LE/CFC/BV-20-C.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Kraglak <marcin.kraglak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to RFC 7668 U/L bit shall not be used:
https://wiki.tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7668#section-3.2.2 [Page 10]:
In the figure, letter 'b' represents a bit from the
Bluetooth device address, copied as is without any changes on any
bit. This means that no bit in the IID indicates whether the
underlying Bluetooth device address is public or random.
|0 1|1 3|3 4|4 6|
|0 5|6 1|2 7|8 3|
+----------------+----------------+----------------+----------------+
|bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|bbbbbbbb11111111|11111110bbbbbbbb|bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
+----------------+----------------+----------------+----------------+
Because of this the code cannot figure out the address type from the IP
address anymore thus it makes no sense to use peer_lookup_ba as it needs
the peer address type.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This allow technologies such as Bluetooth to use its native lladdr which
is eui48 instead of eui64 which was expected by functions like
lowpan_header_decompress and lowpan_header_compress.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-04-11
1) Remove unused field from struct xfrm_mgr.
2) Code size optimizations for the xfrm prefix hash and
address match.
3) Branch optimization for addr4_match.
All patches from Alexey Dobriyan.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two nf_conntrack_l4proto_udp4 declarations in the head file
nf_conntrack_ipv4/6.h. Now remove one which is not enbraced by the macro
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
All DSA tag receive functions do strictly the same thing after they have located
the originating source port from their tag specific protocol:
- push ETH_HLEN bytes
- set pkt_type to PACKET_HOST
- call eth_type_trans()
- bump up counters
- call netif_receive_skb()
Factor all of that into dsa_switch_rcv(). This also makes us return a pointer to
a sk_buff, which makes us symetric with the xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the support for the 4-bytes tag for DSA port distinguishing inserted
allowing receiving and transmitting the packet via the particular port.
The tag is being added after the source MAC address in the ethernet
header.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIVAwUAWOYUWfSw1s6N8H32AQIqdg/9Hi+47eues/TBbogP8eRrqVEoNHFy75e/
MMTFe0/Qio7ps78VuOSThbqh96dzIX5K5/7JdiHZyQk2QCTaJ2BvheCUISQovhFl
yuAJcBhkO5iiQkR0agYdHVjIQGRth3usNIEyD1rm1DS/lr8ec9/iyjoipKpsZmxt
WlRF3eGgqA+cLpH4K+k4x/LJwIl8868MBz58p6XXW2yZFRygQzYHmMobhDwgLoC2
C2lHPEyllK7qcIaZD7SI/a2/bMwh7QTx1tJuQK3DgtJrAHigx96uxH3jqECk7fLg
EhjLqIFmWVCUcrBbUqjlNtcuevzxCZTCCB0LAZgmOTyEyCFJzgoQmQo97VhMPbG5
JF9bKg+JE6P5iwqtTBEW9p+LoyM7VAt6SzeuKH/vNAVGHc0ULDMB8XPYF3Nvqa3L
RGIwcxWCAItZFdDCUvWgTyEuZtVXu6LbuvnU1HkaXlXsLLi4041MQgcekY58k6kv
z4YnXojy0+mciJ4WV/7CLfNMyP36G0gwLugjLAsJwigxJoOTtsfphkGcpWlP9hBm
IyTFJw0qbbuQD7fprfw//e+IgfjDQbxYMQKxQaJZflXzYDCab8PQkFTl1kWPrJSR
yR0rk8wKb7Z1fyl/zpUNbw7KdFganqhkZ6jbOrr9G8Hp8jyubnwMCI5B2rSZfe1V
CSOtCbEt8Is=
=JnXV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20170406' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Miscellany
Here's a set of patches that make some minor changes to AF_RXRPC:
(1) Store error codes in struct rxrpc_call::error as negative codes and
only convert to positive in recvmsg() to avoid confusion inside the
kernel.
(2) Note the result of trying to abort a call (this fails if the call is
already 'completed').
(3) Don't abort on temporary errors whilst processing challenge and
response packets, but rather drop the packet and wait for
retransmission.
And also adds some more tracing:
(4) Protocol errors.
(5) Received abort packets.
(6) Changes in the Rx window size due to ACK packet information.
(7) Client call initiation (to allow the rxrpc_call struct pointer, the
wire call ID and the user ID/afs_call pointer to be cross-referenced).
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c7e2b9689e "sched: introduce vlan action" added both the
UAPI values for the vlan actions (TCA_VLAN_ACT_) and these two
in-kernel ones which are not used, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_nat_mangle_{udp,tcp}_packet() returns int. However, it is used as
bool type in many spots. Fix this by consistently handle this return
value as a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When remove one expect, it needs three statements. And there are
multiple duplicated codes in current code. So add one common function
nf_ct_remove_expect to consolidate this.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Because the type of expecting, the member of nf_conn_help, is u8, it
would overflow after reach U8_MAX(255). So it doesn't work when we
configure the max_expected exceeds 255 with expect policy.
Now add the check for max_expected. Return the -EINVAL when it exceeds
the limit.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make rxrpc_kernel_abort_call() return an indication as to whether it
actually aborted the operation or not so that kafs can trace the failure of
the operation. Note that 'success' in this context means changing the
state of the call, not necessarily successfully transmitting an ABORT
packet.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
People are using bonding over Infiniband IPoIB connections, and who knows
what else. Infiniband has a hardware address length of 20 octets
(INFINIBAND_ALEN), and the network core defines a MAX_ADDR_LEN of 32.
Various places in the bonding code are currently hard-wired to 6 octets
(ETH_ALEN), such as the 3ad code, which I've left untouched here. Besides,
only alb is currently possible on Infiniband links right now anyway, due
to commit 1533e77315, so the alb code is where most of the changes are.
One major component of this change is the addition of a bond_hw_addr_copy
function that takes a length argument, instead of using ether_addr_copy
everywhere that hardware addresses need to be copied about. The other
major component of this change is converting the bonding code from using
struct sockaddr for address storage to struct sockaddr_storage, as the
former has an address storage space of only 14, while the latter is 128
minus a few, which is necessary to support bonding over device with up to
MAX_ADDR_LEN octet hardware addresses. Additionally, this probably fixes
up some memory corruption issues with the current code, where it's
possible to write an infiniband hardware address into a sockaddr declared
on the stack.
Lightly tested on a dual mlx4 IPoIB setup, which properly shows a 20-octet
hardware address now:
$ cat /proc/net/bonding/bond0
Ethernet Channel Bonding Driver: v3.7.1 (April 27, 2011)
Bonding Mode: fault-tolerance (active-backup) (fail_over_mac active)
Primary Slave: mlx4_ib0 (primary_reselect always)
Currently Active Slave: mlx4_ib0
MII Status: up
MII Polling Interval (ms): 100
Up Delay (ms): 100
Down Delay (ms): 100
Slave Interface: mlx4_ib0
MII Status: up
Speed: Unknown
Duplex: Unknown
Link Failure Count: 0
Permanent HW addr:
80:00:02:08:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:e4:1d:2d:03:00:1d:67:01
Slave queue ID: 0
Slave Interface: mlx4_ib1
MII Status: up
Speed: Unknown
Duplex: Unknown
Link Failure Count: 0
Permanent HW addr:
80:00:02:09:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:01:e4:1d:2d:03:00:1d:67:02
Slave queue ID: 0
Also tested with a standard 1Gbps NIC bonding setup (with a mix of
e1000 and e1000e cards), running LNST's bonding tests.
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAljjveoTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9tSZB/9DPsUOEbLzcJZ6HVRPJ3mJkCYf9jdD
VE7vW3w79EcmcbkE7ULkyrEr/+GJs7GvA1vS+j8jphraVGOjP4DjeOm1OLJXylqa
m2vaBpOqTOx3MdMdd/FVLlap7MKTX3f9J1WAOsGi5kJK3RR9EHRj5tKhoeG40OUk
rMDg9juskT+XVqgawrcHyM/eVHZ4ny+BlN2LN0zajHT6l3xKiqQ+0iQltXnstymW
djTfqlrbL+Ix6mlYKsK+joVWwbNUxuguto2m2CKVQukWFu2Q5wxe5YASjtMThQcv
vmq2LD45cFIfNhzgfTu2msoz2Cv613LFiMtHtrfjlbXtSZmFc2FqIbKc
=NjgL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.13-20170404' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-03-03
this is a pull request of 5 patches for net-next/master.
There are two patches by Yegor Yefremov which convert the ti_hecc
driver into a DT only driver, as there is no in-tree user of the old
platform driver interface anymore. The next patch by Mario Kicherer
adds network namespace support to the can subsystem. The last two
patches by Akshay Bhat add support for the holt_hi311x SPI CAN driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define one new macro TCP_MAX_WSCALE instead of literal number '14',
and use U16_MAX instead of 65535 as the max value of TCP window.
There is another minor change, use rounddown(space, mss) instead of
(space / mss) * mss;
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is almost to revert commit 02f3d4ce9e ("sctp: Adjust PMTU
updates to accomodate route invalidation."). As t->asoc can't be NULL
in sctp_transport_update_pmtu, it could get sk from asoc, and no need
to pass sk into that function.
It is also to remove some duplicated codes from that function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases nfc_dbg() is useful. Add such macro to a header.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds initial support for network namespaces. The changes only
enable support in the CAN raw, proc and af_can code. GW and BCM still
have their checks that ensure that they are used only from the main
namespace.
The patch boils down to moving the global structures, i.e. the global
filter list and their /proc stats, into a per-namespace structure and passing
around the corresponding "struct net" in a lot of different places.
Changes since v1:
- rebased on current HEAD (2bfe01e)
- fixed overlong line
Signed-off-by: Mario Kicherer <dev@kicherer.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Make ->hash_count, ->low_watermark and ->high_watermark unsigned int
and propagate unsignedness to other variables.
This change doesn't change code generation because these fields aren't
used in 64-bit contexts but make it anyway: these fields can't be
negative numbers.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow keys aren't 4GB+ numbers so 64-bit arithmetic is excessive.
Space savings (I'm not sure what CSWTCH is):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-48 (-48)
function old new delta
flow_cache_lookup 1163 1159 -4
CSWTCH 75997 75953 -44
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to move sctp_transport_dst_check into sctp_packet_config
from sctp_packet_transmit and add pathmtu check in sctp_packet_config.
With this fix, sctp can update dst or pathmtu before appending chunks,
which can void dropping packets in sctp_packet_transmit when dst is
obsolete or dst's mtu is changed.
This patch is also to improve some other codes in sctp_packet_config.
It updates packet max_size with gso_max_size, checks for dst and
pathmtu, and appends ecne chunk only when packet is empty and asoc
is not NULL.
It makes sctp flush work better, as we only need to set up them once
for one flush schedule. It's also safe, since asoc is NULL only when
the packet is created by sctp_ootb_pkt_new in which it just gets the
new dst, no need to do more things for it other than set packet with
transport's pathmtu.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before when implementing sctp prsctp, SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS wasn't
added, as it needs to save abandoned_(un)sent for every stream.
After sctp stream reconf is added in sctp, assoc has structure
sctp_stream_out to save per stream info.
This patch is to add SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS by putting the prsctp
per stream statistics into sctp_stream_out.
v1->v2:
fix an indent issue.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems the code does not match the intent.
This broke packetdrill, and probably other programs.
Fixes: 6c7c98bad4 ("sock: avoid dirtying sk_stamp, if possible")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alow users to push down more labels per MPLS encap. Similar to LSR case,
move label array to the end of mpls_iptunnel_encap and allocate based on
the number of labels for the route.
For consistency with the LSR case, re-use the same maximum number of
labels.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} operations in the dsa_switch_ops
structure, which can be used by switches supporting interconnection.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance nl80211 and cfg80211 connect request and response APIs to
support FILS shared key authentication offload. The new nl80211
attributes can be used to provide additional information to the driver
to establish a FILS connection. Also enhance the set/del PMKSA to allow
support for adding and deleting PMKSA based on FILS cache identifier.
Add a new feature flag that drivers can use to advertize support for
FILS shared key authentication and association in station mode when
using their own SME.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the connect event from driver takes all the connection
response parameters as arguments. With support for new features these
response parameters can grow. Use a structure to pass these parameters
rather than passing them as function arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add to documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() unconditionally set sk->sk_stamp for
every packet, even if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP flag is not set in the
related socket.
If selinux is enabled, this cause a cache miss for every packet
since sk->sk_stamp and sk->sk_security share the same cacheline.
With this change sk_stamp is set only if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP
flag is set, and is cleared for the first packet, so that the user
perceived behavior is unchanged.
This gives up to 5% speed-up under udp-flood with small packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending a msg without asoc established, sctp will send INIT packet
first and then enqueue chunks.
Before receiving INIT_ACK, stream info is not yet alloced. But enqueuing
chunks needs to access stream info, like out stream state and out stream
cnt.
This patch is to fix it by allocing out stream info when initializing an
asoc, allocing in stream and re-allocing out stream when processing init.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Or Gerlitz says:
This series adds support for offloading modifications of packet headers using
ConnectX-5 HW header re-write as an action applied during packet steering.
The offloaded SW mechanism is TC's pedit action. The offloading is
supported for E-Switch steering of VF traffic in the SRIOV
switchdev mode and for NIC (non eswitch) RX.
One use-case for this offload on virtual networks, is when the hypervisor
implements flow based router such as Open-Stack's DVR, where L2 headers
of guest packets re-written with routers' MAC addresses and the IP TTL
is decremented.
Another use case (which can be applied in parallel with routing) is
stateless NAT where guest L3/L4 headers are re-written.
The series is built as follows: the 1st six patches are preperations which
don't yet add new functionality, patches 7-8 add the FW APIs (data-structures
and commands) for header re-write, and patch nine allows offloading driver
to access pedit keys.
The 10th patch is somehow the core of the series, where we translate from
the pedit way to represent set of header modification elements to the FW
API for that same matter.
Once a set of HW modification is established, we register it with the FW
and get a modify header ID. When this ID is used with an action during
packet steering, the HW applies the header modification on the packet.
Patches 11 and 12 implement the above logic as an offload for pedit action
for the NIC and E-Switch use-cases.
I'd like to thanks Elijah Shakkour <elijahs@mellanox.com> for implementing
and helping me testing this functionality on HW simulator, before it could
be done with FW.
- Or.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJY2lwEAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+rFIH+wdwGawEjoDhpihLqJHoRtwo
Wvy88Lczj++Pfzt9E0kgwgmOdnj7j+GVOh6ALjneE3PDBJEFWG/GWY5aRYonlhhf
zibafMTYf+8Dmm9qHW/C4OvhQowSrkG1RDucM2eyjXJfnAShZCh7dV4CDD7paxhu
N2rlDdSEl0Im4aPCNHzyrdGg06Fy3A0DQkDvVLIQhKV0cLPIoC0U/i+ymVtsCUY/
sSEEuSohvwdD5Ga5ZZdKicCo61lIRSi2rX5v4sK0exhAO3S8xyrKnwbiN7nVAQqg
eVZ/ekbBiksD8MRMKctt/zGxd0X4PDaQ8J9XyF9CL6pRC5VipsDy+P/GEhj/x8U=
=l2Qo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-pedit' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Or Gerlitz says:
====================
mlx5e-pedit 2017-03-28
This series adds support for offloading modifications of packet headers using
ConnectX-5 HW header re-write as an action applied during packet steering.
The offloaded SW mechanism is TC's pedit action. The offloading is
supported for E-Switch steering of VF traffic in the SRIOV
switchdev mode and for NIC (non eswitch) RX.
One use-case for this offload on virtual networks, is when the hypervisor
implements flow based router such as Open-Stack's DVR, where L2 headers
of guest packets re-written with routers' MAC addresses and the IP TTL
is decremented.
Another use case (which can be applied in parallel with routing) is
stateless NAT where guest L3/L4 headers are re-written.
The series is built as follows: the 1st six patches are preperations which
don't yet add new functionality, patches 7-8 add the FW APIs (data-structures
and commands) for header re-write, and patch nine allows offloading driver
to access pedit keys.
The 10th patch is somehow the core of the series, where we translate from
the pedit way to represent set of header modification elements to the FW
API for that same matter.
Once a set of HW modification is established, we register it with the FW
and get a modify header ID. When this ID is used with an action during
packet steering, the HW applies the header modification on the packet.
Patches 11 and 12 implement the above logic as an offload for pedit action
for the NIC and E-Switch use-cases.
I'd like to thanks Elijah Shakkour <elijahs@mellanox.com> for implementing
and helping me testing this functionality on HW simulator, before it could
be done with FW.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register the switch and its ports with devlink.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because
of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in
dsa.h.
Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward
declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
function, which is what netdevice.h requires.
No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no
longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on
these includes. Add these directly in the affected file.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor inet6_netconf_notify_devconf to take the event as an input arg.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for NETDEV_RESEND_IGMP event similar
to how it works for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David Laight noticed the support for MSG_MORE with datamsg->force_delay
didn't really work as we expected, as the first msg with MSG_MORE set
would always block the following chunks' dequeuing.
This Patch is to rewrite it by saving the MSG_MORE flag into assoc as
David Laight suggested.
asoc->force_delay is used to save MSG_MORE flag before a msg is sent.
All chunks in queue would not be sent out if asoc->force_delay is set
by the msg with MSG_MORE flag, until a new msg without MSG_MORE flag
clears asoc->force_delay.
Note that this change would not affect the flush is generated by other
triggers, like asoc->state != ESTABLISHED, queue size > pmtu etc.
v1->v2:
Not clear asoc->force_delay after sending the msg with MSG_MORE flag.
Fixes: 4ea0c32f5f ("sctp: add support for MSG_MORE")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the
main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is
for changing the counter parameter on specific table.
The basic structures:
Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal
metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared
between drivers. Each driver can add local headers.
Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC
metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped
to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have
internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped
to netdeivce ifindex.
Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific
field or header. The header index should be specified as well
in order to support several header instances of the same type
(tunneling).
Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations
on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc.
And header operation like add and delete.
Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or
action.
Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/
action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets
data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the
packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific
and should be exported in order to provide understanding of
ASICs behavior.
Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is
identified by specific combination of values for match/action.
Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/
field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base
is split between the shared headers and unique headers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW drivers will use the header-type and command fields from the extended
keys, and some fields (e.g mask, val, offset) from the legacy keys.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Split the function into two (a) propose (b) commit phase without
changing the semantics for the original API.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr4_match() code has special test for /0 prefixes because of
standard required undefined behaviour. However, it is possible to omit
it on 64-bit because shifting can be done within a 64-bit register and
then truncated to the expected value (which is 0 mask).
Implicit truncation by htonl() fits nicely into R32-within-R64 model
on x86-64.
Space savings: none (coincidence)
Branch savings: 1
Before:
movzx eax,BYTE PTR [rdi+0x2a] # ->prefixlen_d
test al,al
jne xfrm_selector_match + 0x23f
...
movzx eax,BYTE PTR [rbx+0x2b] # ->prefixlen_s
test al,al
je xfrm_selector_match + 0x1c7
After (no branches):
mov r8d,0x20
mov rdx,0xffffffffffffffff
mov esi,DWORD PTR [rsi+0x2c]
mov ecx,r8d
sub cl,BYTE PTR [rdi+0x2a]
xor esi,DWORD PTR [rbx]
mov rdi,rdx
xor eax,eax
shl rdi,cl
bswap edi
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Move the core functionality in sk_busy_loop() to napi_busy_loop() and
make it independent of sk.
This enables re-using this function in epoll busy loop implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch flips the logic we were using to determine if the busy polling
has timed out. The main motivation for this is that we will need to
support two different possible timeout values in the future and by
recording the start time rather than when we would want to end we can focus
on making the end_time specific to the task be it epoll or socket based
polling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
checking the return value of sk_busy_loop. As there are only a few
consumers of that data, and the data being checked for can be replaced
with a check for !skb_queue_empty() we might as well just pull the code
out of sk_busy_loop and place it in the spots that actually need it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of defining two versions of skb_mark_napi_id I think it is more
readable to just match the format of the sk_mark_napi_id functions and just
wrap the contents of the function instead of defining two versions of the
function. This way we can save a few lines of code since we only need 2 of
the ifdef/endif but needed 5 for the extra function declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup/fix for NAPI IDs following the changes that made it
so that sender_cpu and napi_id were doing a better job of sharing the same
location in the sk_buff.
One issue I found is that we weren't validating the napi_id as being valid
before we started trying to setup the busy polling. This change corrects
that by using the MIN_NAPI_ID value that is now used in both allocating the
NAPI IDs, as well as validating them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale could be changed any time, so there
is one race in tcp_win_from_space.
For example,
1.sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale<=0 (sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale is negative now)
2.space>>(-sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale) (sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale is postive now)
As a result, tcp_win_from_space returns 0. It is unexpected.
Certainly if the compiler put the sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale into one
register firstly, then use the register directly, it would be ok.
But we could not depend on the compiler behavior.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain system process significant unconnected UDP workload.
It would be preferrable to disable UDP early demux for those systems
and enable it for TCP only.
By disabling UDP demux, we see these slight gains on an ARM64 system-
782 -> 788Mbps unconnected single stream UDPv4
633 -> 654Mbps unconnected UDPv4 different sources
The performance impact can change based on CPU architecure and cache
sizes. There will not much difference seen if entire UDP hash table
is in cache.
Both sysctls are enabled by default to preserve existing behavior.
v1->v2: Change function pointer instead of adding conditional as
suggested by Stephen.
v2->v3: Read once in callers to avoid issues due to compiler
optimizations. Also update commit message with the tests.
v3->v4: Store and use read once result instead of querying pointer
again incorrectly.
v4->v5: Refactor to avoid errors due to compilation with IPV6={m,n}
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x86_64 is zero-extending arch so "unsigned int" is preferred over "int"
for address calculations and extending to size_t.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-24 (-24)
function old new delta
xfrm_state_walk 708 696 -12
xfrm_selector_match 918 906 -12
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmmii.c
drivers/net/hyperv/netvsc.c
kernel/bpf/hashtab.c
Almost entirely overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows reading of SK_MEMINFO_VARS via socket option. This way an
application can get all meminfo related information in single socket
option call instead of multiple calls.
Adds helper function, sk_get_meminfo(), and uses that for both
getsockopt and sock_diag_put_meminfo().
Suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_stream_free uses struct sctp_stream as a param, but struct sctp_stream
is defined after it's declaration.
This patch is to declare struct sctp_stream before sctp_stream_free.
Fixes: a83863174a ("sctp: prepare asoc stream for stream reconf")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh notifications today carry pid 0 for nlmsg_pid
in all cases. This patch fixes it to carry calling process
pid when available. Applications (eg. quagga) rely on
nlmsg_pid to ignore notifications generated by their own
netlink operations. This patch follows the routing subsystem
which already sets this correctly.
Reported-by: Vivek Venkatraman <vivek@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As tp->dst_pending_confirm's value can only be set 0 or 1, this
patch is to change to define it as a bit instead of __u32.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for ECMP hash policy choice via a new sysctl
called fib_multipath_hash_policy and also adds support for L4 hashes.
The current values for fib_multipath_hash_policy are:
0 - layer 3 (default)
1 - layer 4
If there's an skb hash already set and it matches the chosen policy then it
will be used instead of being calculated (currently only for L4).
In L3 mode we always calculate the hash due to the ICMP error special
case, the flow dissector's field consistentification should handle the
address order thus we can remove the address reversals.
If the skb is provided we always use it for the hash calculation,
otherwise we fallback to fl4, that is if skb is NULL fl4 has to be set.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow canceling all packets of a connection.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Tao <bergwolf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree. A couple of new features for nf_tables, and unsorted
cleanups and incremental updates for the Netfilter tree. More
specifically, they are:
1) Allow to check for TCP option presence via nft_exthdr, patch
from Phil Sutter.
2) Add symmetric hash support to nft_hash, from Laura Garcia Liebana.
3) Use pr_cont() in ebt_log, from Joe Perches.
4) Remove some dead code in arp_tables reported via static analysis
tool, from Colin Ian King.
5) Consolidate nf_tables expression validation, from Liping Zhang.
6) Consolidate set lookup via nft_set_lookup().
7) Remove unnecessary rcu read lock side in bridge netfilter, from
Florian Westphal.
8) Remove unused variable in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tahee Yoo.
9) Pass nft_ctx struct to object initialization indirections, from
Florian Westphal.
10) Add code to integrate conntrack helper into nf_tables, also from
Florian.
11) Allow to check if interface index or name exists via
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT, from Phil Sutter.
12) Simplify resolve_normal_ct(), from Florian.
13) Use per-limit spinlock in nft_limit and xt_limit, from Liping Zhang.
14) Use rwlock in nft_set_rbtree set, also from Liping Zhang.
15) One patch to remove a useless printk at netns init path in ipvs,
and several patches to document IPVS knobs.
16) Use refcount_t for reference counter in the Netfilter/IPVS code,
from Elena Reshetova.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API (see include/linux/refcount.h)
should be used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The tcp_tw_recycle was already broken for connections
behind NAT, since the per-destination timestamp is not
monotonically increasing for multiple machines behind
a single destination address.
After the randomization of TCP timestamp offsets
in commit 8a5bd45f6616 (tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets
for each connection), the tcp_tw_recycle is broken for all
types of connections for the same reason: the timestamps
received from a single machine is not monotonically increasing,
anymore.
Remove tcp_tw_recycle, since it is not functional. Also, remove
the PAWSPassive SNMP counter since it is only used for
tcp_tw_recycle, and simplify tcp_v4_route_req and tcp_v6_route_req
since the strict argument is only set when tcp_tw_recycle is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Lutz Vieweg <lvml@5t9.de>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8a5bd45f6616 (tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets for each connection)
randomizes TCP timestamps per connection. After this commit,
there is no guarantee that the timestamps received from the
same destination are monotonically increasing. As a result,
the per-destination timestamp cache in TCP metrics (i.e., tcpm_ts
in struct tcp_metrics_block) is broken and cannot be relied upon.
Remove the per-destination timestamp cache and all related code
paths.
Note that this cache was already broken for caching timestamps of
multiple machines behind a NAT sharing the same address.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Lutz Vieweg <lvml@5t9.de>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a FIB rule is added or removed, a notification is sent in the
FIB notification chain. However, listeners don't have a way to tell
which rule was added or removed.
This is problematic as we would like to give listeners the ability to
decide which action to execute based on the notified rule. Specifically,
offloading drivers should be able to determine if they support the
reflection of the notified FIB rule and flush their LPM tables in case
they don't.
Do that by adding a notifier info to these notifications and embed the
common FIB rule struct in it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when non-default (custom) FIB rules are used, devices capable
of layer 3 offloading flush their tables and let the kernel do the
forwarding instead.
When these devices' drivers are loaded they register to the FIB
notification chain, which lets them know about the existence of any
custom FIB rules. This is done by sending a RULE_ADD notification based
on the value of 'net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_rules'.
This approach is problematic when VRF offload is taken into account, as
upon the creation of the first VRF netdev, a l3mdev rule is programmed
to direct skbs to the VRF's table.
Instead of merely reading the above value and sending a single RULE_ADD
notification, we should iterate over all the FIB rules and send a
detailed notification for each, thereby allowing offloading drivers to
sanitize the rules they don't support and potentially flush their
tables.
While l3mdev rules are uniquely marked, the default rules are not.
Therefore, when they are being notified they might invoke offloading
drivers to unnecessarily flush their tables.
Solve this by adding an helper to check if a FIB rule is a default rule.
Namely, its selector should match all packets and its action should
point to the local, main or default tables.
As noted by David Ahern, uniquely marking the default rules is
insufficient. When using VRFs, it's common to avoid false hits by moving
the rule for the local table to just before the main table:
Default configuration:
$ ip rule show
0: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Common configuration with VRFs:
$ ip rule show
1000: from all lookup [l3mdev-table]
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA switch driver cannot program an ageing time value due to it
being out-of-range, switchdev will raise a stack trace before failing.
To fix this, add ageing_time_min and ageing_time_max members to the
dsa_switch in order for the switch drivers to optionally specify their
supported ageing time limits.
The DSA core will now check for provided ageing time limits and return
-ERANGE from the switchdev prepare phase if the value is out-of-range.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree, a
rather large batch of fixes targeted to nf_tables, conntrack and bridge
netfilter. More specifically, they are:
1) Don't track fragmented packets if the socket option IP_NODEFRAG is set.
From Florian Westphal.
2) SCTP protocol tracker assumes that ICMP error messages contain the
checksum field, what results in packet drops. From Ying Xue.
3) Fix inconsistent handling of AH traffic from nf_tables.
4) Fix new bitmap set representation with big endian. Fix mismatches in
nf_tables due to incorrect big endian handling too. Both patches
from Liping Zhang.
5) Bridge netfilter doesn't honor maximum fragment size field, cap to
largest fragment seen. From Florian Westphal.
6) Fake conntrack entry needs to be aligned to 8 bytes since the 3 LSB
bits are now used to store the ctinfo. From Steven Rostedt.
7) Fix element comments with the bitmap set type. Revert the flush
field in the nft_set_iter structure, not required anymore after
fixing up element comments.
8) Missing error on invalid conntrack direction from nft_ct, also from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c
net/core/sock.c
Conflicts were overlapping changes in bcmgenet and the
lockdep handling of sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Ensure that mtu is at least IPV6_MIN_MTU in ipv6 VTI tunnel driver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Fix crashes when user tries to get_next_key on an LPM bpf map, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Fix detection of VLAN fitlering feature for bnx2x VF devices, from
Michal Schmidt.
4) We can get a divide by zero when TCP socket are morphed into
listening state, fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix socket refcounting bugs in skb_complete_wifi_ack() and
skb_complete_tx_timestamp(). From Eric Dumazet.
6) Use after free in dccp_feat_activate_values(), also from Eric
Dumazet.
7) Like bonding team needs to use ETH_MAX_MTU as netdev->max_mtu, from
Jarod Wilson.
8) Fix use after free in vrf_xmit(), from David Ahern.
9) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on IPComp ipsec packets, from
Alexey Kodanev.
10) Properly check napi_complete_done() return value in order to decide
whether to re-enable IRQs or not in amd-xgbe driver, from Thomas
Lendacky.
11) Fix double free of hwmon device in marvell phy driver, from Andrew
Lunn.
12) Don't crash on malformed netlink attributes in act_connmark, from
Etienne Noss.
13) Don't remove routes with a higher metric in ipv6 ECMP route replace,
from Sabrina Dubroca.
14) Don't write into a cloned SKB in ipv6 fragmentation handling, from
Florian Westphal.
15) Fix routing redirect races in dccp and tcp, basically the ICMP
handler can't modify the socket's cached route in it's locked by the
user at this moment. From Jon Maxwell.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (108 commits)
qed: Enable iSCSI Out-of-Order
qed: Correct out-of-bound access in OOO history
qed: Fix interrupt flags on Rx LL2
qed: Free previous connections when releasing iSCSI
qed: Fix mapping leak on LL2 rx flow
qed: Prevent creation of too-big u32-chains
qed: Align CIDs according to DORQ requirement
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVMLR max record count
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVM max record count
net: Resend IGMP memberships upon peer notification.
dccp: fix memory leak during tear-down of unsuccessful connection request
tun: fix premature POLLOUT notification on tun devices
dccp/tcp: fix routing redirect race
ucc/hdlc: fix two little issue
vxlan: fix ovs support
net: use net->count to check whether a netns is alive or not
bridge: drop netfilter fake rtable unconditionally
ipv6: avoid write to a possibly cloned skb
net: wimax/i2400m: fix NULL-deref at probe
isdn/gigaset: fix NULL-deref at probe
...
Allow TTL propagation from IP packets to MPLS packets to be
configured. Add a new optional LWT attribute, MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL, which
allows the TTL to be set in the resulting MPLS packet, with the value
of 0 having the semantics of enabling propagation of the TTL from the
IP header (i.e. non-zero values disable propagation).
Also allow the configuration to be overridden globally by reusing the
same sysctl to control whether the TTL is propagated from IP packets
into the MPLS header. If the per-LWT attribute is set then it
overrides the global configuration. If the TTL isn't propagated then a
default TTL value is used which can be configured via a new sysctl,
"net.mpls.default_ttl". This is kept separate from the configuration
of whether IP TTL propagation is enabled as it can be used in the
future when non-IP payloads are supported (i.e. where there is no
payload TTL that can be propagated).
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL
value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when
the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443
through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to
mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation.
In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets
arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy
way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without
having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done
through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl,
"net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the
per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it
overrides the global configuration.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1f48ff6c53.
This patch is not required anymore now that we keep a dummy list of
set elements in the bitmap set implementation, so revert this before
we forget this code has no clients.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of the actual interface index or name, set destination register
to just 1 or 0 depending on whether the lookup succeeded or not if
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT was set in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
this is needed by the upcoming ct helper object type --
we'd like to be able use the table family (ip, ip6, inet) to figure
out which helper has to be requested.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the nfct and nfctinfo have been combined, the nf_conn structure
must be at least 8 bytes aligned, as the 3 LSB bits are used for the
nfctinfo. But there's a fake nf_conn structure to denote untracked
connections, which is created by a PER_CPU construct. This does not
guarantee that it will be 8 bytes aligned and can break the logic in
determining the correct nfctinfo.
I triggered this on a 32bit machine with the following error:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 00000af4
IP: nf_ct_deliver_cached_events+0x1b/0xfb
*pdpt = 0000000031962001 *pde = 0000000000000000
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[Modules linked in: ip6t_REJECT nf_reject_ipv6 nf_conntrack_ipv6 nf_defrag_ipv6 ip6table_filter ip6_tables ipv6 crc_ccitt ppdev r8169 parport_pc parport
OK ]
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.10.0-test+ #75
Hardware name: MSI MS-7823/CSM-H87M-G43 (MS-7823), BIOS V1.6 02/22/2014
task: c126ec00 task.stack: c1258000
EIP: nf_ct_deliver_cached_events+0x1b/0xfb
EFLAGS: 00010202 CPU: 0
EAX: 0021cd01 EBX: 00000000 ECX: 27b0c767 EDX: 32bcb17a
ESI: f34135c0 EDI: f34135c0 EBP: f2debd60 ESP: f2debd3c
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0000 SS: 0068
CR0: 80050033 CR2: 00000af4 CR3: 309a0440 CR4: 001406f0
Call Trace:
<SOFTIRQ>
? ipv6_skip_exthdr+0xac/0xcb
ipv6_confirm+0x10c/0x119 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
nf_hook_slow+0x22/0xc7
nf_hook+0x9a/0xad [ipv6]
? ip6t_do_table+0x356/0x379 [ip6_tables]
? ip6_fragment+0x9e9/0x9e9 [ipv6]
ip6_output+0xee/0x107 [ipv6]
? ip6_fragment+0x9e9/0x9e9 [ipv6]
dst_output+0x36/0x4d [ipv6]
NF_HOOK.constprop.37+0xb2/0xba [ipv6]
? icmp6_dst_alloc+0x2c/0xfd [ipv6]
? local_bh_enable+0x14/0x14 [ipv6]
mld_sendpack+0x1c5/0x281 [ipv6]
? mark_held_locks+0x40/0x5c
mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x1f6/0x21e [ipv6]
call_timer_fn+0x135/0x283
? detach_if_pending+0x55/0x55
? mld_dad_timer_expire+0x3e/0x3e [ipv6]
__run_timers+0x111/0x14b
? mld_dad_timer_expire+0x3e/0x3e [ipv6]
run_timer_softirq+0x1c/0x36
__do_softirq+0x185/0x37c
? test_ti_thread_flag.constprop.19+0xd/0xd
do_softirq_own_stack+0x22/0x28
</SOFTIRQ>
irq_exit+0x5a/0xa4
smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x2a/0x34
apic_timer_interrupt+0x37/0x3c
By using DEFINE/DECLARE_PER_CPU_ALIGNED we can enforce at least 8 byte
alignment as all cache line sizes are at least 8 bytes or more.
Fixes: a9e419dc7b ("netfilter: merge ctinfo into nfct pointer storage area")
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, there are two different methods to store an u16 integer to
the u32 data register. For example:
u32 *dest = ®s->data[priv->dreg];
1. *dest = 0; *(u16 *) dest = val_u16;
2. *dest = val_u16;
For method 1, the u16 value will be stored like this, either in
big-endian or little-endian system:
0 15 31
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Value | 0 |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
For method 2, in little-endian system, the u16 value will be the same
as listed above. But in big-endian system, the u16 value will be stored
like this:
0 15 31
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| 0 | Value |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
So later we use "memcmp(®s->data[priv->sreg], data, 2);" to do
compare in nft_cmp, nft_lookup expr ..., method 2 will get the wrong
result in big-endian system, as 0~15 bits will always be zero.
For the similar reason, when loading an u16 value from the u32 data
register, we should use "*(u16 *) sreg;" instead of "(u16)*sreg;",
the 2nd method will get the wrong value in the big-endian system.
So introduce some wrapper functions to store/load an u8 or u16
integer to/from the u32 data register, and use them in the right
place.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce a dsa_is_normal_port helper to check if a given port is a
normal user port as opposed to a CPU port or DSA link.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the
Re-configuration Response Parameter in rfc6525 section 5.2.7.
sctp_process_strreset_resp would process the response for any
kind of reconf request, and the stream reconf is applied only
when the response result is success.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Add Incoming
Streams Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.6.
It is also to fix that it shouldn't have add streams when sending addstrm
in request, as the process in peer will handle it by sending a addstrm out
request back.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Receiver-Side Procedures for the Add Outgoing
Streams Request Parameter described in section 5.2.5.
It is also to improve sctp_chunk_lookup_strreset_param, so that it
can be used for processing addstrm_out request.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Stream Change Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.3.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the SSN/TSN
Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 6.2.4.
The process is kind of complicate, it's wonth having some comments
from section 6.2.4 in the codes.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Association Reset Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.2.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original reason [1] for having hidden qdiscs (potential scalability
issues in qdisc_match_from_root() with single linked list in case of large
amount of qdiscs) has been invalidated by 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched: convert
qdisc linked list to hashtable").
This allows us for bringing more clarity and determinism into the dump by
making default pfifo qdiscs visible.
We're not turning this on by default though, at it was deemed [2] too
intrusive / unnecessary change of default behavior towards userspace.
Instead, TCA_DUMP_INVISIBLE netlink attribute is introduced, which allows
applications to request complete qdisc hierarchy dump, including the
ones that have always been implicit/invisible.
Singleton noop_qdisc stays invisible, as teaching the whole infrastructure
about singletons would require quite some surgery with very little gain
(seeing no qdisc or seeing noop qdisc in the dump is probably setting
the same user expectation).
[1] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1460732328.10638.74.camel@edumazet-glaptop3.roam.corp.google.com
[2] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161021.105935.1907696543877061916.davem@davemloft.net
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We always pass the same event type to fib_notify() and
fib_rules_notify(), so we can safely drop this argument.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the code concerned with the FIB notification chain currently
resides in fib_trie.c, but this isn't really appropriate, as the FIB
notification chain is also used for FIB rules.
Therefore, it makes sense to move the common FIB notification code to a
separate file and have it export the relevant functions, which can be
invoked by its different users (e.g., fib_trie.c, fib_rules.c).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add VLAN action offloading. Invoke it from Spectrum flower handler for
"vlan modify" actions.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions that are returning tcp sequence number also setup
TS offset value, so rename them to better describe their purpose.
No functional changes in this patch.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lockdep issues a circular dependency warning when AFS issues an operation
through AF_RXRPC from a context in which the VFS/VM holds the mmap_sem.
The theory lockdep comes up with is as follows:
(1) If the pagefault handler decides it needs to read pages from AFS, it
calls AFS with mmap_sem held and AFS begins an AF_RXRPC call, but
creating a call requires the socket lock:
mmap_sem must be taken before sk_lock-AF_RXRPC
(2) afs_open_socket() opens an AF_RXRPC socket and binds it. rxrpc_bind()
binds the underlying UDP socket whilst holding its socket lock.
inet_bind() takes its own socket lock:
sk_lock-AF_RXRPC must be taken before sk_lock-AF_INET
(3) Reading from a TCP socket into a userspace buffer might cause a fault
and thus cause the kernel to take the mmap_sem, but the TCP socket is
locked whilst doing this:
sk_lock-AF_INET must be taken before mmap_sem
However, lockdep's theory is wrong in this instance because it deals only
with lock classes and not individual locks. The AF_INET lock in (2) isn't
really equivalent to the AF_INET lock in (3) as the former deals with a
socket entirely internal to the kernel that never sees userspace. This is
a limitation in the design of lockdep.
Fix the general case by:
(1) Double up all the locking keys used in sockets so that one set are
used if the socket is created by userspace and the other set is used
if the socket is created by the kernel.
(2) Store the kern parameter passed to sk_alloc() in a variable in the
sock struct (sk_kern_sock). This informs sock_lock_init(),
sock_init_data() and sk_clone_lock() as to the lock keys to be used.
Note that the child created by sk_clone_lock() inherits the parent's
kern setting.
(3) Add a 'kern' parameter to ->accept() that is analogous to the one
passed in to ->create() that distinguishes whether kernel_accept() or
sys_accept4() was the caller and can be passed to sk_alloc().
Note that a lot of accept functions merely dequeue an already
allocated socket. I haven't touched these as the new socket already
exists before we get the parameter.
Note also that there are a couple of places where I've made the accepted
socket unconditionally kernel-based:
irda_accept()
rds_rcp_accept_one()
tcp_accept_from_sock()
because they follow a sock_create_kern() and accept off of that.
Whilst creating this, I noticed that lustre and ocfs don't create sockets
through sock_create_kern() and thus they aren't marked as for-kernel,
though they appear to be internal. I wonder if these should do that so
that they use the new set of lock keys.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
overide||override
While we are here, fix the doubled "address" in the touched line
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt.
Also, fix the comment block style in the touched hunks in
drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-21-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__sk_dst_set() must be called while we own the socket.
We can get proper lockdep coverage using lockdep_sock_is_held()
and rcu_dereference_protected()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phil Sutter reports that IPv6 AH header matching is broken. From
userspace, nft generates bytecode that expects to find the AH header at
NFT_PAYLOAD_TRANSPORT_HEADER both for IPv4 and IPv6. However,
pktinfo->thoff is set to the inner header after the AH header in IPv6,
while in IPv4 pktinfo->thoff points to the AH header indeed. This
behaviour is inconsistent. This patch fixes this problem by updating
ipv6_find_hdr() to get the IP6_FH_F_AUTH flag so this function stops at
the AH header, so both IPv4 and IPv6 pktinfo->thoff point to the AH
header.
This is also inconsistent when trying to match encapsulated headers:
1) A packet that looks like IPv4 + AH + TCP dport 22 will *not* match.
2) A packet that looks like IPv6 + AH + TCP dport 22 will match.
Reported-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This new function consolidates set lookup via either name or ID by
introducing a new nft_set_lookup() function. Replace existing spots
where we can use this too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Support .set_cqm_rssi_range_config if the beacons are available for
processing in mac80211. There's no reason that this couldn't be
offloaded by mac80211-based drivers but there's no driver method for
that added in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the SET CQM command's RSSI threshold attribute to accept any
number of thresholds as a sorted array. The API should be backwards
compatible so that if one s32 threshold value is passed, the old
mechanism is enabled. The netlink event generated is the same in both
cases.
cfg80211 handles an arbitrary number of RSSI thresholds but drivers have
to provide a method (set_cqm_rssi_range_config) that configures a range
set by a high and a low value. Drivers have to call back when the RSSI
goes out of that range and there's no additional event for each time the
range is reconfigured as there was with the current one-threshold API.
This method doesn't have a hysteresis parameter because there's no
benefit to the cfg80211 code from having the hysteresis be handled by
hardware/driver in terms of the number of wakeups. At the same time
it would likely be less consistent between drivers if offloaded or
done in the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix double-free in batman-adv, from Sven Eckelmann.
2) Fix packet stats for fast-RX path, from Joannes Berg.
3) Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() doesn't handle request sockets
properly, fix from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix sendmsg deadlock in rxrpc, from David Howells.
5) Add missing RCU locking to transport hashtable scan, from Xin Long.
6) Fix potential packet loss in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
7) Fix race in NAPI handling between poll handlers and busy polling,
from Eric Dumazet.
8) TX path in vxlan and geneve need proper RCU locking, from Jakub
Kicinski.
9) SYN processing in DCCP and TCP need to disable BH, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Properly handle net_enable_timestamp() being invoked from IRQ
context, also from Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix crash on device-tree systems in xgene driver, from Alban Bedel.
12) Do not call sk_free() on a locked socket, from Arnaldo Carvalho de
Melo.
13) Fix use-after-free in netvsc driver, from Dexuan Cui.
14) Fix max MTU setting in bonding driver, from WANG Cong.
15) xen-netback hash table can be allocated from softirq context, so use
GFP_ATOMIC. From Anoob Soman.
16) Fix MAC address change bug in bgmac driver, from Hari Vyas.
17) strparser needs to destroy strp_wq on module exit, from WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
strparser: destroy workqueue on module exit
sfc: fix IPID endianness in TSOv2
sfc: avoid max() in array size
rds: remove unnecessary returned value check
rxrpc: Fix potential NULL-pointer exception
nfp: correct DMA direction in XDP DMA sync
nfp: don't tell FW about the reserved buffer space
net: ethernet: bgmac: mac address change bug
net: ethernet: bgmac: init sequence bug
xen-netback: don't vfree() queues under spinlock
xen-netback: keep a local pointer for vif in backend_disconnect()
netfilter: nf_tables: don't call nfnetlink_set_err() if nfnetlink_send() fails
netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: incorrect assumption on lower interval lookups
netfilter: nf_conntrack_sip: fix wrong memory initialisation
can: flexcan: fix typo in comment
can: usb_8dev: Fix memory leak of priv->cmd_msg_buffer
can: gs_usb: fix coding style
can: gs_usb: Don't use stack memory for USB transfers
ixgbe: Limit use of 2K buffers on architectures with 256B or larger cache lines
ixgbe: update the rss key on h/w, when ethtool ask for it
...
Pull misc final vfs updates from Al Viro:
"A few unrelated patches that got beating in -next.
Everything else will have to go into the next window ;-/"
* 'work.misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
hfs: fix hfs_readdir()
selftest for default_file_splice_read() infoleak
9p: constify ->d_name handling
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Missing check for full sock in ip_route_me_harder(), from
Florian Westphal.
2) Incorrect sip helper structure initilization that breaks it when
several ports are used, from Christophe Leroy.
3) Fix incorrect assumption when looking up for matching with adjacent
intervals in the nft_set_rbtree.
4) Fix broken netlink event error reporting in nf_tables that results
in misleading ESRCH errors propagated to userspace listeners.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The underlying nlmsg_multicast() already sets sk->sk_err for us to
notify socket overruns, so we should not do anything with this return
value. So we just call nfnetlink_set_err() if:
1) We fail to allocate the netlink message.
or
2) We don't have enough space in the netlink message to place attributes,
which means that we likely need to allocate a larger message.
Before this patch, the internal ESRCH netlink error code was propagated
to userspace, which is quite misleading. Netlink semantics mandate that
listeners just hit ENOBUFS if the socket buffer overruns.
Reported-by: Alexander Alemayhu <alexander@alemayhu.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Alemayhu <alexander@alemayhu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When handling problems in cloning a socket with the sk_clone_locked()
function we need to perform several steps that were open coded in it and
its callers, so introduce a routine to avoid this duplication:
sk_free_unlock_clone().
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/net-ui6laqkotycunhtmqryl9bfx@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't actually need the full rculist.h header in sched.h anymore,
we will be able to include the smaller rcupdate.h header instead.
But first update code that relied on the implicit header inclusion.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fix up affected files that include this signal functionality via sched.h.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.
Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
We are going to split <linux/sched/clock.h> out of <linux/sched.h>, which
will have to be picked up from other headers and .c files.
Create a trivial placeholder <linux/sched/clock.h> file that just
maps to <linux/sched.h> to make this patch obviously correct and
bisectable.
Include the new header in the files that are going to need it.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
disassocation||disassociation
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-27-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
an user||a user
an userspace||a userspace
I also added "userspace" to the list since it is a common word in Linux.
I found some instances for "an userfaultfd", but I did not add it to the
list. I felt it is endless to find words that start with "user" such as
"userland" etc., so must draw a line somewhere.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-4-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support TX_RING in AF_PACKET TPACKET_V3 mode, from Sowmini
Varadhan.
2) Simplify classifier state on sk_buff in order to shrink it a bit.
From Willem de Bruijn.
3) Introduce SIPHASH and it's usage for secure sequence numbers and
syncookies. From Jason A. Donenfeld.
4) Reduce CPU usage for ICMP replies we are going to limit or
suppress, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
5) Introduce Shared Memory Communications socket layer, from Ursula
Braun.
6) Add RACK loss detection and allow it to actually trigger fast
recovery instead of just assisting after other algorithms have
triggered it. From Yuchung Cheng.
7) Add xmit_more and BQL support to mvneta driver, from Simon Guinot.
8) skb_cow_data avoidance in esp4 and esp6, from Steffen Klassert.
9) Export MPLS packet stats via netlink, from Robert Shearman.
10) Significantly improve inet port bind conflict handling, especially
when an application is restarted and changes it's setting of
reuseport. From Josef Bacik.
11) Implement TX batching in vhost_net, from Jason Wang.
12) Extend the dummy device so that VF (virtual function) features,
such as configuration, can be more easily tested. From Phil
Sutter.
13) Avoid two atomic ops per page on x86 in bnx2x driver, from Eric
Dumazet.
14) Add new bpf MAP, implementing a longest prefix match trie. From
Daniel Mack.
15) Packet sample offloading support in mlxsw driver, from Yotam Gigi.
16) Add new aquantia driver, from David VomLehn.
17) Add bpf tracepoints, from Daniel Borkmann.
18) Add support for port mirroring to b53 and bcm_sf2 drivers, from
Florian Fainelli.
19) Remove custom busy polling in many drivers, it is done in the core
networking since 4.5 times. From Eric Dumazet.
20) Support XDP adjust_head in virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
21) Fix several major holes in neighbour entry confirmation, from
Julian Anastasov.
22) Add XDP support to bnxt_en driver, from Michael Chan.
23) VXLAN offloads for enic driver, from Govindarajulu Varadarajan.
24) Add IPVTAP driver (IP-VLAN based tap driver) from Sainath Grandhi.
25) Support GRO in IPSEC protocols, from Steffen Klassert"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1764 commits)
Revert "ath10k: Search SMBIOS for OEM board file extension"
net: socket: fix recvmmsg not returning error from sock_error
bnxt_en: use eth_hw_addr_random()
bpf: fix unlocking of jited image when module ronx not set
arch: add ARCH_HAS_SET_MEMORY config
net: napi_watchdog() can use napi_schedule_irqoff()
tcp: Revert "tcp: tcp_probe: use spin_lock_bh()"
net/hsr: use eth_hw_addr_random()
net: mvpp2: enable building on 64-bit platforms
net: mvpp2: switch to build_skb() in the RX path
net: mvpp2: simplify MVPP2_PRS_RI_* definitions
net: mvpp2: fix indentation of MVPP2_EXT_GLOBAL_CTRL_DEFAULT
net: mvpp2: remove unused register definitions
net: mvpp2: simplify mvpp2_bm_bufs_add()
net: mvpp2: drop useless fields in mvpp2_bm_pool and related code
net: mvpp2: remove unused 'tx_skb' field of 'struct mvpp2_tx_queue'
net: mvpp2: release reference to txq_cpu[] entry after unmapping
net: mvpp2: handle too large value in mvpp2_rx_time_coal_set()
net: mvpp2: handle too large value handling in mvpp2_rx_pkts_coal_set()
net: mvpp2: remove useless arguments in mvpp2_rx_{pkts, time}_coal_set
...
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- Implement wraparound-safe refcount_t and kref_t types based on
generic atomic primitives (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve and fix the ww_mutex code (Nicolai Hähnle)
- Add self-tests to the ww_mutex code (Chris Wilson)
- Optimize percpu-rwsems with the 'rcuwait' mechanism (Davidlohr
Bueso)
- Micro-optimize the current-task logic all around the core kernel
(Davidlohr Bueso)
- Tidy up after recent optimizations: remove stale code and APIs,
clean up the code (Waiman Long)
- ... plus misc fixes, updates and cleanups"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (50 commits)
fork: Fix task_struct alignment
locking/spinlock/debug: Remove spinlock lockup detection code
lockdep: Fix incorrect condition to print bug msgs for MAX_LOCKDEP_CHAIN_HLOCKS
lkdtm: Convert to refcount_t testing
kref: Implement 'struct kref' using refcount_t
refcount_t: Introduce a special purpose refcount type
sched/wake_q: Clarify queue reinit comment
sched/wait, rcuwait: Fix typo in comment
locking/mutex: Fix lockdep_assert_held() fail
locking/rtmutex: Flip unlikely() branch to likely() in __rt_mutex_slowlock()
locking/rwsem: Reinit wake_q after use
locking/rwsem: Remove unnecessary atomic_long_t casts
jump_labels: Move header guard #endif down where it belongs
locking/atomic, kref: Implement kref_put_lock()
locking/ww_mutex: Turn off __must_check for now
locking/atomic, kref: Avoid more abuse
locking/atomic, kref: Use kref_get_unless_zero() more
locking/atomic, kref: Kill kref_sub()
locking/atomic, kref: Add kref_read()
locking/atomic, kref: Add KREF_INIT()
...
This patch is to add support for MSG_MORE on sctp.
It adds force_delay in sctp_datamsg to save MSG_MORE, and sets it after
creating datamsg according to the send flag. sctp_packet_can_append_data
then uses it to decide if the chunks of this msg will be sent at once or
delay it.
Note that unlike [1], this patch saves MSG_MORE in datamsg, instead of
in assoc. As sctp enqueues the chunks first, then dequeue them one by
one. If it's saved in assoc,the current msg's send flag (MSG_MORE) may
affect other chunks' bundling.
Since last patch, sctp flush out queue once assoc state falls into
SHUTDOWN_PENDING, the close block problem mentioned in [1] has been
solved as well.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/372404/
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when sending a packet, sctp_transport_dst_check will check if dst
is obsolete by calling ipv4/ip6_dst_check. But they return obsolete
only when adding a new cache, after that when the cache's pmtu is
updated again, it will not trigger transport->dst/pmtu's update.
It can be reproduced by reducing route's pmtu twice. At the 1st time
client will add a new cache, and transport->pathmtu gets updated as
sctp_transport_dst_check finds it's obsolete. But at the 2nd time,
cache's mtu is updated, sctp client will never send out any packet,
because transport->pmtu has no chance to update.
This patch is to fix this by also checking if transport pmtu is dst
mtu in sctp_transport_dst_check, so that transport->pmtu can be
updated on time.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add reconf chunk event based on the sctp event
frame in rx path, it will call sctp_sf_do_reconf to process the
reconf chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a function to process the incoming reconf chunk,
in which it verifies the chunk, and traverses the param and process
it with the right function one by one.
sctp_sf_do_reconf would be the process function of reconf chunk event.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a function sctp_verify_reconf to do some length
check and multi-params check for sctp stream reconf according to rfc6525
section 3.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Incoming
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.3.
It's also to move str_list endian conversion out of sctp_make_strreset_req,
so that sctp_make_strreset_req can be used more conveniently to process
inreq.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Outgoing
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.2.
Note that some checks must be after request_seq check, as even those
checks fail, strreset_inseq still has to be increase by 1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Stream Reset Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define Re-configuration Response Parameter described
in rfc6525 section 4.4. As optional fields are only for SSN/TSN Reset
Request Parameter, it uses another function to make that.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is no way of querying whether a filter is
offloaded to HW or not when using "both" policy (where none
of skip_sw or skip_hw flags are set by user-space).
Add two new flags, "in hw" and "not in hw" such that user
space can determine if a filter is actually offloaded to
hw or not. The "in hw" UAPI semantics was chosen so it's
similar to the "skip hw" flag logic.
If none of these two flags are set, this signals running
over older kernel.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-16
1) Make struct xfrm_input_afinfo const, nothing writes to it.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Remove all places that write to the afinfo policy backend
and make the struct const then.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Prepare for packet consuming gro callbacks and add
ESP GRO handlers. ESP packets can be decapsulated
at the GRO layer then. It saves a round through
the stack for each ESP packet.
Please note that this has a merge coflict between commit
63fca65d08 ("net: add confirm_neigh method to dst_ops")
from net-next and
3d7d25a68e ("xfrm: policy: remove garbage_collect callback")
a2817d8b27 ("xfrm: policy: remove family field")
from ipsec-next.
The conflict can be solved as it is done in linux-next.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes broken build for !NET_CLS:
net/built-in.o: In function `fq_codel_destroy':
/home/sab/linux/net-next/net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:468: undefined reference to `tcf_destroy_chain'
Fixes: cf1facda2f ("sched: move tcf_proto_destroy and tcf_destroy_chain helpers into cls_api")
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO ifrastructure and callbacks for ESP on
ipv4 and ipv6.
In case the GRO layer detects an ESP packet, the
esp{4,6}_gro_receive() function does a xfrm state lookup
and calls the xfrm input layer if it finds a matching state.
The packet will be decapsulated and reinjected it into layer 2.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We need to keep per packet offloading informations across
the layers. So we extend the sec_path to carry these for
the input and output offload codepath.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add a new helper to set the secpath to the skb.
This avoids code duplication, as this is used
in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Commit 79e7fff47b ("net: remove support for per driver
ndo_busy_poll()") made them obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, most relevantly they are:
1) Extend nft_exthdr to allow to match TCP options bitfields, from
Manuel Messner.
2) Allow to check if IPv6 extension header is present in nf_tables,
from Phil Sutter.
3) Allow to set and match conntrack zone in nf_tables, patches from
Florian Westphal.
4) Several patches for the nf_tables set infrastructure, this includes
cleanup and preparatory patches to add the new bitmap set type.
5) Add optional ruleset generation ID check to nf_tables and allow to
delete rules that got no public handle yet via NFTA_RULE_ID. These
patches add the missing kernel infrastructure to support rule
deletion by description from userspace.
6) Missing NFT_SET_OBJECT flag to select the right backend when sets
stores an object map.
7) A couple of cleanups for the expectation and SIP helper, from Gao
feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new attribute allows us to uniquely identify a rule in transaction.
Robots may trigger an insertion followed by deletion in a batch, in that
scenario we still don't have a public rule handle that we can use to
delete the rule. This is similar to the NFTA_SET_ID attribute that
allows us to refer to an anonymous set from a batch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After the dst->pending_confirm flag was removed, we do not
need anymore to provide dst arg to dst_neigh_output.
So, rename it to neigh_output as before commit 5110effee8
("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.").
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sqkq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-02-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some more updates:
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Including phy.h and phy_fixed.h into net/dsa.h causes phy*.h to be an
unnecessary dependency for quite a large amount of the kernel. There's
very little which actually requires definitions from phy.h in net/dsa.h
- the include itself only wants the declaration of a couple of
structures and IFNAMSIZ.
Add linux/if.h for IFNAMSIZ, declarations for the structures, phy.h to
mv88e6xxx.h as it needs it for phy_interface_t, and remove both phy.h
and phy_fixed.h from net/dsa.h.
This patch reduces from around 800 files rebuilt to around 40 - even
with ccache, the time difference is noticable.
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This command could be useful to inc/dec fields.
For example, to forward any TCP packet and decrease its TTL:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower ip_proto tcp \
action pedit munge ip ttl add 0xff pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
In the example above, adding 0xff to this u8 field is actually
decreasing it by one, since the operation is masked.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend pedit to enable the user setting offset relative to network
headers. This change would enable to work with more complex header
schemes (vs the simple IPv4 case) where setting a fixed offset relative
to the network header is not enough.
After this patch, the action has information about the exact header type
and field inside this header. This information could be used later on
for hardware offloading of pedit.
Backward compatibility was being kept:
1. Old kernel <-> new userspace
2. New kernel <-> old userspace
3. add rule using new userspace <-> dump using old userspace
4. add rule using old userspace <-> dump using new userspace
When using the extended api, new netlink attributes are being used. This
way, operation will fail in (1) and (3) - and no malformed rule be added
or dumped. Of course, new user space that doesn't need the new
functionality can use the old netlink attributes and operation will
succeed.
Since action can support both api's, (2) should work, and it is easy to
write the new user space to have (4) work.
The action is having a strict check that only header types and commands
it can handle are accepted. This way future additions will be much
easier.
Usage example:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto tcp \
dst_port 80 \
action pedit munge tcp dport set 8080 pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
Will forward tcp port whose original dest port is 80, while modifying
the destination port to 8080.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload the mc router ports list, whenever it is being changed.
It is done because in some cases mc packets needs to be flooded to all
the ports in this list.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload multicast disabled flag, for more accurate mc flood behavior:
When it is on, the mdb should be ignored.
When it is off, unregistered mc packets should be flooded to mc router
ports.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creation is done in this file, move destruction to be at the same place.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function destroys TC filter protocol, not TC filter. So name it
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB notification chain currently uses the NLM_F_{REPLACE,APPEND}
flags to signal routes being replaced or appended.
Instead of using netlink flags for in-kernel notifications we can simply
introduce two new events in the FIB notification chain. This has the
added advantage of making the API cleaner, thereby making it clear that
these events should be supported by listeners of the notification chain.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Sender-Side Procedures for the Add
Outgoing and Incoming Streams Request Parameter described in
rfc6525 section 5.1.5-5.1.6.
It is also to add sockopt SCTP_ADD_STREAMS in rfc6525 section
6.3.4 for users.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define Add Incoming/Outgoing Streams Request
Parameter described in rfc6525 section 4.5 and 4.6. They can
be in one same chunk trunk as rfc6525 section 3.1-7 describes,
so make them in one function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Sender-Side Procedures for the SSN/TSN
Reset Request Parameter descibed in rfc6525 section 5.1.4.
It is also to add sockopt SCTP_RESET_ASSOC in rfc6525 section 6.3.3
for users.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define SSN/TSN Reset Request Parameter described
in rfc6525 section 4.3.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense.
The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the
default bit and other bits are set at the same time.
To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy
configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported.
This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on
which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements
to "bands", to make things clearer.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only needed it to register the policy backend at init time.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Just call xfrm_garbage_collect_deferred() directly.
This gets rid of a write to afinfo in register/unregister and allows to
constify afinfo later on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Nothing checks the return value. Also, the errors returned on unregister
are impossible (we only support INET and INET6, so no way
xfrm_policy_afinfo[afinfo->family] can be anything other than 'afinfo'
itself).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Nothing writes to these structures (the module owner was not used).
While at it, size xfrm_input_afinfo[] by the highest existing xfrm family
(INET6), not AF_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When a multipath route is hit the kernel doesn't consider nexthops that
are DEAD or LINKDOWN when IN_DEV_IGNORE_ROUTES_WITH_LINKDOWN is set.
Devices that offload multipath routes need to be made aware of nexthop
status changes. Otherwise, the device will keep forwarding packets to
non-functional nexthops.
Add the FIB_EVENT_NH_{ADD,DEL} events to the fib notification chain,
which notify capable devices when they should add or delete a nexthop
from their tables.
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have many gro cells users, so lets move the code to avoid
duplication.
This creates a CONFIG_GRO_CELLS option.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An error was reported upgrading to 4.9.8:
root@Typhoon:~# ip route add default table 210 nexthop dev eth0 via 10.68.64.1
weight 1 nexthop dev eth0 via 10.68.64.2 weight 1
RTNETLINK answers: Operation not supported
The problem occurs when CONFIG_LWTUNNEL is not enabled and a multipath
route is submitted.
The point of lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr is catch modules that
need to be loaded before any references are taken with rntl held. With
CONFIG_LWTUNNEL disabled, there will be no modules to load so the
lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr stub should just return 0.
Fixes: 9ed59592e3 ("lwtunnel: fix autoload of lwt modules")
Reported-by: pupilla@libero.it
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The space notation allows us to classify the set backend implementation
based on the amount of required memory. This provides an order of the
set representation scalability in terms of memory. The size field is
still left in place so use this if the userspace provides no explicit
number of elements, so we cannot calculate the real memory that this set
needs. This also helps us break ties in the set backend selection
routine, eg. two backend implementations provide the same performance.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use lookup as field name instead, to prepare the introduction of the
memory class in a follow up patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This provides context to walk callback iterator, thus, we know if the
walk happens from the set flush path. This is required by the new bitmap
set type coming in a follow up patch which has no real struct
nft_set_ext, so it has to allocate it based on the two bit compact
element representation.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Although semantics are similar to deactivate() with no implicit element
lookup, this is only called from the set flush path, so better rename
this to flush().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Update the drivers to pass the RSSI level as a cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
parameter and pass this value to userspace in a new nl80211 attribute.
This helps both userspace and also helps in the implementation of the
multiple RSSI thresholds CQM mechanism.
Note for marvell/mwifiex I pass 0 for the RSSI value because the new
RSSI value is not available to the driver at the time of the
cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify call, but the driver queries the new value
immediately after that, so it is actually available just a moment later
if we wanted to defer caling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify until that moment.
Without this, the new cfg80211 code (patch 3) will call .get_station
which will send a duplicate HostCmd_CMD_RSSI_INFO command to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that
this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if
available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives
events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement
is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time
(parameter is 0).
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the benefit of drivers that rebuild IEs in firmware, parse the
IEs for HT/VHT capabilities and the respective membership selector
in the (extended) supported rates. This avoids duplicating the same
code into all drivers that need this information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The conflict was an interaction between a bug fix in the
netvsc driver in 'net' and an optimization of the RX path
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__packed is considered harmful as it potentially generates code that
doesn't perform well and its usage should be avoided as much as
possible.
This patch drops __packed from all SCTP structures except one, which is
sctp_signed_cookie. In there it's required, as per changelog on
commit 9834a2bb49 ("[SCTP]: Fix sctp_cookie alignment in the packet.").
After this patch, no alignment changes neither in x86 or x86_64 and
no exceptions were noticed during testing on both archs.
Code size for SCTP module also didn't change with this patch.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As last step, we can remove the pending_confirm flag.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Fixes: 5110effee8 ("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.")
Fixes: f2bb4bedf3 ("ipv4: Cache output routes in fib_info nexthops.")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add confirm_neigh method to dst_ops and use it from IPv4 and IPv6
to lookup and confirm the neighbour. Its usage via the new helper
dst_confirm_neigh() should be restricted to MSG_PROBE users for
performance reasons.
For XFRM prefer the last tunnel address, if present. With help
from Steffen Klassert.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new transport flag to allow sockets to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
The flag is propagated from transport to every packet.
It is reset when cached dst is reset.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Fixes: 5110effee8 ("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.")
Fixes: f2bb4bedf3 ("ipv4: Cache output routes in fib_info nexthops.")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new skbuff flag to allow protocols to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
Add sock_confirm_neigh() helper to confirm the neighbour and
use it for IPv4, IPv6 and VRF before dst_neigh_output.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sock flag to allow sockets to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As not all call paths lock the socket use full word for
the flag.
Add sk_dst_confirm as replacement for dst_confirm when
called for received packets.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry reported that UDP sockets being destroyed would trigger the
WARN_ON(atomic_read(&sk->sk_rmem_alloc)); in inet_sock_destruct()
It turns out we do not properly destroy skb(s) that have wrong UDP
checksum.
Thanks again to syzkaller team.
Fixes : 7c13f97ffd ("udp: do fwd memory scheduling on dequeue")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to use the new DSA API with platform data. Most of the
code in net/dsa/dsa2.c does not rely so much on device_nodes and can get
the same information from platform_data instead.
We purposely do not support distributed configurations with platform
data, so drivers should be providing a pointer to a 'struct
dsa_chip_data' structure if they wish to communicate per-port layout.
Multiple CPUs port could potentially be supported and dsa_chip_data is
extended to receive up to one reference to an upstream network device
per port described by a dsa_chip_data structure.
dsa_dev_to_net_device() increments the network device's reference count,
so we intentionally call dev_put() to be consistent with the DT-enabled
path, until we have a generic notifier based solution.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for using this function in net/dsa/dsa2.c, rename the function
to make its scope DSA specific, and export it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A slave device will now notify the switch fabric once its port is
bridged or unbridged, instead of calling directly its switch operations.
This code allows propagating cross-chip bridging events in the fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a notifier block per DSA switch, registered against a notifier head
in the switch fabric they belong to.
This infrastructure will allow to propagate fabric-wide events such as
port bridging, VLAN configuration, etc. If a DSA switch driver cares
about cross-chip configuration, such events can be caught.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change ip6_route_multipath_add to send one notifciation with the full
route encoded with RTA_MULTIPATH instead of a series of individual routes.
This is done by adding a skip_notify flag to the nl_info struct. The
flag is used to skip sending of the notification in the fib code that
actually inserts the route. Once the full route has been added, a
notification is generated with all nexthops.
ip6_route_multipath_add handles 3 use cases: new routes, route replace,
and route append. The multipath notification generated needs to be
consistent with the order of the nexthops and it should be consistent
with the order in a FIB dump which means the route with the first nexthop
needs to be used as the route reference. For the first 2 cases (new and
replace), a reference to the route used to send the notification is
obtained by saving the first route added. For the append case, the last
route added is used to loop back to its first sibling route which is
the first nexthop in the multipath route.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 allows multipath routes to be deleted using just the prefix and
length. For example:
$ ip ro ls vrf red
unreachable default metric 8192
1.1.1.0/24
nexthop via 10.100.1.254 dev eth1 weight 1
nexthop via 10.11.200.2 dev eth11.200 weight 1
10.11.200.0/24 dev eth11.200 proto kernel scope link src 10.11.200.3
10.100.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.100.1.3
$ ip ro del 1.1.1.0/24 vrf red
$ ip ro ls vrf red
unreachable default metric 8192
10.11.200.0/24 dev eth11.200 proto kernel scope link src 10.11.200.3
10.100.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.100.1.3
The same notation does not work with IPv6 because of how multipath routes
are implemented for IPv6. For IPv6 only the first nexthop of a multipath
route is deleted if the request contains only a prefix and length. This
leads to unnecessary complexity in userspace dealing with IPv6 multipath
routes.
This patch allows all nexthops to be deleted without specifying each one
in the delete request. Internally, this is done by walking the sibling
list of the route matching the specifications given (prefix, length,
metric, protocol, etc).
$ ip -6 ro ls vrf red
2001:db8:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:200::/120 via 2001:db8:1::2 dev eth1 metric 1024 pref medium
2001:db8:200::/120 via 2001:db8:2::2 dev eth2 metric 1024 pref medium
...
$ ip -6 ro del vrf red 2001:db8:200::/120
$ ip -6 ro ls vrf red
2001:db8:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
...
Because IPv6 allows individual nexthops to be deleted without deleting
the entire route, the ip6_route_multipath_del and non-multipath code
path (ip6_route_del) have to be discriminated so that all nexthops are
only deleted for the latter case. This is done by making the existing
fc_type in fib6_config a u16 and then adding a new u16 field with
fc_delete_all_nh as the first bit.
Suggested-by: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller found another out of bound access in ip_options_compile(),
or more exactly in cipso_v4_validate()
Fixes: 20e2a86485 ("cipso: handle CIPSO options correctly when NetLabel is disabled")
Fixes: 446fda4f26 ("[NetLabel]: CIPSOv4 engine")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Stash ctinfo 3-bit field into pointer to nf_conntrack object from
sk_buff so we only access one single cacheline in the conntrack
hotpath. Patchset from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't leak pointer to internal structures when exporting x_tables
ruleset back to userspace, from Willem DeBruijn. This includes new
helper functions to copy data to userspace such as xt_data_to_user()
as well as conversions of our ip_tables, ip6_tables and arp_tables
clients to use it. Not surprinsingly, ebtables requires an ad-hoc
update. There is also a new field in x_tables extensions to indicate
the amount of bytes that we copy to userspace.
3) Add nf_log_all_netns sysctl: This new knob allows you to enable
logging via nf_log infrastructure for all existing netnamespaces.
Given the effort to provide pernet syslog has been discontinued,
let's provide a way to restore logging using netfilter kernel logging
facilities in trusted environments. Patch from Michal Kubecek.
4) Validate SCTP checksum from conntrack helper, from Davide Caratti.
5) Merge UDPlite conntrack and NAT helpers into UDP, this was mostly
a copy&paste from the original helper, from Florian Westphal.
6) Reset netfilter state when duplicating packets, also from Florian.
7) Remove unnecessary check for broadcast in IPv6 in pkttype match and
nft_meta, from Liping Zhang.
8) Add missing code to deal with loopback packets from nft_meta when
used by the netdev family, also from Liping.
9) Several cleanups on nf_tables, one to remove unnecessary check from
the netlink control plane path to add table, set and stateful objects
and code consolidation when unregister chain hooks, from Gao Feng.
10) Fix harmless reference counter underflow in IPVS that, however,
results in problems with the introduction of the new refcount_t
type, from David Windsor.
11) Enable LIBCRC32C from nf_ct_sctp instead of nf_nat_sctp,
from Davide Caratti.
12) Missing documentation on nf_tables uapi header, from Liping Zhang.
13) Use rb_entry() helper in xt_connlimit, from Geliang Tang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver that offloads flower rules needs to know with which priority
user inserted the rules. So add this information into offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New ip_tunnel_info flag to represent bridged tunnel metadata.
Used by bridge driver later in the series to pass per vlan dst
metadata to bridge ports.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the encode/decode functionality from the ife module instead of using
implementation inside the act_ife.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This module is responsible for the ife encapsulation protocol
encode/decode logics. That module can:
- ife_encode: encode skb and reserve space for the ife meta header
- ife_decode: decode skb and extract the meta header size
- ife_tlv_meta_encode - encodes one tlv entry into the reserved ife
header space.
- ife_tlv_meta_decode - decodes one tlv entry from the packet
- ife_tlv_meta_next - advance to the next tlv
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the function ife_tlv_meta_encode is not used by any other module,
unexport it and make it static for the act_ife module.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 69b34fb996 ("netfilter: xt_LOG: add net namespace support for
xt_LOG") disabled logging packets using the LOG target from non-init
namespaces. The motivation was to prevent containers from flooding
kernel log of the host. The plan was to keep it that way until syslog
namespace implementation allows containers to log in a safe way.
However, the work on syslog namespace seems to have hit a dead end
somewhere in 2013 and there are users who want to use xt_LOG in all
network namespaces. This patch allows to do so by setting
/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log_all_netns
to a nonzero value. This sysctl is only accessible from init_net so that
one cannot switch the behaviour from inside a container.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, the ip_vs_dest cache frees ip_vs_dest objects when their
reference count becomes < 0. Aside from not being semantically sound,
this is problematic for the new type refcount_t, which will be introduced
shortly in a separate patch. refcount_t is the new kernel type for
holding reference counts, and provides overflow protection and a
constrained interface relative to atomic_t (the type currently being
used for kernel reference counts).
Per Julian Anastasov: "The problem is that dest_trash currently holds
deleted dests (unlinked from RCU lists) with refcnt=0." Changing
dest_trash to hold dest with refcnt=1 will allow us to free ip_vs_dest
structs when their refcnt=0, in ip_vs_dest_put_and_free().
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After this change conntrack operations (lookup, creation, matching from
ruleset) only access one instead of two sk_buff cache lines.
This works for normal conntracks because those are allocated from a slab
that guarantees hw cacheline or 8byte alignment (whatever is larger)
so the 3 bits needed for ctinfo won't overlap with nf_conn addresses.
Template allocation now does manual address alignment (see previous change)
on arches that don't have sufficent kmalloc min alignment.
Some spots intentionally use skb->_nfct instead of skb_nfct() helpers,
this is to avoid undoing the skb_nfct() use when we remove untracked
conntrack object in the future.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The next change will merge skb->nfct pointer and skb->nfctinfo
status bits into single skb->_nfct (unsigned long) area.
For this to work nf_conn addresses must always be aligned at least on
an 8 byte boundary since we will need the lower 3bits to store nfctinfo.
Conntrack templates are allocated via kmalloc.
kbuild test robot reported
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: NFCT_INFOMASK >= ARCH_KMALLOC_MINALIGN
on v1 of this patchset, so not all platforms meet this requirement.
Do manual alignment if needed, the alignment offset is stored in the
nf_conn entry protocol area. This works because templates are not
handed off to L4 protocol trackers.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a helper to assign a nf_conn entry and the ctinfo bits to an sk_buff.
This avoids changing code in followup patch that merges skb->nfct and
skb->nfctinfo into skb->_nfct.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Followup patch renames skb->nfct and changes its type so add a helper to
avoid intrusive rename change later.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Next patch makes direct skb->nfct access illegal, reduce noise
in next patch by using accessors we already have.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It is never accessed for reading and the only places that write to it
are the icmp(6) handlers, which also set skb->nfct (and skb->nfctinfo).
The conntrack core specifically checks for attached skb->nfct after
->error() invocation and returns early in this case.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-01
1) Some typo fixes, from Alexander Alemayhu.
2) Don't acquire state lock in get_mtu functions.
The only rece against a dead state does not matter.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Remove xfrm4_state_fini, it is unused for more than
10 years. From Florian Westphal.
4) Various rcu usage improvements. From Florian Westphal.
5) Properly handle crypto arrors in ah4/ah6.
From Gilad Ben-Yossef.
6) Try to avoid skb linearization in esp4 and esp6.
7) The esp trailer is now set up in different places,
add a helper for this.
8) With the upcomming usage of gro_cells in IPsec,
a gro merged skb can have a secpath. Drop it
before freeing or reusing the skb.
9) Add a xfrm dummy network device for napi. With
this we can use gro_cells from within xfrm,
it allows IPsec GRO without impact on the generic
networking code.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_make_flowlabel() determines the flow label for IPv6 packets. It's
supposed to be passed a flow label, which it returns as is if non-0 and
in some other cases, otherwise it calculates a new value.
The problem is callers often pass a flowi6.flowlabel, which may also
contain traffic class bits. If the traffic class is non-0
ip6_make_flowlabel() mistakes the non-0 it gets as a flow label and
returns the whole thing. Thus it can return a 'flow label' longer than
20b and the low 20b of that is typically 0 resulting in packets with 0
label. Moreover, different packets of a flow may be labeled differently.
For a TCP flow with ECN non-payload and payload packets get different
labels as exemplified by this pair of consecutive packets:
(pure ACK)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0000 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x00 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: Not-ECT)
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..00 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: Not ECN-Capable Transport (0)
.... .... .... 0001 1100 1110 0100 1001 = Flow Label: 0x1ce49
Payload Length: 32
Next Header: TCP (6)
(payload)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0010 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x02 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: ECT(0))
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..10 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: ECN-Capable Transport codepoint '10' (2)
.... .... .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 = Flow Label: 0x00000
Payload Length: 688
Next Header: TCP (6)
This patch allows ip6_make_flowlabel() to be passed more than just a
flow label and has it extract the part it really wants. This was simpler
than modifying the callers. With this patch packets like the above become
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0000 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x00 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: Not-ECT)
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..00 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: Not ECN-Capable Transport (0)
.... .... .... 1010 1111 1010 0101 1110 = Flow Label: 0xafa5e
Payload Length: 32
Next Header: TCP (6)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0010 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x02 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: ECT(0))
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..10 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: ECN-Capable Transport codepoint '10' (2)
.... .... .... 1010 1111 1010 0101 1110 = Flow Label: 0xafa5e
Payload Length: 688
Next Header: TCP (6)
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dmichail@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch
drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall
classifier. We add support for two switch operations:
port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port
basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier.
Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing about lwt state requires a device reference, so remove the
input argument.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets arriving in a VRF currently are delivered to UDP sockets that
aren't bound to any interface. TCP defaults to not delivering packets
arriving in a VRF to unbound sockets. IP route lookup and socket
transmit both assume that unbound means using the default table and
UDP applications that haven't been changed to be aware of VRFs may not
function correctly in this case since they may not be able to handle
overlapping IP address ranges, or be able to send packets back to the
original sender if required.
So add a sysctl, udp_l3mdev_accept, to control this behaviour with it
being analgous to the existing tcp_l3mdev_accept, namely to allow a
process to have a VRF-global listen socket. Have this default to off
as this is the behaviour that users will expect, given that there is
no explicit mechanism to set unmodified VRF-unaware application into a
default VRF.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the
plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already
unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to
NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation.
Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting
the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers
to adjust their port based VLANs correctly.
Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so
that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly,
and do not need to cache it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the bridge_dev pointer from dsa_slave_priv to dsa_port so that DSA
drivers can access this information and remove the need to cache it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the physical switch instance and port index a DSA port belongs to to
the dsa_port structure.
That can be used later to retrieve information about a physical port
when configuring a switch fabric, or lighten up struct dsa_slave_priv.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a
zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch
structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that.
This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS
as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA
drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slava Shwartsman reported a warning in skb_try_coalesce(), when we
detect skb->truesize is completely wrong.
In his case, issue came from IPv6 reassembly coping with malicious
datagrams, that forced various pskb_may_pull() to reallocate a bigger
skb->head than the one allocated by NIC driver before entering GRO
layer.
Current code does not change skb->truesize, leaving this burden to
callers if they care enough.
Blindly changing skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head() is not
easy, as some producers might track skb->truesize, for example
in xmit path for back pressure feedback (sk->sk_wmem_alloc)
We can detect the cases where it should be safe to change
skb->truesize :
1) skb is not attached to a socket.
2) If it is attached to a socket, destructor is sock_edemux()
My audit gave only two callers doing their own skb->truesize
manipulation.
I had to remove skb parameter in sock_edemux macro when
CONFIG_INET is not set to avoid a compile error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Slava Shwartsman <slavash@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike ipv4, this control socket is shared by all cpus so we cannot use
it as scratchpad area to annotate the mark that we pass to ip6_xmit().
Add a new parameter to ip6_xmit() to indicate the mark. The SCTP socket
family caches the flowi6 structure in the sctp_transport structure, so
we cannot use to carry the mark unless we later on reset it back, which
I discarded since it looks ugly to me.
Fixes: bf99b4ded5 ("tcp: fix mark propagation with fwmark_reflect enabled")
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address generation mode for IPv6 link-local can only be configured
by netlink messages. This patch adds the ability to change the address
generation mode via sysctl.
v1 -> v2
Removed the rtnl lock and switch to use RCU lock to iterate through
the netdev list.
v2 -> v3
Removed the addrgenmode variable from the idev structure and use the
systcl storage for the flag.
Simplifed the logic for sysctl handling by removing the supported
for all operation.
Added support for more types of tunnel interfaces for link-local
address generation.
Based the patches from net-next.
v3 -> v4
Removed unnecessary whitespace changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Jia <felix.jia@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with
device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a
struct device_node.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains a large batch with Netfilter fixes for
your net tree, they are:
1) Two patches to solve conntrack garbage collector cpu hogging, one to
remove GC_MAX_EVICTS and another to look at the ratio (scanned entries
vs. evicted entries) to make a decision on whether to reduce or not
the scanning interval. From Florian Westphal.
2) Two patches to fix incorrect set element counting if NLM_F_EXCL is
is not set. Moreover, don't decrenent set->nelems from abort patch
if -ENFILE which leaks a spare slot in the set. This includes a
patch to deconstify the set walk callback to update set->ndeact.
3) Two fixes for the fwmark_reflect sysctl feature: Propagate mark to
reply packets both from nf_reject and local stack, from Pau Espin Pedrol.
4) Fix incorrect handling of loopback traffic in rpfilter and nf_tables
fib expression, from Liping Zhang.
5) Fix oops on stateful objects netlink dump, when no filter is specified.
Also from Liping Zhang.
6) Fix a build error if proc is not available in ipt_CLUSTERIP, related
to fix that was applied in the previous batch for net. From Arnd Bergmann.
7) Fix lack of string validation in table, chain, set and stateful
object names in nf_tables, from Liping Zhang. Moreover, restrict
maximum log prefix length to 127 bytes, otherwise explicitly bail
out.
8) Two patches to fix spelling and typos in nf_tables uapi header file
and Kconfig, patches from Alexander Alemayhu and William Breathitt Gray.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patches have moved the temperature sensor code into the
Marvell PHYs. A few now dead references to NET_DSA_HWMON were left
behind. Go reap them.
Reported-by: Valentin Rothberg <valentinrothberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without TFO, any subsequent connect() call after a successful one returns
-1 EISCONN. The last API update ensured that __inet_stream_connect() can
return -1 EINPROGRESS in response to sendmsg() when TFO is in use to
indicate that the connection is now in progress. Unfortunately since this
function is used both for connect() and sendmsg(), it has the undesired
side effect of making connect() now return -1 EINPROGRESS as well after
a successful call, while at the same time poll() returns POLLOUT. This
can confuse some applications which happen to call connect() and to
check for -1 EISCONN to ensure the connection is usable, and for which
EINPROGRESS indicates a need to poll, causing a loop.
This problem was encountered in haproxy where a call to connect() is
precisely used in certain cases to confirm a connection's readiness.
While arguably haproxy's behaviour should be improved here, it seems
important to aim at a more robust behaviour when the goal of the new
API is to make it easier to implement TFO in existing applications.
This patch simply ensures that we preserve the same semantics as in
the non-TFO case on the connect() syscall when using TFO, while still
returning -1 EINPROGRESS on sendmsg(). For this we simply tell
__inet_stream_connect() whether we're doing a regular connect() or in
fact connecting for a sendmsg() call.
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new socket option, TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT, as an
alternative way to perform Fast Open on the active side (client). Prior
to this patch, a client needs to replace the connect() call with
sendto(MSG_FASTOPEN). This can be cumbersome for applications who want
to use Fast Open: these socket operations are often done in lower layer
libraries used by many other applications. Changing these libraries
and/or the socket call sequences are not trivial. A more convenient
approach is to perform Fast Open by simply enabling a socket option when
the socket is created w/o changing other socket calls sequence:
s = socket()
create a new socket
setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT …);
newly introduced sockopt
If set, new functionality described below will be used.
Return ENOTSUPP if TFO is not supported or not enabled in the
kernel.
connect()
With cookie present, return 0 immediately.
With no cookie, initiate 3WHS with TFO cookie-request option and
return -1 with errno = EINPROGRESS.
write()/sendmsg()
With cookie present, send out SYN with data and return the number of
bytes buffered.
With no cookie, and 3WHS not yet completed, return -1 with errno =
EINPROGRESS.
No MSG_FASTOPEN flag is needed.
read()
Return -1 with errno = EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN if connect() is called but
write() is not called yet.
Return -1 with errno = EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN if connection is
established but no msg is received yet.
Return number of bytes read if socket is established and there is
msg received.
The new API simplifies life for applications that always perform a write()
immediately after a successful connect(). Such applications can now take
advantage of Fast Open by merely making one new setsockopt() call at the time
of creating the socket. Nothing else about the application's socket call
sequence needs to change.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the cookie check logic in tcp_send_syn_data() into a function.
This function will be called else where in later changes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce optional 128-bit action cookie.
Like all other cookie schemes in the networking world (eg in protocols
like http or existing kernel fib protocol field, etc) the idea is to save
user state that when retrieved serves as a correlator. The kernel
_should not_ intepret it. The user can store whatever they wish in the
128 bits.
Sample exercise(showing variable length use of cookie)
.. create an accept action with cookie a1b2c3d4
sudo $TC actions add action ok index 1 cookie a1b2c3d4
.. dump all gact actions..
sudo $TC -s actions ls action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 0 installed 5 sec used 5 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie a1b2c3d4
.. bind the accept action to a filter..
sudo $TC filter add dev lo parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 127.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action gact index 1
... send some traffic..
$ ping 127.0.0.1 -c 3
PING 127.0.0.1 (127.0.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.020 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.027 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.038 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header file has grown a lot of #define's etc, but
they are nicer as enums, so rewrite the file from the
documentation as such.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Modules implementing lwtunnel ops should not be allowed to unload
while there is state alive using those ops, so specify the owning
module for all lwtunnel ops.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action allows the user to sample traffic matched by tc classifier.
The sampling consists of choosing packets randomly and sampling them using
the psample module. The user can configure the psample group number, the
sampling rate and the packet's truncation (to save kernel-user traffic).
Example:
To sample ingress traffic from interface eth1, one may use the commands:
tc qdisc add dev eth1 handle ffff: ingress
tc filter add dev eth1 parent ffff: \
matchall action sample rate 12 group 4
Where the first command adds an ingress qdisc and the second starts
sampling randomly with an average of one sampled packet per 12 packets on
dev eth1 to psample group 4.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a general way for kernel modules to sample packets, without being tied
to any specific subsystem. This netlink channel can be used by tc,
iptables, etc. and allow to standardize packet sampling in the kernel.
For every sampled packet, the psample module adds the following metadata
fields:
PSAMPLE_ATTR_IIFINDEX - the packets input ifindex, if applicable
PSAMPLE_ATTR_OIFINDEX - the packet output ifindex, if applicable
PSAMPLE_ATTR_ORIGSIZE - the packet's original size, in case it has been
truncated during sampling
PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_GROUP - the packet's sample group, which is set by the
user who initiated the sampling. This field allows the user to
differentiate between several samplers working simultaneously and
filter packets relevant to him
PSAMPLE_ATTR_GROUP_SEQ - sequence counter of last sent packet. The
sequence is kept for each group
PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_RATE - the sampling rate used for sampling the packets
PSAMPLE_ATTR_DATA - the actual packet bits
The sampled packets are sent to the PSAMPLE_NL_MCGRP_SAMPLE multicast
group. In addition, add the GET_GROUPS netlink command which allows the
user to see the current sample groups, their refcount and sequence number.
This command currently supports only netlink dump mode.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add net.ipv4.ip_unprivileged_port_start, which is a per namespace sysctl
that denotes the first unprivileged inet port in the namespace. To
disable all privileged ports set this to zero. It also checks for
overlap with the local port range. The privileged and local range may
not overlap.
The use case for this change is to allow containerized processes to bind
to priviliged ports, but prevent them from ever being allowed to modify
their container's network configuration. The latter is accomplished by
ensuring that the network namespace is not a child of the user
namespace. This modification was needed to allow the container manager
to disable a namespace's priviliged port restrictions without exposing
control of the network namespace to processes in the user namespace.
Signed-off-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a few restructured text warnings in mac80211, making the
documentation warning-free (for now).
In order to not add trailing whitespace, but also not introduce
too much noise into this change, move just the affected docs
into inline comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new restructured text parser complains about the formatting,
and really this should be a definition list.
In order to fix this without introducing trailing whitespace,
convert to the inline kernel-doc format.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only the Marvell mv88e6xxx DSA driver made use of the HWMON support in
DSA. The temperature sensor registers are actually in the embedded
PHYs, and the PHY driver now supports it. So remove all HWMON support
from DSA and drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cast second parameter of csum_sub() from __sum16 to __wsum.
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use hlist_entry_safe() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shaohua Li made percpu_counter irq safe in commit 098faf5805
("percpu_counter: make APIs irq safe")
We can safely remove BH disable/enable sections around various
percpu_counter manipulations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to add an mpls encap route when the MPLS modules are not loaded
hangs. For example:
CONFIG_MPLS=y
CONFIG_NET_MPLS_GSO=m
CONFIG_MPLS_ROUTING=m
CONFIG_MPLS_IPTUNNEL=m
$ ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
The ip command hangs:
root 880 826 0 21:25 pts/0 00:00:00 ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
$ cat /proc/880/stack
[<ffffffff81065a9b>] call_usermodehelper_exec+0xd6/0x134
[<ffffffff81065efc>] __request_module+0x27b/0x30a
[<ffffffff814542f6>] lwtunnel_build_state+0xe4/0x178
[<ffffffff814aa1e4>] fib_create_info+0x47f/0xdd4
[<ffffffff814ae451>] fib_table_insert+0x90/0x41f
[<ffffffff814a8010>] inet_rtm_newroute+0x4b/0x52
...
modprobe is trying to load rtnl-lwt-MPLS:
root 881 5 0 21:25 ? 00:00:00 /sbin/modprobe -q -- rtnl-lwt-MPLS
and it hangs after loading mpls_router:
$ cat /proc/881/stack
[<ffffffff81441537>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x14
[<ffffffff8142ca2a>] register_netdevice_notifier+0x16/0x179
[<ffffffffa0033025>] mpls_init+0x25/0x1000 [mpls_router]
[<ffffffff81000471>] do_one_initcall+0x8e/0x13f
[<ffffffff81119961>] do_init_module+0x5a/0x1e5
[<ffffffff810bd070>] load_module+0x13bd/0x17d6
...
The problem is that lwtunnel_build_state is called with rtnl lock
held preventing mpls_init from registering.
Given the potential references held by the time lwtunnel_build_state it
can not drop the rtnl lock to the load module. So, extract the module
loading code from lwtunnel_build_state into a new function to validate
the encap type. The new function is called while converting the user
request into a fib_config which is well before any table, device or
fib entries are examined.
Fixes: 745041e2aa ("lwtunnel: autoload of lwt modules")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store a dsa_switch pointer to the CPU switch in the tree instead of only
its index. This avoids the need to initialize it to -1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement sender-side procedures for the Outgoing
and Incoming SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section
5.1.2 and 5.1.3.
It is also add sockopt SCTP_RESET_STREAMS in rfc6525 section 6.3.2
for users.
Note that the new asoc member strreset_outstanding is to make sure
only one reconf request chunk on the fly as rfc6525 section 5.1.1
demands.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add sockopt SCTP_ENABLE_STREAM_RESET to get/set
strreset_enable to indicate which reconf request type it supports,
which is described in rfc6525 section 6.3.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add reconf_enable field in all of asoc ep and netns
to indicate if they support stream reset.
When initializing, asoc reconf_enable get the default value from ep
reconf_enable which is from netns netns reconf_enable by default.
It is also to add reconf_capable in asoc peer part to know if peer
supports reconf_enable, the value is set if ext params have reconf
chunk support when processing init chunk, just as rfc6525 section
5.1.1 demands.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a primitive based on sctp primitive frame for
sending stream reconf request. It works as the other primitives,
and create a SCTP_CMD_REPLY command to send the request chunk out.
sctp_primitive_RECONF would be the api to send a reconf request
chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a per transport timer based on sctp timer frame
for stream reconf chunk retransmission. It would start after sending
a reconf request chunk, and stop after receiving the response chunk.
If the timer expires, besides retransmitting the reconf request chunk,
it would also do the same thing with data RTO timer. like to increase
the appropriate error counts, and perform threshold management, possibly
destroying the asoc if sctp retransmission thresholds are exceeded, just
as section 5.1.1 describes.
This patch is also to add asoc strreset_chunk, it is used to save the
reconf request chunk, so that it can be retransmitted, and to check if
the response is really for this request by comparing the information
inside with the response chunk as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add asoc strreset_outseq and strreset_inseq for
saving the reconf request sequence, initialize them when create
assoc and process init, and also to define Incoming and Outgoing
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 4.1 and
4.2, As they can be in one same chunk as section rfc6525 3.1-3
describes, it makes them in one function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have non reuseport sockets on a tb we will set tb->fastreuseport to 0 and
never set it again. Which means that in the future if we end up adding a bunch
of reuseport sk's to that tb we'll have to do the expensive scan every time.
Instead add the ipv4/ipv6 saddr fields to the bind bucket, as well as the family
so we know what comparison to make, and the ipv6 only setting so we can make
sure to compare with new sockets appropriately. Once one sk has made it onto
the list we know that there are no potential bind conflicts on the owners list
that match that sk's rcv_addr. So copy the sk's information into our bind
bucket and set tb->fastruseport to FASTREUSESOCK_STRICT so we know we have to do
an extra check for subsequent reuseport sockets and skip the expensive bind
conflict check.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In inet_csk_get_port we seem to be using smallest_port to figure out where the
best place to look for a SO_REUSEPORT sk that matches with an existing set of
SO_REUSEPORT's. However if we get to the logic
if (smallest_size != -1) {
port = smallest_port;
goto have_port;
}
we will do a useless search, because we would have already done the
inet_csk_bind_conflict for that port and it would have returned 1, otherwise we
would have gone to found_tb and succeeded. Since this logic makes us do yet
another trip through inet_csk_bind_conflict for a port we know won't work just
delete this code and save us the time.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only difference between inet6_csk_bind_conflict and inet_csk_bind_conflict
is how they check the rcv_saddr, so delete this call back and simply
change inet_csk_bind_conflict to call inet_rcv_saddr_equal.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We pass these per-protocol equal functions around in various places, but
we can just have one function that checks the sk->sk_family and then do
the right comparison function. I've also changed the ipv4 version to
not cast to inet_sock since it is unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the functionality for including address-family-specific per-link
stats in RTM_GETSTATS messages. This is done through adding a new
IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute under which address family attributes are
nested and then the AF-specific attributes can be further nested. This
follows the model of IFLA_AF_SPEC on RTM_*LINK messages and it has the
advantage of presenting an easily extended hierarchy. The rtnl_af_ops
structure is extended to provide AFs with the opportunity to fill and
provide the size of their stats attributes.
One alternative would have been to provide AFs with the ability to add
attributes directly into the RTM_GETSTATS message without a nested
hierarchy. I discounted this approach as it increases the rate at
which the 32 attribute number space is used up and it makes
implementation a little more tricky for stats dump resuming (at the
moment the order in which attributes are added to the message has to
match the numeric order of the attributes).
Another alternative would have been to register per-AF RTM_GETSTATS
handlers. I discounted this approach as I perceived a common use-case
to be getting all the stats for an interface and this approach would
necessitate multiple requests/dumps to retrieve them all.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tries to avoid skb_cow_data on esp4.
On the encrypt side we add the IPsec tailbits
to the linear part of the buffer if there is
space on it. If there is no space on the linear
part, we add a page fragment with the tailbits to
the buffer and use separate src and dst scatterlists.
On the decrypt side, we leave the buffer as it is
if it is not cloned.
With this, we can avoid a linearization of the buffer
in most of the cases.
Joint work with:
Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Currently, we check the existing rtable in PREROUTING hook, if RTCF_LOCAL
is set, we assume that the packet is loopback.
But this assumption is incorrect, for example, a packet encapsulated
in ipsec transport mode was received and routed to local, after
decapsulation, it would be delivered to local again, and the rtable
was not dropped, so RTCF_LOCAL check would trigger. But actually, the
packet was not loopback.
So for these normal loopback packets, we can check whether the in device
is IFF_LOOPBACK or not. For these locally generated broadcast/multicast,
we can check whether the skb->pkt_type is PACKET_LOOPBACK or not.
Finally, there's a subtle difference between nft fib expr and xtables
rpfilter extension, user can add the following nft rule to do strict
rpfilter check:
# nft add rule x y meta iif eth0 fib saddr . iif oif != eth0 drop
So when the packet is loopback, it's better to store the in device
instead of the LOOPBACK_IFINDEX, otherwise, after adding the above
nft rule, locally generated broad/multicast packets will be dropped
incorrectly.
Fixes: f83a7ea207 ("netfilter: xt_rpfilter: skip locally generated broadcast/multicast, too")
Fixes: f6d0cbcf09 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add fib expression")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=UToW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-01-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For 4.11, we seem to have more than in the past few releases:
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we need to change the implementation, stop exposing internals.
Provide kref_read() to read the current reference count; typically
used for debug messages.
Kills two anti-patterns:
atomic_read(&kref->refcount)
kref->refcount.counter
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This patch removes the support of RFC5827 early retransmit (i.e.,
fast recovery on small inflight with <3 dupacks) because it is
subsumed by the new RACK loss detection. More specifically when
RACK receives DUPACKs, it'll arm a reordering timer to start fast
recovery after a quarter of (min)RTT, hence it covers the early
retransmit except RACK does not limit itself to specific inflight
or dupack numbers.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes two things:
1. Start fast recovery with RACK in addition to other heuristics
(e.g., DUPACK threshold, FACK). Prior to this change RACK
is enabled to detect losses only after the recovery has
started by other algorithms.
2. Disable TCP early retransmit. RACK subsumes the early retransmit
with the new reordering timer feature. A latter patch in this
series removes the early retransmit code.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packets inside a jumbo skb (e.g., TSO) share the same skb
timestamp, even though they are sent sequentially on the wire. Since
RACK is based on time, it can not detect some packets inside the
same skb are lost. However, we can leverage the packet sequence
numbers as extended timestamps to detect losses. Therefore, when
RACK timestamp is identical to skb's timestamp (i.e., one of the
packets of the skb is acked or sacked), we use the sequence numbers
of the acked and unacked packets to break ties.
We can use the same sequence logic to advance RACK xmit time as
well to detect more losses and avoid timeout.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes RACK install a reordering timer when it suspects
some packets might be lost, but wants to delay the decision
a little bit to accomodate reordering.
It does not create a new timer but instead repurposes the existing
RTO timer, because both are meant to retransmit packets.
Specifically it arms a timer ICSK_TIME_REO_TIMEOUT when
the RACK timing check fails. The wait time is set to
RACK.RTT + RACK.reo_wnd - (NOW - Packet.xmit_time) + fudge
This translates to expecting a packet (Packet) should take
(RACK.RTT + RACK.reo_wnd + fudge) to deliver after it was sent.
When there are multiple packets that need a timer, we use one timer
with the maximum timeout. Therefore the timer conservatively uses
the maximum window to expire N packets by one timeout, instead of
N timeouts to expire N packets sent at different times.
The fudge factor is 2 jiffies to ensure when the timer fires, all
the suspected packets would exceed the deadline and be marked lost
by tcp_rack_detect_loss(). It has to be at least 1 jiffy because the
clock may tick between calling icsk_reset_xmit_timer(timeout) and
actually hang the timer. The next jiffy is to lower-bound the timeout
to 2 jiffies when reo_wnd is < 1ms.
When the reordering timer fires (tcp_rack_reo_timeout): If we aren't
in Recovery we'll enter fast recovery and force fast retransmit.
This is very similar to the early retransmit (RFC5827) except RACK
is not constrained to only enter recovery for small outstanding
flights.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Record the most recent RTT in RACK. It is often identical to the
"ca_rtt_us" values in tcp_clean_rtx_queue. But when the packet has
been retransmitted, RACK choses to believe the ACK is for the
(latest) retransmitted packet if the RTT is over minimum RTT.
This requires passing the arrival time of the most recent ACK to
RACK routines. The timestamp is now recorded in the "ack_time"
in tcp_sacktag_state during the ACK processing.
This patch does not change the RACK algorithm itself. It only adds
the RTT variable to prepare the next main patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new helper tcp_rack_detect_loss to prepare the upcoming
RACK reordering timer patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function documentation for cfg80211_connect_bss() and
cfg80211_connect_result() was still claiming that they are used only for
a success case while these functions can now be used to report both
success and various failure cases. The actual use cases were already
described in the connect() documentation.
Update the function specific comments to note the failure cases and also
describe how the special status == -1 case is used in
cfg80211_connect_bss() to indicate a connection timeout based on the
internal implementation in cfg80211_connect_timeout().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[use tabs for indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enhances the connect timeout API to also carry the reason for the
timeout. These reason codes for the connect time out are represented by
enum nl80211_timeout_reason and are passed to user space through a new
attribute NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON (u32).
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[keep gfp_t argument last]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enhance sched scan to support option of finding a better BSS while in
connected state. Firmware scans the medium and reports when it finds a
known BSS which has better RSSI than the current connected BSS. New
attributes to specify the relative RSSI (compared to the current BSS)
are added to the sched scan to implement this.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With 78, 111 and 85 bytes respectively (on x86-64), the
functions iwe_stream_add_event(), iwe_stream_add_point()
and iwe_stream_add_value() really shouldn't be inlines.
It appears that at least my compiler already decided
the same, and created a single instance of each one
of them for each file using it, but that's still a
number of instances in the system overall, which this
reduces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flag that indicates that the WEP ICV was stripped from an
RX packet, allowing the device to not transfer that if it's
already checked.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
gcc-7 complains that wl3501_cs passes NULL into a function that
then uses the argument as the input for memcpy:
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c: In function 'wl3501_get_scan':
include/net/iw_handler.h:559:3: error: argument 2 null where non-null expected [-Werror=nonnull]
memcpy(stream + point_len, extra, iwe->u.data.length);
This works fine here because iwe->u.data.length is guaranteed to be 0
and the memcpy doesn't actually have an effect.
Making the length check explicit avoids the warning and should have
no other effect here.
Also check the pointer itself, since otherwise we get warnings
elsewhere in the code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow dissection of (R)ARP operation hardware and protocol addresses
for Ethernet hardware and IPv4 protocol addresses.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP to be used by the
flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm_init_tempstate is always called from within rcu read side section.
We can thus use a simpler function that doesn't call rcu_read_lock
again.
While at it, also make xfrm_init_tempstate return value void, the
return value was never tested.
A followup patch will replace remaining callers of xfrm_state_get_afinfo
with xfrm_state_afinfo_get_rcu variant and then remove the 'old'
get_afinfo interface.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Support for SMC socket monitoring via netlink sockets of protocol
NETLINK_SOCK_DIAG.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Direct call of tcp_set_keepalive() function from protocol-agnostic
sock_setsockopt() function in net/core/sock.c violates network
layering. And newly introduced protocol (SMC-R) will need its own
keepalive function. Therefore, add "keepalive" function pointer
to "struct proto", and call it from sock_setsockopt() via this pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Utz Bacher <utz.bacher@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have properly encapsulated and made drivers utilize exported
functions, we can switch dsa_switch_ops to be a annotated with const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for making struct dsa_switch_ops const, encapsulate it
within a dsa_switch_driver which has a list pointer and a pointer to
dsa_switch_ops. This allows us to take the list_head pointer out of
dsa_switch_ops, which is written to by {un,}register_switch_driver.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disconnect or deauthenticate when the owning socket is closed if this
flag is supplied to CMD_CONNECT or CMD_ASSOCIATE. This may be used
to ensure userspace daemon doesn't leave an unmanaged connection behind.
In some situations it would be possible to account for that, to some
degree, in the deamon restart code or in the up/down scripts without
the use of this attribute. But there will be systems where the daemon
can go away for varying periods without a warning due to local resource
management.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The tc_from field fulfills two roles. It encodes whether a packet was
redirected by an act_mirred device and, if so, whether act_mirred was
called on ingress or egress. Split it into separate fields.
The information is needed by the special IFB loop, where packets are
taken out of the normal path by act_mirred, forwarded to IFB, then
reinjected at their original location (ingress or egress) by IFB.
The IFB device cannot use skb->tc_at_ingress, because that may have
been overwritten as the packet travels from act_mirred to ifb_xmit,
when it passes through tc_classify on the IFB egress path. Cache this
value in skb->tc_from_ingress.
That field is valid only if a packet arriving at ifb_xmit came from
act_mirred. Other packets can be crafted to reach ifb_xmit. These
must be dropped. Set tc_redirected on redirection and drop all packets
that do not have this bit set.
Both fields are set only on cloned skbs in tc actions, so original
packet sources do not have to clear the bit when reusing packets
(notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field tc_at is used only within tc actions to distinguish ingress from
egress processing. A single bit is sufficient for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the remaining two fields from tc_verd and remove the __u16
completely. TC_AT and TC_FROM are converted to equivalent two-bit
integer fields tc_at and tc_from. Where possible, use existing
helper skb_at_tc_ingress when reading tc_at. Introduce helper
skb_reset_tc to clear fields.
Not documenting tc_from and tc_at, because they will be replaced
with single bit fields in follow-on patches.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets sent by the IFB device skip subsequent tc classification.
A single bit governs this state. Move it out of tc_verd in
anticipation of removing that __u16 completely.
The new bitfield tc_skip_classify temporarily uses one bit of a
hole, until tc_verd is removed completely in a follow-up patch.
Remove the bit hole comment. It could be 2, 3, 4 or 5 bits long.
With that many options, little value in documenting it.
Introduce a helper function to deduplicate the logic in the two
sites that check this bit.
The field tc_skip_classify is set only in IFB on skbs cloned in
act_mirred, so original packet sources do not have to clear the
bit when reusing packets (notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp stream reconf, described in RFC 6525, needs a structure to
save per stream information in assoc, like stream state.
In the future, sctp stream scheduler also needs it to save some
stream scheduler params and queues.
This patchset is to prepare the stream array in assoc for stream
reconf. It defines sctp_stream that includes stream arrays inside
to replace ssnmap.
Note that we use different structures for IN and OUT streams, as
the members in per OUT stream will get more and more different
from per IN stream.
v1->v2:
- put these patches into a smaller group.
v2->v3:
- define sctp_stream to contain stream arrays, and create stream.c
to put stream-related functions.
- merge 3 patches into 1, as new sctp_stream has the same name
with before.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_select_default has a single caller within the same file.
Make it static.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a helper for reading that new property and applying
limitations of supported channels specified this way.
It is used with devices that normally support a wide wireless band but
in a given config are limited to some part of it (usually due to board
design). For example a dual-band chipset may be able to support one band
only because of used antennas.
It's also common that tri-band routers have separated radios for lower
and higher part of 5 GHz band and it may be impossible to say which is
which without a DT info.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[add new function to documentation, fix link]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
udplite was copied from udp, they are virtually 100% identical.
This adds udplite tracker to udp instead, removes udplite module,
and then makes the udplite tracker builtin.
udplite will then simply re-use udp timeout settings.
It makes little sense to add separate sysctls, nowadays we have
fine-grained timeout policy support via the CT target.
old:
text data bss dec hex filename
1633 672 0 2305 901 nf_conntrack_proto_udp.o
1756 672 0 2428 97c nf_conntrack_proto_udplite.o
69526 17937 268 87731 156b3 nf_conntrack.ko
new:
text data bss dec hex filename
2442 1184 0 3626 e2a nf_conntrack_proto_udp.o
68565 17721 268 86554 1521a nf_conntrack.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Different namespace application might require different maximal
number of remembered connection requests.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require fast recycling
TIME-WAIT sockets independently of the host.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to use this cascading. It doesn't add anything.
Let's remove it and simplify.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various ipvlan fixes from Eric Dumazet and Mahesh Bandewar.
The most important is to not assume the packet is RX just because
the destination address matches that of the device. Such an
assumption causes problems when an interface is put into loopback
mode.
2) If we retry when creating a new tc entry (because we dropped the
RTNL mutex in order to load a module, for example) we end up with
-EAGAIN and then loop trying to replay the request. But we didn't
reset some state when looping back to the top like this, and if
another thread meanwhile inserted the same tc entry we were trying
to, we re-link it creating an enless loop in the tc chain. Fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
3) There are two different WRITE bits in the MDIO address register for
the stmmac chip, depending upon the chip variant. Due to a bug we
could set them both, fix from Hock Leong Kweh.
4) Fix mlx4 bug in XDP_TX handling, from Tariq Toukan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: stmmac: fix incorrect bit set in gmac4 mdio addr register
r8169: add support for RTL8168 series add-on card.
net: xdp: remove unused bfp_warn_invalid_xdp_buffer()
openvswitch: upcall: Fix vlan handling.
ipv4: Namespaceify tcp_tw_reuse knob
net: korina: Fix NAPI versus resources freeing
net, sched: fix soft lockup in tc_classify
net/mlx4_en: Fix user prio field in XDP forward
tipc: don't send FIN message from connectionless socket
ipvlan: fix multicast processing
ipvlan: fix various issues in ipvlan_process_multicast()
Different namespaces might have different requirements to reuse
TIME-WAIT sockets for new connections. This might be required in
cases where different namespace applications are in place which
require TIME_WAIT socket connections to be reduced independently
of the host.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ktime is a union because the initial implementation stored the time in
scalar nanoseconds on 64 bit machine and in a endianess optimized timespec
variant for 32bit machines. The Y2038 cleanup removed the timespec variant
and switched everything to scalar nanoseconds. The union remained, but
become completely pointless.
Get rid of the union and just keep ktime_t as simple typedef of type s64.
The conversion was done with coccinelle and some manual mopping up.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
This was entirely automated, using the script by Al:
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
$(git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h)
to do the replacement at the end of the merge window.
Requested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes and cleanups from David Miller:
1) Revert bogus nla_ok() change, from Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Various bpf validator fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Add some necessary SET_NETDEV_DEV() calls to hsis_femac and hip04
drivers, from Dongpo Li.
4) Several ethtool ksettings conversions from Philippe Reynes.
5) Fix bugs in inet port management wrt. soreuseport, from Tom Herbert.
6) XDP support for virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
7) Fix NAT handling within a vrf, from David Ahern.
8) Endianness fixes in dpaa_eth driver, from Claudiu Manoil
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
net: mv643xx_eth: fix build failure
isdn: Constify some function parameters
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark split ports as such
cgroup: Fix CGROUP_BPF config
qed: fix old-style function definition
net: ipv6: check route protocol when deleting routes
r6040: move spinlock in r6040_close as SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock order detected
irda: w83977af_ir: cleanup an indent issue
net: sfc: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: davicom: dm9000: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: cirrus: ep93xx: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb3: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
bpf: fix mark_reg_unknown_value for spilled regs on map value marking
bpf: fix overflow in prog accounting
bpf: dynamically allocate digest scratch buffer
gtp: Fix initialization of Flags octet in GTPv1 header
gtp: gtp_check_src_ms_ipv4() always return success
net/x25: use designated initializers
isdn: use designated initializers
...
A user may call listen with binding an explicit port with the intent
that the kernel will assign an available port to the socket. In this
case inet_csk_get_port does a port scan. For such sockets, the user may
also set soreuseport with the intent a creating more sockets for the
port that is selected. The problem is that the initial socket being
opened could inadvertently choose an existing and unreleated port
number that was already created with soreuseport.
This patch adds a boolean parameter to inet_bind_conflict that indicates
rather soreuseport is allowed for the check (in addition to
sk->sk_reuseport). In calls to inet_bind_conflict from inet_csk_get_port
the argument is set to true if an explicit port is being looked up (snum
argument is nonzero), and is false if port scan is done.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull vfs updates from Al Viro:
- more ->d_init() stuff (work.dcache)
- pathname resolution cleanups (work.namei)
- a few missing iov_iter primitives - copy_from_iter_full() and
friends. Either copy the full requested amount, advance the iterator
and return true, or fail, return false and do _not_ advance the
iterator. Quite a few open-coded callers converted (and became more
readable and harder to fuck up that way) (work.iov_iter)
- several assorted patches, the big one being logfs removal
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
logfs: remove from tree
vfs: fix put_compat_statfs64() does not handle errors
namei: fold should_follow_link() with the step into not-followed link
namei: pass both WALK_GET and WALK_MORE to should_follow_link()
namei: invert WALK_PUT logics
namei: shift interpretation of LOOKUP_FOLLOW inside should_follow_link()
namei: saner calling conventions for mountpoint_last()
namei.c: get rid of user_path_parent()
switch getfrag callbacks to ..._full() primitives
make skb_add_data,{_nocache}() and skb_copy_to_page_nocache() advance only on success
[iov_iter] new primitives - copy_from_iter_full() and friends
don't open-code file_inode()
ceph: switch to use of ->d_init()
ceph: unify dentry_operations instances
lustre: switch to use of ->d_init()
Commit 4f7df337fe
"netlink: 2-clause nla_ok()" is BROKEN.
First clause tests if "->nla_len" could even be accessed at all,
it can not possibly be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment on the name indirection suggested an issue but turned out
to be untrue. Digging in older kernel version showed issue with ipw2x00
but that is no longer true so get rid on the name indirection.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull smp hotplug updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This is the final round of converting the notifier mess to the state
machine. The removal of the notifiers and the related infrastructure
will happen around rc1, as there are conversions outstanding in other
trees.
The whole exercise removed about 2000 lines of code in total and in
course of the conversion several dozen bugs got fixed. The new
mechanism allows to test almost every hotplug step standalone, so
usage sites can exercise all transitions extensively.
There is more room for improvement, like integrating all the
pointlessly different architecture mechanisms of synchronizing,
setting cpus online etc into the core code"
* 'smp-hotplug-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (60 commits)
tracing/rb: Init the CPU mask on allocation
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
zram: Convert to hotplug state machine
KVM/PPC/Book3S HV: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Make hotplug notifier symmetric
mm/compaction: Convert to hotplug state machine
iommu/vt-d: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert pool to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert dst-mem to hotplug state machine
mm/zsmalloc: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Avoid on each online CPU loops
mm/vmstat: Drop get_online_cpus() from init_cpu_node_state/vmstat_cpu_dead()
tracing/rb: Convert to hotplug state machine
oprofile/nmi timer: Convert to hotplug state machine
net/iucv: Use explicit clean up labels in iucv_init()
x86/pci/amd-bus: Convert to hotplug state machine
x86/oprofile/nmi: Convert to hotplug state machine
...
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=HvKt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-12-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three fixes:
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mac80211 abandons an association attempt, it may free
all the data structures, but inform cfg80211 and userspace
about it only by sending the deauth frame it received, in
which case cfg80211 has no link to the BSS struct that was
used and will not cfg80211_unhold_bss() it.
Fix this by providing a way to inform cfg80211 of this with
the BSS entry passed, so that it can clean up properly, and
use this ability in the appropriate places in mac80211.
This isn't ideal: some code is more or less duplicated and
tracing is missing. However, it's a fairly small change and
it's thus easier to backport - cleanups can come later.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sk_drops can be an often written field, do not read it unless
application showed interest.
Note that sk_drops can be read via inet_diag, so applications
can avoid getting this info from every received packet.
In the future, 'reading' sk_drops might require folding per node or per
cpu fields, and thus become even more expensive than today.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFS is not commonly used, so add a jump label to avoid some conditionals
in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow dissection of ICMP(V6) type and code. This should only occur
if a packet is ICMP(V6) and the dissector has FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP set.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP to be used by
the flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a large Netfilter update for net-next,
to summarise:
1) Add support for stateful objects. This series provides a nf_tables
native alternative to the extended accounting infrastructure for
nf_tables. Two initial stateful objects are supported: counters and
quotas. Objects are identified by a user-defined name, you can fetch
and reset them anytime. You can also use a maps to allow fast lookups
using any arbitrary key combination. More info at:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=148029128323837&w=2
2) On-demand registration of nf_conntrack and defrag hooks per netns.
Register nf_conntrack hooks if we have a stateful ruleset, ie.
state-based filtering or NAT. The new nf_conntrack_default_on sysctl
enables this from newly created netnamespaces. Default behaviour is not
modified. Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Allocate 4k chunks and then use these for x_tables counter allocation
requests, this improves ruleset load time and also datapath ruleset
evaluation, patches from Florian Westphal.
4) Add support for ebpf to the existing x_tables bpf extension.
From Willem de Bruijn.
5) Update layer 4 checksum if any of the pseudoheader fields is updated.
This provides a limited form of 1:1 stateless NAT that make sense in
specific scenario, eg. load balancing.
6) Add support to flush sets in nf_tables. This series comes with a new
set->ops->deactivate_one() indirection given that we have to walk
over the list of set elements, then deactivate them one by one.
The existing set->ops->deactivate() performs an element lookup that
we don't need.
7) Two patches to avoid cloning packets, thus speed up packet forwarding
via nft_fwd from ingress. From Florian Westphal.
8) Two IPVS patches via Simon Horman: Decrement ttl in all modes to
prevent infinite loops, patch from Dwip Banerjee. And one minor
refactoring from Gao feng.
9) Revisit recent log support for nf_tables netdev families: One patch
to ensure that we correctly handle non-ethernet packets. Another
patch to add missing logger definition for netdev. Patches from
Liping Zhang.
10) Three patches for nft_fib, one to address insufficient register
initialization and another to solve incorrect (although harmless)
byteswap operation. Moreover update xt_rpfilter and nft_fib to match
lbcast packets with zeronet as source, eg. DHCP Discover packets
(0.0.0.0 -> 255.255.255.255). Also from Liping Zhang.
11) Built-in DCCP, SCTP and UDPlite conntrack and NAT support, from
Davide Caratti. While DCCP is rather hopeless lately, and UDPlite has
been broken in many-cast mode for some little time, let's give them a
chance by placing them at the same level as other existing protocols.
Thus, users don't explicitly have to modprobe support for this and
NAT rules work for them. Some people point to the lack of support in
SOHO Linux-based routers that make deployment of new protocols harder.
I guess other middleboxes outthere on the Internet are also to blame.
Anyway, let's see if this has any impact in the midrun.
12) Skip software SCTP software checksum calculation if the NIC comes
with SCTP checksum offload support. From Davide Caratti.
13) Initial core factoring to prepare conversion to hook array. Three
patches from Aaron Conole.
14) Gao Feng made a wrong conversion to switch in the xt_multiport
extension in a patch coming in the previous batch. Fix it in this
batch.
15) Get vmalloc call in sync with kmalloc flags to avoid a warning
and likely OOM killer intervention from x_tables. From Marcelo
Ricardo Leitner.
16) Update Arturo Borrero's email address in all source code headers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paolo noticed a cache line miss in UDP recvmsg() to access
sk_rxhash, sharing a cache line with sk_drops.
sk_drops might be heavily incremented by cpus handling a flood targeting
this socket.
We might place sk_drops on a separate cache line, but lets try
to avoid wasting 64 bytes per socket just for this, since we have
other bottlenecks to take care of.
sock_rps_record_flow() should only access sk_rxhash for connected
flows.
Testing sk_state for TCP_ESTABLISHED covers most of the cases for
connected sockets, for a zero cost, since system calls using
sock_rps_record_flow() also access sk->sk_prot which is on the
same cache line.
A follow up patch will provide a static_key (Jump Label) since most
hosts do not even use RFS.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for set flushing, that consists of walking over
the set elements if the NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_ELEMENTS attribute is set.
This patch requires the following changes:
1) Add set->ops->deactivate_one() operation: This allows us to
deactivate an element from the set element walk path, given we can
skip the lookup that happens in ->deactivate().
2) Add a new nft_trans_alloc_gfp() function since we need to allocate
transactions using GFP_ATOMIC given the set walk path happens with
held rcu_read_lock.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to refer to stateful objects from set elements.
This provides the infrastructure to create maps where the right hand
side of the mapping is a stateful object.
This allows us to build dictionaries of stateful objects, that you can
use to perform fast lookups using any arbitrary key combination.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Notify on depleted quota objects. The NFT_QUOTA_F_DEPLETED flag
indicates we have reached overquota.
Add pointer to table from nft_object, so we can use it when sending the
depletion notification to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce nf_tables_obj_notify() to notify internal state changes in
stateful objects. This is used by the quota object to report depletion
in a follow up patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new NFT_MSG_GETOBJ_RESET command perform an atomic
dump-and-reset of the stateful object. This also comes with add support
for atomic dump and reset for counter and quota objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch augments nf_tables to support stateful objects. This new
infrastructure allows you to create, dump and delete stateful objects,
that are identified by a user-defined name.
This patch adds the generic infrastructure, follow up patches add
support for two stateful objects: counters and quotas.
This patch provides a native infrastructure for nf_tables to replace
nfacct, the extended accounting infrastructure for iptables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
... so we can use current skb instead of working with a clone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new flag that signals the kernel to update layer 4
checksum if the packet field belongs to the layer 4 pseudoheader. This
implicitly provides stateless NAT 1:1 that is useful under very specific
usecases.
Since rules mangling layer 3 fields that are part of the pseudoheader
may potentially convey any layer 4 packet, we have to deal with the
layer 4 checksum adjustment using protocol specific code.
This patch adds support for TCP, UDP and ICMPv6, since they include the
pseudoheader in the layer 4 checksum calculation. ICMP doesn't, so we
can skip it.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_defrag modules for ipv4 and ipv6 export an empty stub function.
Any module that needs the defragmentation hooks registered simply 'calls'
this empty function to create a phony module dependency -- modprobe will
then load the defrag module too.
This extends netfilter ipv4/ipv6 defragmentation modules to delay the hook
registration until the functionality is requested within a network namespace
instead of module load time for all namespaces.
Hooks are only un-registered on module unload or when a namespace that used
such defrag functionality exits.
We have to use struct net for this as the register hooks can be called
before netns initialization here from the ipv4/ipv6 conntrack module
init path.
There is no unregister functionality support, defrag will always be
active once it was requested inside a net namespace.
The reason is that defrag has impact on nft and iptables rulesets
(without defrag we might see framents).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
1) Old code was hard to maintain, due to complex lock chains.
(We probably will be able to remove some kfree_rcu() in callers)
2) Using a single timer to update all estimators does not scale.
3) Code was buggy on 32bit kernel (WRITE_ONCE() on 64bit quantity
is not supposed to work well)
In this rewrite :
- I removed the RB tree that had to be scanned in
gen_estimator_active(). qdisc dumps should be much faster.
- Each estimator has its own timer.
- Estimations are maintained in net_rate_estimator structure,
instead of dirtying the qdisc. Minor, but part of the simplification.
- Reading the estimator uses RCU and a seqcount to provide proper
support for 32bit kernels.
- We reduce memory need when estimators are not used, since
we store a pointer, instead of the bytes/packets counters.
- xt_rateest_mt() no longer has to grab a spinlock.
(In the future, xt_rateest_tg() could be switched to per cpu counters)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-12-03
Here's a set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for net-next (i.e. 4.10
kernel):
- Fix for a potential NULL deref in the ieee802154 netlink code
- Fix for the ED values of the at86rf2xx driver
- Documentation updates to ieee802154
- Cleanups to u8 vs __u8 usage
- Timer API usage cleanups in HCI drivers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group fields used in TX path, and keep some cache lines mostly read
to permit sharing among cpus.
Gained two 4 bytes holes on 64bit arches.
Added a place holder for tcp tsq_flags, next to sk_wmem_alloc
to speed up tcp_wfree() in the following patch.
I have not added ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp, this might be done later.
I prefer doing this once inet and tcp/udp sockets reorg is also done.
Tested with both TCP and UDP.
UDP receiver performance under flood increased by ~20 % :
Accessing sk_filter/sk_wq/sk_napi_id no longer stalls because sk_drops
was moved away from a critical cache line, now mostly read and shared.
/* --- cacheline 4 boundary (256 bytes) --- */
unsigned int sk_napi_id; /* 0x100 0x4 */
int sk_rcvbuf; /* 0x104 0x4 */
struct sk_filter * sk_filter; /* 0x108 0x8 */
union {
struct socket_wq * sk_wq; /* 0x8 */
struct socket_wq * sk_wq_raw; /* 0x8 */
}; /* 0x110 0x8 */
struct xfrm_policy * sk_policy[2]; /* 0x118 0x10 */
struct dst_entry * sk_rx_dst; /* 0x128 0x8 */
struct dst_entry * sk_dst_cache; /* 0x130 0x8 */
atomic_t sk_omem_alloc; /* 0x138 0x4 */
int sk_sndbuf; /* 0x13c 0x4 */
/* --- cacheline 5 boundary (320 bytes) --- */
int sk_wmem_queued; /* 0x140 0x4 */
atomic_t sk_wmem_alloc; /* 0x144 0x4 */
long unsigned int sk_tsq_flags; /* 0x148 0x8 */
struct sk_buff * sk_send_head; /* 0x150 0x8 */
struct sk_buff_head sk_write_queue; /* 0x158 0x18 */
__s32 sk_peek_off; /* 0x170 0x4 */
int sk_write_pending; /* 0x174 0x4 */
long int sk_sndtimeo; /* 0x178 0x8 */
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switch (default on) can be used to disable automatic registration
of connection tracking functionality in newly created network
namespaces.
This means that when net namespace goes down (or the tracker protocol
module is unloaded) we *might* have to unregister the hooks.
We can either add another per-netns variable that tells if
the hooks got registered by default, or, alternatively, just call
the protocol _put() function and have the callee deal with a possible
'extra' put() operation that doesn't pair with a get() one.
This uses the latter approach, i.e. a put() without a get has no effect.
Conntrack is still enabled automatically regardless of the new sysctl
setting if the new net namespace requires connection tracking, e.g. when
NAT rules are created.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This makes use of nf_ct_netns_get/put added in previous patch.
We add get/put functions to nf_conntrack_l3proto structure, ipv4 and ipv6
then implement use-count to track how many users (nft or xtables modules)
have a dependency on ipv4 and/or ipv6 connection tracking functionality.
When count reaches zero, the hooks are unregistered.
This delays activation of connection tracking inside a namespace until
stateful firewall rule or nat rule gets added.
This patch breaks backwards compatibility in the sense that connection
tracking won't be active anymore when the protocol tracker module is
loaded. This breaks e.g. setups that ctnetlink for flow accounting and
the like, without any '-m conntrack' packet filter rules.
Followup patch restores old behavour and makes new delayed scheme
optional via sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
currently aliased to try_module_get/_put.
Will be changed in next patch when we add functions to make use of ->net
argument to store usercount per l3proto tracker.
This is needed to avoid registering the conntrack hooks in all netns and
later only enable connection tracking in those that need conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
since adf0516845 ("netfilter: remove ip_conntrack* sysctl compat code")
the only user (ipv4 tracker) sets this to an empty stub function.
After this change nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_register() is also empty,
but this will change in a followup patch to add conditional register
of the hooks.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE is no more a tristate. When set to y,
connection tracking support for UDPlite protocol is built-in into
nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_udplite,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| udplite| ipv4 | ipv6 |nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 432538 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
UDPlite || - | 829649 | 829362 | 6498204
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_SCTP is no more a tristate. When set to y, connection
tracking support for SCTP protocol is built-in into nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_sctp,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| sctp | ipv4 | ipv6 | nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 498243 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
SCTP || - | 829254 | 829175 | 6547872
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_DCCP is no more a tristate. When set to y, connection
tracking support for DCCP protocol is built-in into nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_dccp,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| dccp | ipv4 | ipv6 | nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 469140 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
DCCP || - | 830566 | 829935 | 6533526
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In netdev family, we will handle non ethernet packets, so using
eth_hdr(skb)->h_proto is incorrect.
Meanwhile, we can use socket(AF_PACKET...) to sending packets, so
skb->protocol is not always set in bridge family.
Add an extra parameter into nf_log_l2packet to solve this issue.
Fixes: 1fddf4bad0 ("netfilter: nf_log: add packet logging for netdev family")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_UDPLITE is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for UDPlite protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) |udplite || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 408048 || 2241312
UDPLITE builtin | - || 2577256
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_SCTP is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for SCTP protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) | sctp || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 428344 || 2241312
SCTP builtin | - || 2597032
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_DCCP is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for DCCP protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) | dccp || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 409800 || 2241312
DCCP builtin | - || 2578968
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Implemented RFC7527 Enhanced DAD.
IPv6 duplicate address detection can fail if there is some temporary
loopback of Ethernet frames. RFC7527 solves this by including a random
nonce in the NS messages used for DAD, and if an NS is received with the
same nonce it is assumed to be a looped back DAD probe and is ignored.
RFC7527 is enabled by default. Can be disabled by setting both of
conf/{all,interface}/enhanced_dad to zero.
Signed-off-by: Erik Nordmark <nordmark@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b90eb75494 ("fib: introduce FIB notification infrastructure")
introduced a new notification chain to notify listeners (f.e., switchdev
drivers) about addition and deletion of routes.
However, upon registration to the chain the FIB tables can already be
populated, which means potential listeners will have an incomplete view
of the tables.
Solve that by dumping the FIB tables and replaying the events to the
passed notification block. The dump itself is done using RCU in order
not to starve consumers that need RTNL to make progress.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by reading the FIB change sequence
counter before and after the dump under RTNL. This allows us to avoid
the problematic situation in which the dumping process sends a ENTRY_ADD
notification following ENTRY_DEL generated by another process holding
RTNL.
Callers of the registration function may pass a callback that is
executed in case the dump was inconsistent with current FIB tables.
The number of retries until a consistent dump is achieved is set to a
fixed number to prevent callers from looping for long periods of time.
In case current limit proves to be problematic in the future, it can be
easily converted to be configurable using a sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next patch will enable listeners of the FIB notification chain to
request a dump of the FIB tables. However, since RTNL isn't taken during
the dump, it's possible for the FIB tables to change mid-dump, which
will result in inconsistency between the listener's table and the
kernel's.
Allow listeners to know about changes that occurred mid-dump, by adding
a change sequence counter to each net namespace. The counter is
incremented just before a notification is sent in the FIB chain.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in the previous commit, modules are going to need to take a
reference on fib info and then drop it using fib_info_put().
Add the fib_info_hold() helper to make the code more readable and also
symmetric with fib_info_put().
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_generic() function is both a) inline and b) used ~600 times.
It has the following code inside
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
"id" is never compile time constant so compiler is forced to subtract 1.
And those decrements or LEA [r32 - 1] instructions add up.
We also start id'ing from 1 to catch bugs where pernet sybsystem id
is not initialized and 0. This is quite pointless idea (nothing will
work or immediate interference with first registered subsystem) in
general but it hints what needs to be done for code size reduction.
Namely, overlaying allocation of pointer array and fixed part of
structure in the beginning and using usual base-0 addressing.
Ids are just cookies, their exact values do not matter, so lets start
with 3 on x86_64.
Code size savings (oh boy): -4.2 KB
As usual, ignore the initial compiler stupidity part of the table.
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 12/670 up/down: 89/-4297 (-4208)
function old new delta
tipc_nametbl_insert_publ 1250 1270 +20
nlmclnt_lookup_host 686 703 +17
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5930 5941 +11
nfs_get_client 1050 1061 +11
register_pernet_operations 333 342 +9
tcf_mirred_init 843 849 +6
tcf_bpf_init 1143 1149 +6
gss_setup_upcall 990 994 +4
idmap_name_to_id 432 434 +2
ops_init 274 275 +1
nfsd_inject_forget_client 259 260 +1
nfs4_alloc_client 612 613 +1
tunnel_key_walker 164 163 -1
...
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 392 360 -32
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2808 2767 -41
ipip6_tunnel_ioctl 2228 2186 -42
tipc_bcast_rcv 715 672 -43
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1140 1089 -51
nfsd4_lock 3851 3796 -55
tipc_mon_rcv 1012 956 -56
Total: Before=156643951, After=156639743, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is precursor to fixing "[id - 1]" bloat inside net_generic().
Name "s" is chosen to complement name "u" often used for dummy unions.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_ok() consists of 3 clauses:
1) int rem >= (int)sizeof(struct nlattr)
2) u16 nla_len >= sizeof(struct nlattr)
3) u16 nla_len <= int rem
The statement is that clause (1) is redundant.
What it does is ensuring that "rem" is a positive number,
so that in clause (3) positive number will be compared to positive number
with no problems.
However, "u16" fully fits into "int" and integers do not change value
when upcasting even to signed type. Negative integers will be rejected
by clause (3) just fine. Small positive integers will be rejected
by transitivity of comparison operator.
NOTE: all of the above DOES NOT apply to nlmsg_ok() where ->nlmsg_len is
u32(!), so 3 clauses AND A CAST TO INT are necessary.
Obligatory space savings report: -1.6 KB
$ ./scripts/bloat-o-meter ../vmlinux-000* ../vmlinux-001*
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 3/63 up/down: 35/-1692 (-1657)
function old new delta
validate_scan_freqs 142 155 +13
tcf_em_tree_validate 867 879 +12
dcbnl_ieee_del 328 338 +10
netlbl_cipsov4_add_common.isra 218 215 -3
...
ovs_nla_put_actions 888 806 -82
netlbl_cipsov4_add_std 1648 1566 -82
nl80211_parse_sched_scan 2889 2780 -109
ip_tun_from_nlattr 3086 2945 -141
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add socket family, type and protocol to bpf_sock allowing bpf programs
read-only access.
Add __sk_flags_offset[0] to struct sock before the bitfield to
programmtically determine the offset of the unsigned int containing
protocol and type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support hardware offloading when the device given by the tc
rule is different from the Hardware underline device, extract the mirred
(egress) device from the tc action when a filter is added, using the new
tc_action_ops, get_dev().
Flower caches the information about the mirred device and use it for
calling ndo_setup_tc in filter change, update stats and delete.
Calling ndo_setup_tc of the mirred (egress) device instead of the
ingress device will allow a resolution between the software ingress
device and the underline hardware device.
The resolution will take place inside the offloading driver using
'egress_device' flag added to tc_to_netdev struct which is provided to
the offloading driver.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support to a new tc_action_ops.
get_dev is a general option which allows to get the underline
device when trying to offload a tc rule.
In case of mirred action the returned device is the mirred (egress)
device.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creating a difference between two possible cases:
1. Not offloading tc rule since the user sets 'skip_hw' flag.
2. Not offloading tc rule since the device doesn't support offloading.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jiffies based timestamps allow for easy inference of number of devices
behind NAT translators and also makes tracking of hosts simpler.
commit ceaa1fef65 ("tcp: adding a per-socket timestamp offset")
added the main infrastructure that is needed for per-connection ts
randomization, in particular writing/reading the on-wire tcp header
format takes the offset into account so rest of stack can use normal
tcp_time_stamp (jiffies).
So only two items are left:
- add a tsoffset for request sockets
- extend the tcp isn generator to also return another 32bit number
in addition to the ISN.
Re-use of ISN generator also means timestamps are still monotonically
increasing for same connection quadruple, i.e. PAWS will still work.
Includes fixes from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
This is a large batch of Netfilter fixes for net, they are:
1) Three patches to fix NAT conversion to rhashtable: Switch to rhlist
structure that allows to have several objects with the same key.
Moreover, fix wrong comparison logic in nf_nat_bysource_cmp() as this is
expecting a return value similar to memcmp(). Change location of
the nat_bysource field in the nf_conn structure to avoid zeroing
this as it breaks interaction with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and lead us
to crashes. From Florian Westphal.
2) Don't allow malformed fragments go through in IPv6, drop them,
otherwise we hit GPF, patch from Florian Westphal.
3) Fix crash if attributes are missing in nft_range, from Liping Zhang.
4) Fix arptables 32-bits userspace 64-bits kernel compat, from Hongxu Jia.
5) Two patches from David Ahern to fix netfilter interaction with vrf.
From David Ahern.
6) Fix element timeout calculation in nf_tables, we take milliseconds
from userspace, but we use jiffies from kernelspace. Patch from
Anders K. Pedersen.
7) Missing validation length netlink attribute for nft_hash, from
Laura Garcia.
8) Fix nf_conntrack_helper documentation, we don't default to off
anymore for a bit of time so let's get this in sync with the code.
I know is late but I think these are important, specifically the NAT
bits, as they are mostly addressing fallout from recent changes. I also
read there are chances to have -rc8, if that is the case, that would
also give us a bit more time to test this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Socket flags aren't updated atomically, so the socket must be locked
while reading the SOCK_ZAPPED flag.
This issue exists for both l2tp_ip and l2tp_ip6. For IPv6, this patch
also brings error handling for __ip6_datagram_connect() failures.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch measures TCP busy time, which is defined as the period
of time when sender has data (or FIN) to send. The time starts when
data is buffered and stops when the write queue is flushed by ACKs
or error events.
Note the busy time does not include SYN time, unless data is
included in SYN (i.e. Fast Open). It does include FIN time even
if the FIN carries no payload. Excluding pure FIN is possible but
would incur one additional test in the fast path, which may not
be worth it.
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the skeleton of the TCP chronograph
instrumentation on sender side limits:
1) idle (unspec)
2) busy sending data other than 3-4 below
3) rwnd-limited
4) sndbuf-limited
The limits are enumerated 'tcp_chrono'. Since a connection in
theory can idle forever, we do not track the actual length of this
uninteresting idle period. For the rest we track how long the sender
spends in each limit. At any point during the life time of a
connection, the sender must be in one of the four states.
If there are multiple conditions worthy of tracking in a chronograph
then the highest priority enum takes precedence over
the other conditions. So that if something "more interesting"
starts happening, stop the previous chrono and start a new one.
The time unit is jiffy(u32) in order to save space in tcp_sock.
This implies application must sample the stats no longer than every
49 days of 1ms jiffy.
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bluetooth.h is not part of user API, so __ variants are not neccessary
here.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
